GENMAR HOLDINGS INC
S-1/A, 1999-09-28
SHIP & BOAT BUILDING & REPAIRING
Previous: FIDELITY BOSTON STREET TRUST, 485BPOS, 1999-09-28
Next: OAK TECHNOLOGY INC, 10-K, 1999-09-28



<PAGE>

   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 28, 1999


                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-85447

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------


                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------

                             GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          3732                  41-1778106
 (State or Other Jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
Incorporation or Organization)                                      Number)
</TABLE>

                             100 SOUTH FIFTH STREET
                                   SUITE 2400
                          MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402
                                 (612) 339-7900
              (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
       Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

                            MARY P. MCCONNELL, ESQ.
                             GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.
                             100 SOUTH FIFTH STREET
                                   SUITE 2400
                          MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402
                                 (612) 339-7900

 (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                             of Agent for Service)
                           --------------------------

                                   COPIES TO:

        STEPHEN M. BESEN, ESQ.                  H. WATT GREGORY, III, ESQ.
      WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP          GIROIR, GREGORY, HOLMES & HOOVER, PLC
           767 FIFTH AVENUE                   111 CENTER STREET, SUITE 1900
       NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10153                LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS 72201
            (212) 310-8000                            (501) 372-3000

                           --------------------------

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
                           --------------------------

    If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /

    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / / ________________

    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / ________________

    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / ________________

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. / /
                           --------------------------


    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(a), MAY
DETERMINE.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 28, 1999

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED.
WE MAY NOT CONFIRM SALES OF THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS
IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES, AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO
BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS


                                6,500,000 SHARES


                                     [LOGO]

                                  COMMON STOCK

                               ------------------


    Genmar Holdings, Inc. is offering 6,500,000 shares of its common stock. This
is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our
shares. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "GNMR." We estimate that the initial public offering
price will be between $11.00 and $13.00 per share.



         INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.


                             ---------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PER SHARE     TOTAL
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Public Offering Price.................................................  $           $
Underwriting Discount.................................................  $           $
Proceeds to Genmar....................................................  $           $
</TABLE>

    NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS
PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


    Genmar has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an
additional 975,000 shares of common stock at the public offering price less the
underwriting discount above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. Stephens
Inc. expects to deliver the shares of common stock on October   , 1999.


STEPHENS INC.                                         U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY


                The date of this prospectus is October   , 1999.

<PAGE>

                                  [INSIDE FRONT COVER]

[GENMAR LOGO]                                         [PICTURE OF CARVER BOAT]

  [PICTURE OF GLOBE
WITH WORDS "TECHNOLOGY,"
  "INNOVATION" AND
    "QUALITY"]

   [PICTURE OF
CRESTLINER BOAT]

                       A HISTORY OF
                        INNOVATION,
                        A WORLD OF
                      OPPORTUNITIES.              [AQUASPORT LOGO]

                   As the second largest          [CARVER YACHTS LOGO]

                  manufacturer of motorized       [CRESTLINE LOGO]

              recreational boats in the United    [GLASTRON LOGO]

               States, Genmar produces some       [LARSON LOGO]

             of the industry's leading brands.    [LOGIC LOGO]

               These names extend around the      [LUND LOGO]

                world through our network of      [NOVA LOGO]

              approximately 1,300 independent     [RANGER BOATS LOGO]

               authorized dealers who are in      [TROJAN YACHTS LOGO]

              all 50 states and approximately     [WELLCRAFT LOGO]

                   30 foreign countries.


[PICTURE OF WELLCRAFT BOAT]

<PAGE>

    [INSIDE SPREAD]

    [A 2-PAGE SPREAD DEPICTING GENMAR TECHNOLOGY]

    [LEFT PAGE]

We have recently introduced new manufacturing processes that allow us to produce

higher quality boats more efficiently and with substantially fewer regulated air

emissions. We believe these innovations have positioned us to enter new markets

  and considerably increase our market share in the recreational boat industry.


VEC
Virtual Engineered Composites

Virtual Engineered Composites (VEC) is an innovative closed-mold fiberglass
manufacturing process that improves production efficiency and substantially
reduces regulated air emissions relative to traditional processes. Genmar
believes VEC technology introduces a new level of automation and quality
control to boat manufacturing.


                      [3 DEPICTIONS OF UTILIZATION OF VEC TECHNOLOGY]

<PAGE>

                                                      [RIGHT PAGE]

                                                                     Roplene

Roplene construction is a closed rotational mold technology, proprietary to
our Logic division, that uses advanced recyclable polyethylene materials and
produces minimal regulated air emissions in the manufacturing process. This
technology allows us to produce highly durable boats, which are marketed as
the World's Toughest Boats.-TM-


            [3 DEPICTIONS OF UTILIZATION OF ROPLENE CONSTRUCTIONS]










           Robotics


Robotics are becoming increasingly important to Genmar's manufacturing
processes.


           [PICTURE OF ROBOTICS]                        [GENMAR LOGO]

<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           1
Risk Factors...................................           7
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements...................................          13
Use of Proceeds................................          14
Dividend Policy................................          14
Capitalization.................................          15
Dilution.......................................          16
The Company....................................          17
Selected Financial Data........................          19
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.............          21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................          24

<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Business.......................................          36
Management.....................................          50
Certain Transactions...........................          57
Principal Stockholders.........................          60
Description of Capital Stock...................          62
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          65
Underwriting...................................          66
Legal Matters..................................          68
Experts........................................          68
Additional Information.........................          69
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....          70
</TABLE>


                            ------------------------


    YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE
HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION DIFFERENT FROM THAT
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE ARE OFFERING TO SELL, AND SEEKING OFFERS TO
BUY, SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ONLY IN JURISDICTIONS WHERE OFFERS AND SALES ARE
PERMITTED.


                            ------------------------

    Until            1999, all dealers effecting transactions in the common
stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver
a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a
prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.

                            ------------------------

    Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:


    - Except for the audited historical consolidated financial statements,
      reflects a 9-for-1 split of our common stock after giving effect to the
      spin-off of Hatteras;



    - Reflects the issuance of 5,593,500 shares of common stock in exchange for
      outstanding warrants;



    - Assumes a public offering price of $12.00 per share;


    - Assumes the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
      incorporation, which, among other things, will authorize 200,000,000
      shares of common stock; and


    - Assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


    THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
YOU SHOULD READ THIS ENTIRE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. OUR ACTUAL
RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.


                             GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.

OVERVIEW


    We are the second largest manufacturer of motorized recreational boats in
the United States. We produce boats under the leading brand names of Aquasport,
Carver, Crestliner, Glastron, Larson, Logic, Lund, Nova, Ranger, Scarab, Trojan
and Wellcraft. We sell our products through an established network of
approximately 1,300 independent authorized dealers in all 50 states and
approximately 30 foreign countries. We have recently introduced new
manufacturing processes that allow us to produce higher quality boats more
efficiently and with substantially fewer regulated air emissions. We believe
these innovations have positioned us to enter new markets and substantially
increase our market share in the recreational boating industry.



    Since 1996, when we installed our current management team, we have focused
on improving our operations and profitability. Our management team has improved
our manufacturing efficiency, refined our current products and evaluated future
product offerings. We have also increased coordination among our business units
and provided incentives to our entire management team to accomplish key
manufacturing and marketing goals. As a result of these initiatives, our net
revenues and operating profit (excluding operations we will spin off, as
discussed on page 3) have increased to $614.4 million and $35.9 million,
respectively, for the year ended June 30, 1999 from $490.3 million and $16.9
million, respectively, for the twelve months ended June 30, 1997, representing
compound annual growth of 11.9% and 45.7%, respectively.


OUR NEW TECHNOLOGIES

    Over the past several years, we have been exploring new technologies to
improve the traditional boat manufacturing process. Recently, we have acquired
and developed new technologies to reduce manufacturing and warranty costs,
improve plant working conditions, enhance product quality and potentially
establish new standards for manufacturing in the recreational boat industry.
These technologies are:


    - VEC-TM-. Virtual Engineered Composites, or VEC technology, is an
      innovative closed-mold fiberglass manufacturing process that improves
      production efficiency and substantially reduces regulated air emissions
      relative to traditional processes. We believe the VEC technology
      introduces a new level of automation and quality control to boat
      manufacturing. Early in 1999, we began producing boats using our VEC
      technology, and we plan to integrate VEC systems into most of our
      fiberglass operations over the next two years, marketing these boats as
      premium products. In August 1999, we received the 1999 Minnesota
      Governor's Award for Excellence in Pollution Prevention from the Minnesota
      Office of Environmental Assistance for our VEC technology.



    - ROPLENE-TM- CONSTRUCTION. Roplene construction is a closed rotational mold
      technology, proprietary to our Logic division, that uses advanced
      recyclable polyethylene materials and produces minimal regulated air
      emissions in the manufacturing process. This technology allows us to
      produce highly durable boats, which we market as the World's Toughest
      Boats-TM- to entry-level buyers at a lower cost than comparable fiberglass
      boats. This technology was awarded the New Product Award (Small Company
      Category) in 1998 by the National Society of Professional Engineers and
      the North Carolina Governor's New Product Award in 1997.

<PAGE>
INDUSTRY

    Total U.S. retail sales of new motorized recreational boats were
approximately $7.5 billion in 1998, an increase from $4.1 billion in 1992. This
increase in sales has been fueled by the overall strength of the U.S. economy,
rapid growth in the number and wealth of consumers in the 35 to 54 years age
range, our target age group, and by demand for boats from the estimated 35
million adult anglers in the United States. Despite recent growth in the
recreational boat industry, we believe we are uniquely positioned to take
advantage of the following challenges that our industry faces:

    - Labor-intensive manufacturing processes which remain largely unautomated;

    - Increasingly strict environmental standards derived from governmental
      regulations and customer sensitivities;

    - A lack of focus on comprehensive customer service and support by many
      dealers and manufacturers; and

    - A high degree of fragmentation and competition among more than 3,700
      domestic recreational boat manufacturers.

STRATEGY


    OUR OPERATING STRATEGY emphasizes our proprietary technologies, allowing us
to:



    - Deliver a superior quality product;



    - Lower unit costs through increased automation in our plants;



    - Realize economies of scale through our buying power;



    - Exceed current environmental quality standards for manufacturers in our
      industry; and



    - Explore opportunities to license or apply our technologies in other marine
      and non-marine industries, such as the construction, transportation and
      recreation industries.



    OUR MARKETING STRATEGY seeks to increase market share by enabling us to:



    - Leverage our brand names through innovative programs with marketing
      partners;



    - Expand our international presence by continuing to build dedicated sales,
      marketing and distribution systems; and



    - Strengthen our dealer organization by expanding our network and providing
      superior customer service and support.



    From time to time we also consider and make acquisitions in order to
complement our existing product lines, expand our geographic presence and
strengthen our manufacturing and operating technologies.


                                       2
<PAGE>
OPERATING RESULTS WITHOUT HATTERAS

    Hatteras is a luxury yacht construction company that we have historically
operated as a separate division. As we have refined the focus of our business,
we have determined that Hatteras does not fit strategically with our other
operations. Accordingly, we will spin off Hatteras to our current stockholders
immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The results of our
recreational boat segment, representing our operations without Hatteras, are
summarized below.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                           ----------------------------------
                                                              1997        1998        1999
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Net revenues.............................................  $  490,313  $  505,910  $  614,406
Gross profit.............................................      81,754      98,356     121,872
Operating profit.........................................      16,930      27,601      35,948

                                                                  -------------------

Backlog at August 31.....................................  $  145,000  $  185,000  $  310,000
</TABLE>


                            ------------------------

    Our principal executive offices are located at 100 South Fifth Street, Suite
2400, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. Our telephone number at that location is
(612) 339-7900 and our web site address is WWW.GENMAR.COM. WE DO NOT INTEND FOR
INFORMATION CONTAINED ON OUR WEB SITE TO CONSTITUTE PART OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING


    The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering
includes the issuance of 5,593,500 shares in exchange for outstanding warrants,
916,667 shares issued in connection with the acquisition of Pyramid Operating
Systems, Inc. and approximately 225,000 shares issued under employee stock
awards, and excludes approximately 2,562,500 shares issuable upon the exercise
of senior executive, director and employee stock options to be granted
concurrently with this offering.



<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common stock offered.........................  6,500,000 shares

Common stock outstanding after this            28,867,897 shares
  offering...................................

Use of proceeds..............................  We intend to use the net proceeds from this
                                               offering to repay outstanding indebtedness,
                                               to build and equip a new manufacturing
                                               facility and for general corporate purposes.
                                               See "Use of Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.......  GNMR
</TABLE>


                                       4
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


    The following summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial
information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the
sections of this prospectus captioned "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations." The balance sheet data as of June 30, 1999 and the statement of
operations data for the years ended June 30, 1998 and June 30, 1999 have been
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The unaudited statement of operations data for the twelve
months ended June 30, 1997 were derived from our unaudited consolidated
financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited
pro forma data as of and for the year ended June 30, 1999 reflect the spin-off
of Hatteras using the $20.0 million of spin-off proceeds to repay debt, and
reduced interest expense from our debt refinancing. The pro forma as adjusted
amounts also give effect to the acquisition of Pyramid, reduced interest expense
associated with the repayment of debt and additional depreciation expense
associated with our new plant and equipment additions, using the net proceeds
from this offering. The pro forma as adjusted statement of operations amounts do
not reflect non-recurring charges we will incur relating to awards under our
phantom stock plan and the issuance of approximately 225,000 shares under
employee stock awards, and extraordinary charges related to the early retirement
of our debt. The pro forma balance sheet amounts reflect these charges, but do
not reflect interest savings. In our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of
only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the
unaudited statement of operations data for the twelve months ended June 30, 1997
have been reflected therein. The summary pro forma as adjusted consolidated
financial information as of and for the year ended June 30, 1999 were derived
from our unaudited pro forma financial data which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                             FOR THE                              AS ADJUSTED
                                          TWELVE MONTHS    FOR THE YEAR ENDED     FOR THE YEAR
                                              ENDED             JUNE 30,         ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          JUNE 30, 1997  ----------------------       1999
                                           (UNAUDITED)      1998        1999      (UNAUDITED)
                                          -------------  ----------  ----------  --------------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net revenues..........................   $   574,802   $  585,943  $  704,656   $    618,654
  Gross profit..........................        88,526      105,292     137,409        121,336
  Operating profit......................        13,467       23,598      37,468         30,595
  Income (loss) before income taxes and
    extraordinary item..................        (8,764)       4,592      21,445         24,857
  Income tax benefit (provision)........          (635)        (550)     19,500         19,500(a)
  Net income (loss).....................   $    (9,399)  $    2,858  $   40,945   $     44,357
  Pro forma basic and diluted earnings
    per share(b)........................                             $     2.36   $       1.54
                                                                     ----------  --------------
                                                                     ----------  --------------
  Pro forma basic and diluted weighted
    average shares outstanding(b).......                                 17,370         28,868
                                                                     ----------  --------------
                                                                     ----------  --------------
ADDITIONAL DATA:
  EBITDA(c).............................   $    21,488   $   32,372  $   46,419   $     39,183
  Gross profit margin...................          15.4%        18.0%       19.5%          19.6%
  Operating profit margin...............           2.3%         4.0%        5.3%           4.9%
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF JUNE 30, 1999
                                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                                                        PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                          HISTORICAL   (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                          ----------  --------------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital.......................................................  $   41,544   $     28,972    $  17,386
  Total assets..........................................................     320,763        256,987      277,767
  Long-term debt, net of current maturities.............................     116,129        101,540       42,540
  Stockholders' equity(a)(b)............................................      42,202         26,783       99,487
</TABLE>


                                       5
<PAGE>

(a) During 1999, we recorded a reduction in our valuation allowance against our
    deferred tax assets, resulting in an overall tax benefit of $19.5 million.
    Tax expense assuming a statutory rate of 38% would have been $9.5 million
    and pro forma net income would have been $15.4 million, or $0.53 per share.



(b) Historical 1999 per share data reflects a 10-for-1 stock split, as it does
    not give effect to the Hatteras spin-off which will occur immediately prior
    to the offering. The pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect a 9-for-1 stock
    split after giving effect to the Hatteras spin-off through the exchange by
    our current stockholders of one out of every ten of their Genmar shares for
    one Hatteras share. The pro forma as adjusted amounts also reflect the
    shares issued in this offering, the shares issued in exchange for
    outstanding warrants, the shares issued to acquire Pyramid and the shares
    issued under employee stock awards. Our stock split will be effected
    immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For comparability
    purposes, all share and per share data above reflects this split even though
    this split has not been reflected in our audited financial statements
    included elsewhere in this prospectus.



(c) EBITDA represents operating income plus depreciation and goodwill
    amortization expense. EBITDA data, which is not a measure of financial
    performance under generally accepted accounting principles, should not be
    construed as a substitute for operating income, net income or cash flows
    from operations in analyzing our operating performance, financial position
    and cash flows. We have included EBITDA data because we believe that this
    data is commonly used by certain investors to evaluate a company's
    performance. Not all companies calculate non-GAAP measures in the same
    manner; accordingly, the EBITDA presentation herein may not be comparable to
    similarly titled measures reported by other companies.


                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS


    YOU SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE FOLLOWING FACTORS AND OTHER INFORMATION
DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS BEFORE DECIDING TO INVEST IN OUR COMMON STOCK. THE
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS FACING OUR
COMPANY, BUT ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES WE FACE. ADDITIONAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
THAT WE DO NOT PRESENTLY KNOW ABOUT OR THAT WE CURRENTLY BELIEVE ARE IMMATERIAL
MAY ALSO ADVERSELY IMPACT OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS. NEGATIVE CONSEQUENCES
ASSOCIATED WITH THE FOLLOWING RISKS WOULD LIKELY CAUSE OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL
CONDITION OR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TO SUFFER. IN THAT CASE, THE TRADING PRICE OF
OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE, AND YOU COULD LOSE ALL OR PART OF THE MONEY YOU
PAID TO BUY OUR COMMON STOCK.



OUR BUSINESS IS ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY ECONOMIC DOWNTURNS.



    Our operations are highly dependent upon the health of the overall economy
and a number of cyclical economic factors relating to or affecting consumer
spending. During times of economic downturn, consumer discretionary spending
levels decrease. This may result in disproportionately large declines in the
sale of expensive items, including motorized recreational boats. Sales of our
products are also influenced by local, national and international economic
conditions, and are particularly vulnerable to increases in interest rates,
shortages or increases in the price of fuel and the imposition of or increases
in sales and excise taxes. For example, following a general economic recession
and the imposition of a luxury tax on certain recreational boats, annual boating
sales of new motorized recreational boats declined from their peak of $8.0
billion in 1988 to a low of $4.1 billion in 1992. Since that time, sales have
increased each year and rose to $7.5 billion in 1998. See "Business--Industry
Overview."


    Additionally, rising or volatile interest rates or shrinking availability of
credit could have a negative impact on consumers' or dealers' ability or
willingness to obtain financing from lenders to purchase our products. This
could also adversely affect our ability to sell our products.

IF OUR NEW TECHNOLOGIES DO NOT YIELD COMMERCIALLY VIABLE PRODUCTS OR EFFECTIVELY
  COMPETE WITH OTHER NEW TECHNOLOGIES, WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO IMPLEMENT
  SUCCESSFULLY OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY.


    Our business strategy depends on, among other things, our successful
development and implementation of our VEC and Roplene technologies. We have
utilized VEC technology to produce boats since March 1999. Revenues from sales
of boats produced with VEC technology represent less than one percent of our
total revenues for that period. The VEC technology and related processes will
require further development and modification to be applied successfully across
our fiberglass product lines, and we cannot be certain that boats built with the
VEC technology will achieve broad commercial acceptance in the marketplace.



    The VEC technology has potential application in both marine and non-marine
industries. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to expand its
potential applications. We have previously experimented with other closed-mold
technologies in our manufacturing processes, but have found them to be
unacceptable for commercial production of large parts. Other closed-mold
technologies could be further developed, however, and could outperform our VEC
technology in the marketplace, in which case our profitability could suffer. In
addition, we are currently manufacturing and selling boats constructed with
Roplene technology. We cannot, however, assure you that these boats will gain
widespread acceptance among dealers and consumers.


                                       7
<PAGE>
    Our development of the VEC and Roplene technologies is subject to the risks
generally inherent in the development of new manufacturing technologies. These
risks include:

    - Delays and unplanned expenditures in product development;

    - Emergence of equivalent or superior competing technologies;

    - High unit costs for production runs; and

    - Competition between new and existing product lines.

    If either the products made from, or the manufacturing processes based upon,
the VEC or Roplene technology fail to meet our expectations, the implementation
of our business strategy could be materially and adversely affected. See
"Business--Technology."

WE RELY ON PROPRIETARY RIGHTS TO PROTECT OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, THE
  FAILURE OR LIMITATION OF WHICH COULD MATERIALLY HARM OUR BUSINESS.


    Our success and ability to implement our business strategy is partially
dependent on our proprietary technology and processes. To the extent any of our
operations may be limited or we are required to incur additional costs as a
result of the loss, limitation or infringement of any of these proprietary
technologies and processes, our business may be adversely affected. We rely
primarily on a combination of U.S. patents, trademarks, trade secrets, operating
know-how and license and confidentiality agreements with third parties to
protect our proprietary rights. See "Business--Patents and Trademarks." When
legally permissible and appropriate, we file applications to obtain patents and
register our trademarks and service marks in the United States and in foreign
countries where we currently sell our products or reasonably expect to sell our
products in the near future. We cannot assure you that any patents will issue as
a result of our pending or future patent applications, or that existing or
future patents will afford adequate protection against competitors. Our
protective efforts may not be sufficiently broad to exclude others from adopting
and practicing our technologies, or independently developing similar
technologies. We cannot assure you that any of our patents or trademarks will
not be invalidated, or circumvented or found to infringe the rights of others.
In the event of infringement, we may be required to modify our technology or
processes, obtain licenses or pay license fees. We may not be able to do so in a
timely manner or upon acceptable terms and conditions, which would restrict our
ability to compete with others and could have a material adverse effect on our
operations.



INTENSE COMPETITION IN OUR INDUSTRY COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR SALES OR PROFIT
  MARGINS.


    Competition within the motorized recreational boat industry is intense. We
face competition at the local, regional, national and international levels. Our
largest competitors and their principal lines include:

    - Brunswick Corporation (Bayliner, Sea Ray and Boston Whaler); and

    - Outboard Marine Corporation (Four Winns, Stratos and Lowe).


    Brunswick may have greater financial and other resources than our company,
and both Brunswick and Outboard Marine are vertically integrated operations that
manufacture engines as well as boats. Our vertically integrated competitors may
be better positioned than our company to allocate costs and enhance the
marketing of their products because they also manufacture and sell engines along
with their boats. We also compete directly with smaller boat manufacturers and
the used boat market and indirectly with other recreational products and
activities. We cannot assure you that we can continue to increase or maintain
our current market share or profit margins. See "Business--Competition."


                                       8
<PAGE>

PROBLEMS WITH THIRD-PARTY ENGINE SUPPLIERS COULD LIMIT OUR SUPPLY OF ENGINES.


    We purchase our engines from third parties. We also pre-rig certain boats
with specified engine controls so the dealer can install the appropriate engine.
By purchasing or pre-rigging engines from third parties, including Brunswick and
Outboard Marine, we are subject to the following risks:

    - Delays in shipments;

    - Work stoppages; and

    - Termination of supply agreements.


The occurrence of any of these events or the loss of any of these suppliers
could adversely affect our business until alternative supply arrangements are
secured. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain engines from other
suppliers in sufficient quantities to meet our near-term production schedules or
on substantially similar terms to our current engine purchase arrangements. In
addition, engines obtained from alternative sources may not meet customer
preferences. See "Business-- Suppliers."


WE ARE VULNERABLE TO FLUCTUATIONS IN THE COST AND SUPPLY OF COMMODITY RAW
  MATERIALS.


    We purchase commodity raw materials, such as aluminum, fiberglass and resin,
from various suppliers. Commodity raw material prices are subject to
fluctuations in price. We generally secure our commodity raw material
requirements through fixed-price supply agreements which run for one- to
three-year periods. If the prices of our raw materials increase, we may not be
able to pass these increases along to our customers. This would reduce our
profits and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
See "Business--Suppliers."



PRODUCT LIABILITY AND WARRANTY CLAIMS COULD SUBJECT US TO UNFORESEEN COSTS,
  INCLUDING LITIGATION.



    We are exposed to potential product liability risks inherent in the
manufacturing, marketing and use of our boats. Product failures, flaws or
defects, or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks could result in
product failure or injury to, or death of, consumers. The occurrence of any of
these conditions or events could result in product liability claims or a recall
of, or safety alerts relating to, our products, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial
condition. Additionally, although we maintain product liability insurance, we
cannot assure you that our insurance will be available or sufficient to satisfy
all claims that may be made against us or that we will be able to continue to
obtain insurance in the future at satisfactory rates, in adequate amounts or at
all. Future product liability claims, regardless of their ultimate outcome, or
future product recalls, could result in costly litigation and could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition, and to our reputation and ability to attract and retain customers.


    We are also subject to warranty risks. All of our boats are subject to
standard limited warranties. We do not maintain insurance to cover warranty
claims, and we cannot assure you that future warranty claims and related costs
would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations
or financial condition. See "Business--Legal Proceedings." We intend to provide
a limited lifetime warranty for boats constructed with our VEC and Roplene
technologies. If these technologies do not prove to be as successful as we
expect, these extended warranties could result in significant increases in
warranty costs with potentially negative effects on our business, results of
operations or financial condition.

                                       9
<PAGE>
OUR OPERATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO NUMEROUS LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS
  RELATING TO SAFETY AND THE ENVIRONMENT.


COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS COULD RESTRICT OUR OPERATIONS OR
REQUIRE SIGNIFICANT EXPENDITURES. Our operations are subject to regulation,
supervision and licensing under various local, state and federal environmental
statutes, ordinances and regulations. We are required to maintain various
permits, relating principally to air emissions, which are subject to renewal,
modification and, in some instances, revocation. Our failure to satisfy those
regulations and requirements could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations or financial condition. Furthermore, limitations
on air emissions imposed by our current permits may restrict our ability to
expand production at certain of our existing facilities. See
"Business--Regulation and Environmental."


    Certain materials used in boat manufacturing are toxic, flammable, corrosive
or reactive and classified by state and federal governments as "hazardous
materials." Control of hazardous materials is regulated by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency and state environmental protection agencies. If
it is ever determined that our operations have resulted in hazardous waste
contamination, the costs of cleaning up those wastes could be substantial and
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. We cannot predict our future regulatory compliance costs
with precision and we cannot be certain of any costs that we may be forced to
incur in connection with our historical on-site or off-site waste disposal.

    In connection with our Wellcraft facilities in Florida, we have agreed to
conduct certain remedial action related to soil and groundwater contamination.
We are also subject to potentially significant remedial requirements with
respect to certain formerly owned or operated properties for which we have
retained liability for any contamination. Although it is impossible to predict
the ultimate cost of any penalties or required remedial action, we believe that
we have established adequate reserves to cover those expenses.


    Laws and regulations protecting the environment may, in certain
circumstances, impose "strict liability." This means that we could be held
liable for environmental damage without regard to our negligence or fault. In
addition, changes in existing regulations or the adoption of new regulations in
the future could require us to make material capital expenditures or could have
a material adverse effect on our company.



    WE COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF BOATING LICENSING REQUIREMENTS OR OTHER
RESTRICTIONS ARE IMPLEMENTED. Certain states have required or are considering
requiring a license to operate a recreational boat. These licensing requirements
are not expected to be unduly restrictive. They may, however, discourage
potential first-time buyers, which could, in turn, adversely affect our
business. In addition, certain state and local governmental authorities are
contemplating regulatory efforts to restrict boating activities on certain
inland bodies of water. While the scope of these potential regulations is not
yet known, their adoption and enforcement could have a material adverse effect
on our business.



SEASONALITY IN THE MOTORIZED RECREATIONAL BOAT INDUSTRY COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT
  OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS.


    The motorized recreational boat industry is seasonal, with seasonality
varying in different geographic markets. During the fiscal year ended June 30,
1999, net revenues for the quarterly periods ended September 30, December 31,
March 31 and June 30 represented 20.7%, 23.4%, 26.0% and 29.9%, respectively, of
our net revenues for the year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Seasonality and Fluctuations in
Quarterly Results of Operations."


    Our business can also be affected by weather patterns. For example, drought
conditions, reduced rainfall levels or excessive rain, may force particular
boating areas to close or render boating dangerous or inconvenient in those
areas. This could curtail customer demand for our products. These factors could
represent potential material adverse risks to us and our future operating
performance.


                                       10
<PAGE>

THE LOSS OF ANY OF OUR KEY EXECUTIVES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS AND
  OPERATIONS.


    Our success over the past three years has been primarily the result of a
manufacturing and marketing strategy implemented by our senior management team,
particularly Irwin L. Jacobs, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, Grant E.
Oppegaard, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Roger R. Cloutier II,
our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Our loss of the
services of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition. Mr. Jacobs is a non-executive
Chairman and devotes a significant portion of his time to other activities,
including Jacobs Management Corporation, unrelated to our company. Mr. Cloutier
is also employed by Jacobs Management, and in the past has devoted a portion of
his time to the activities of Jacobs Management. None of these individuals has
an employment agreement with our company, although Messrs. Oppegaard and
Cloutier each would be subject to non-competition restrictions if he left our
employment.


CERTAIN OF OUR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS WILL EFFECTIVELY CONTROL
  MANY ASPECTS OF OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.



    Upon completion of the offering, our directors, executive officers and
persons associated with them will own beneficially an aggregate of approximately
58.9% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock (approximately 57.0%
if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). As a result of
this ownership, those persons will have the power effectively to control our
company, including:


    - The election of directors,

    - The determination of matters requiring stockholder approval; and

    - Other matters pertaining to corporate governance.


    This concentration of ownership also may have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change in control of our company.



SOME OF THE TRANSACTIONS IN WHICH WE ENGAGE MAY FAVOR AFFILIATES.



    In the past, we have engaged in various transactions with our stockholders
or their affiliates. For example, we sponsor certain professional bass fishing
tournaments of Operation Bass, Inc., an affiliate of Irwin L. Jacobs, our
Chairman, and certain of our executive officers. We are also party to a
management services agreement with Jacobs Management, one of our stockholders
and an affiliate of Mr. Jacobs. In addition, certain of our stockholders have
loaned money to us. We may engage in similar transactions in the future, some of
which may be with our affiliates. We have a policy requiring that all material
affiliate transactions be approved by a majority of our disinterested directors
and be conducted on terms no less favorable than could be obtained in a
transaction with an unaffiliated third party. See "Certain Transactions."


A SIGNIFICANT INCREASE IN FUEL PRICES OR TAXES COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE
  EFFECT ON OUR BUSINESS.

    Almost all of the boats sold by us are powered by diesel or gasoline
engines. A significant increase in the price or tax on the sale, or an
interruption in the supply of diesel or gasoline fuel on a regional, national or
international basis could adversely affect our sales and operating results. At
various times in the past, diesel or gasoline fuel has been difficult to obtain,
and we cannot assure you that the supply of those fuels will not be interrupted.

                                       11
<PAGE>
WE COULD LOSE REVENUES AND INCUR SIGNIFICANT COSTS IF OUR SYSTEMS OR SUPPLIERS
  ARE NOT Y2K COMPLIANT.

    As the end of the century nears, there is a widespread concern that many
existing computer programs that use only the last two digits to refer to a year
will not properly recognize a year that begins with digits "20" instead of "19."
If not corrected, many computer applications could fail, create erroneous
results, or cause unanticipated systems failures, among other problems. Our
failure, or the failure of one or more of our key suppliers, customers or
distributors, to successfully address Y2K issues could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects. For more information, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Year 2000."


WE MAY INCUR ADDITIONAL COSTS AS A RESULT OF OUR GUARANTEE OF CERTAIN
  OBLIGATIONS OF HATTERAS, OUR FORMER LUXURY YACHT DIVISION.


    Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we will spin off the
operations of Hatteras to our current stockholders. Under the terms of that
transaction, we will guarantee for a period of one-year an aggregate of $5.0
million of Hatteras' obligations under its new $25.0 million credit facility.
See "The Company" and "Certain Transactions." If Hatteras is unable to fulfill
its obligations under its credit facility, we could be required to perform under
our guarantee and have to pay out funds that would otherwise be applied to
maintaining or improving our own operations. In addition, our funds may be
insufficient for these purposes. The lenders or other parties to whom Hatteras
may now or in the future be indebted could also seek to establish claims against
us for repayment of funds owed by Hatteras. If the Hatteras creditors were
successful in their claims against us, these events could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

YOU WILL EXPERIENCE IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION IN THE BOOK VALUE OF YOUR
  INVESTMENT.

    The initial public offering price per share will exceed our net tangible
book value per share. If you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur
immediate and substantial dilution in your investment. See "Dilution" for a
calculation of the extent to which your investment will be diluted.

FUTURE SALES BY OUR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKET
  PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.


    Following this offering, we will have a large number of shares of common
stock outstanding and available for resale beginning at various points in time
in the future. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of
sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market following
this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales also
might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a
time and at a price that we consider appropriate. Also, the shares issued to
acquire Pyramid are subject to registration rights, which become effective nine
months following this offering. In connection with this offering, our directors
and officers and certain of our stockholders, who hold a total of 18,771,948
shares of common stock, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell
their shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the consent
of Stephens Inc. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."


                                       12
<PAGE>
THERE HAS BEEN NO PRIOR MARKET FOR OUR STOCK, AND OUR STOCK PRICE IS LIKELY TO
  BE HIGHLY VOLATILE.

    Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the
development of an active trading market in our stock or how liquid that market
might become. The initial public offering price for the shares will be
determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the
underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in any future
trading market. Recent market conditions for newly public companies indicate
that we are likely to experience significant fluctuations in the market price of
our common stock. Future public announcements concerning our company could also
cause the market price of the common stock to fluctuate, including announcements
regarding:

    - Quarterly operating results or expectations;

    - Changes in earnings estimates published by analysts;

    - Changes in governmental regulations;

    - Events within or affecting the recreational boat industry;

    - Events relating to our suppliers or competitors; or

    - Acquisitions.

From time to time the stock market experiences significant price and volume
fluctuations. The volatility of the overall market could adversely affect the
market price of our common stock and our future ability to raise equity in the
public markets. These fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and
market conditions, such as recessions, could adversely affect the market price
of our stock. See "Underwriting."

               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus are forward-looking
statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and
other factors that may cause our actual results, or those of our industry,
levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from
any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or
implied by those forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties are
discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

    In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology
such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "believes,"
"estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue" or the negative of those terms
or comparable terminology.

    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance, or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other
person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of those
statements. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements
after the date of this prospectus to conform those statements to actual results.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS


    The net proceeds we will receive from the sale of the 6,500,000 shares of
common stock offered by this prospectus, assuming an initial public offering
price of $12.00 per share, are estimated to be $71.0 million ($81.9 million if
the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting
the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses. Immediately prior to
the completion of this offering, we expect to receive $20.0 million from the
spin-off of Hatteras as repayment of intercompany indebtedness owed to us at the
time of the spin-off.


    We intend to use the offering proceeds and the Hatteras spin-off proceeds,
as follows:


    - $45.0 million to repay in full our new senior term loan;



    - $30.0 million to repay in part our subordinated term loan;



    - $12.0 million to build and equip a new manufacturing facility utilizing
      our VEC technology and other new process equipment; and



    - the remainder for other general corporate purposes, including working
      capital and capital expenditures.



    Our new senior term loan is due on June 30, 2002 and bears interest at an
annual rate based on the interbank eurodollar market rate plus 2.5%. On
September 22, 1999, the interest rate on our senior term loan was 7.9%. Our
subordinated term loan is due on October 21, 2002 and bears interest at an
alternate base rate on any particular date equal to the greater of the interbank
eurodollar market rate in effect on that date or the federal funds rate in
effect on that date plus 0.5%. On September 22, 1999, the interest rate on our
subordinated term loan, adjusted to reflect our full cash borrowing cost, was
7.5%. The weighted average interest rate on all of our borrowings outstanding as
of September 22, 1999 was 7.7%.



    In August 1999, we borrowed $25.0 million under our new senior term loan to
repay a $25.0 million subordinated note held by Irwin L. Jacobs, our Chairman.
On September 7, 1999, we borrowed an additional $20.0 million under our new
senior term loan and approximately $7.0 million under our new revolving credit
facility, and redeemed the remaining $25.6 million of our 13.5% notes due 2001
at 106.5% of par.


                                DIVIDEND POLICY

    We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock since
inception and we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to support the growth
and development of our business and technologies. Any future declaration of
dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

                                       14
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

    The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 1999:

    - On a historical basis;


    - On a pro forma basis to reflect our debt refinancing, including the
      resulting extraordinary charge of $5.7 million from early extinguishment
      of debt, and the spin-off of Hatteras with the $20.0 million of spin-off
      proceeds used to repay our debt; and



    - On a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the effects of this offering
      at $12.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the
      cover of this prospectus, and the application of the estimated net
      proceeds including the resulting extraordinary charge of $3.6 million from
      early extinguishment of debt, and the following transactions which will
      occur concurrently with this offering:


        - Our acquisition of Pyramid;


        - A $5.7 million charge for awards under our phantom stock plan;



        - 5,593,500 shares issued in exchange for outstanding warrants; and



        - Approximately 225,000 shares issued under employee stock awards,
          resulting in a charge of $2.7 million.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                        HISTORICAL   PRO FORMA(A)   AS ADJUSTED(B)
                                                                        -----------  -------------  --------------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>            <C>
DEBT:
  Revolving credit facility...........................................  $        --   $     8,297    $      4,297
  Senior term loan....................................................           --        25,000              --
  Subordinated term loan..............................................       60,000        60,000          30,000
  Senior subordinated notes...........................................       25,584            --              --
  Stockholder notes...................................................       25,406         4,104           4,104
  Other debt obligations..............................................        6,161         5,161           5,161
                                                                        -----------  -------------  --------------
    Total debt........................................................      117,151       102,562          43,562
                                                                        -----------  -------------  --------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock........................................................           17           156             289
  Paid-in capital.....................................................      117,945       117,806         202,373
  Accumulated deficit.................................................      (75,256)      (90,675)       (102,671)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).......................         (504)         (504)           (504)
                                                                        -----------  -------------  --------------
    Total stockholders' equity........................................       42,202        26,783          99,487
                                                                        -----------  -------------  --------------
Total capitalization..................................................  $   159,353   $   129,345    $    143,049
                                                                        -----------  -------------  --------------
                                                                        -----------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>


- ------------------------


(a) Excludes approximately 2,562,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of senior
    executive, director and employee stock options to be granted concurrently
    with this offering.


(b) See "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data" elsewhere in this prospectus for
    specific details.

                                       15
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION


    As of June 30, 1999, we had a net tangible book value of negative $2.5
million, or $(.14) per share of common stock. Net tangible book value represents
the amount of tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of
shares of common stock outstanding. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of
June 30, 1999, would have been $49.8 million, or $1.73 per share taking into
account the sale of the shares offered by this prospectus at an assumed offering
price of $12.00 per share, the application of proceeds therefrom and the
resulting extraordinary charges from early extinguishment of debt, the Hatteras
spin-off and the exchange of shares in connection therewith, the issuance of
shares of our common stock in connection with the acquisition of Pyramid, shares
issued in exchange for outstanding warrants, shares issued under employee stock
awards and payments triggered under our phantom stock plan. The pro forma net
tangible book value assumes that the proceeds to us, net of offering expenses
and underwriting discount, will be approximately $71.0 million. This represents
an immediate net increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing
stockholders attributable to the pro forma adjustments and new investors of
$1.87 per share and the immediate dilution of $10.27 per share to new investors.
The following table illustrates this per share dilution:



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share...........................             $   12.00
  Net tangible book value per share at June 30, 1999......................  $    (.14)
  Decrease attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above......       (.59)
  Increase per share attributable to new investors........................       2.46
                                                                            ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering...........                  1.73
                                                                                       ---------
Dilution per share to new investors.......................................             $   10.27
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>


                                       16
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY

    Genmar Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware corporation that was organized in March
1994 to combine the operations of Minstar, Inc. and Miramar Marine Corporation.
Both Minstar and Miramar were private boat manufacturers under the control of
investor groups led by Irwin L. Jacobs, our Chairman. Many of our operating
divisions have been manufacturing boats under our various brand names since the
1940s and 1950s.

RECENT ACQUISITIONS


    PYRAMID OPERATING SYSTEMS, INC.  In March 1999, we acquired 8.7% of the
outstanding shares of Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc. On June 18, 1999, we
entered into an agreement to purchase the remaining shares of Pyramid for a net
purchase price of $11.0 million, payable in shares of our common stock. We will
complete the acquisition of Pyramid at the same time that we close the offering.
Assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, 916,667 shares of
our common stock will be issued to Pyramid stockholders. As a result of this
transaction, Pyramid will become our wholly-owned subsidiary and we will own all
rights to the VEC technology and process. We have also entered into a management
agreement with Pyramid under which we presently oversee the operations of
Pyramid. Since June 30, 1999, we have provided $1.4 million of short-term
working capital financing to Pyramid and expect to continue to fund
approximately $350,000 per month through the closing. Pyramid has advised us
that prior to the date of our acquisition agreement, it had invested
approximately $12.0 million in the development and commercialization of the VEC
technology.


    We have granted registration rights to the Pyramid stockholders. The
purchase agreement provides that, within nine months after the closing of the
transaction, we are required to file a registration statement with the
Commission covering the shares of common stock received by Pyramid stockholders
in the acquisition. We are obligated to maintain the effectiveness of that
registration statement for two years.

    For a period of 20 years after the closing of the acquisition, the purchase
agreement provides, among other things, that the former Pyramid stockholders
will have the right to participate in the non-marine application of the VEC
technology, as follows:

    - If we determine to spin-out a new entity that will use non-marine
      applications of the VEC technology as a core technology of its business,
      the current Pyramid stockholders will have a right to acquire an aggregate
      of 5% of the equity ownership of the new entity at a 25% discount from the
      equity value established in the spin-out. This right will be exercisable
      for 30 days from notification of the completion of the spin-out.

    - If we sell or license non-marine applications of the VEC technology to
      third parties instead of spinning-out a new entity, the Pyramid
      stockholders will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 5% of the sales
      or licensing proceeds.


    LOGIC MARINE CORPORATION.  On May 11, 1999, we acquired substantially all of
the assets of Logic Marine Corporation, a manufacturer of fishing and
recreational boats, for consideration consisting of $500,000 in cash at closing,
a promissory note for $500,000 payable in May 2000, $597,000 in assumed
liabilities and an earn-out of up to $450,000 over three years based on net
revenues from sales of Logic boats. Logic Marine has advised us that prior to
this acquisition, it had invested approximately $10.5 million in the development
and commercialization of the Roplene technology. The Logic product line is now
manufactured by our subsidiary, Genmar Logic LLC, utilizing Roplene technology.
These boats are currently produced at the Logic facilities in North Carolina.
See "Business--Technology--Roplene Construction Manufacturing."


                                       17
<PAGE>
    HORIZON MARINE, L.C.  On December 21, 1998, we acquired substantially all of
the assets of Horizon Marine, L.C., an aluminum boat manufacturer, for
consideration consisting of $2.3 million in cash at closing and the assumption
of approximately $3.5 million in liabilities of which $2.7 million were paid at
or immediately subsequent to closing. There is also a five-year earn-out of up
to $5.2 million, $200,000 of which was pre-paid at closing. The earn-out is
based on gross revenues from sales of products produced at this facility and can
be adjusted for the achievement of certain gross profit percentages and for the
value of warranty claims, from sales of products produced at this facility.

    We manufacture and market the range of products that we acquired from
Horizon through our subsidiary, Genmar Manufacturing of Kansas, LLC, under the
brand name Nova, including fish and cruise pontoon and bass boats, as well as
trailers, and parts and accessories. We intend to centralize the production and
distribution of our aluminum products sold in the southern United States through
this subsidiary.

HATTERAS SPIN-OFF


    Hatteras is a luxury yacht construction company, which we have owned since
1985. Hatteras' large custom-made luxury yachts have an average sales price of
approximately $1.6 million. Hatteras targets a narrow market of very wealthy
individuals who can afford large luxury yachts. Hatteras is fundamentally
different from our recreational boat operations which operate as production line
manufacturing companies. We believe that Hatteras does not fit strategically
with our other operations. As a result, immediately prior to the completion of
this offering, we will spin off Hatteras to our current stockholders by having
stockholders exchange one out of every ten of their Genmar shares for one
Hatteras share. Under the terms of that transaction, $21.9 million of tangible
net assets and $7.8 million of unamortized goodwill associated with Hatteras
will be distributed to our current stockholders together with substantially all
the liabilities associated with the Hatteras business. Hatteras will borrow
$20.0 million from its new $25.0 million credit facility and will pay us $20.0
million in cash to repay intercompany debt owed to us. The Hatteras spin-off
will reduce our stockholders' equity before the offering by $9.7 million. In
addition, for a period of one year, we will guarantee an aggregate amount of
$5.0 million of Hatteras' obligations under its new credit facility. For a
discussion of our plans to use these funds, see "Use of Proceeds."


                                       18
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


    The following selected historical and pro forma consolidated financial
information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the
sections of this prospectus captioned "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations." The balance sheet data as of December 31, 1994, 1995, 1996 and June
30, 1997 and the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31,
1994 and 1995 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
not included in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 1998 and
1999 and the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1996,
June 30, 1998 and June 30, 1999 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 have been
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The selected pro forma as adjusted financial information as of
and for the year ended June 30, 1999 were derived from our unaudited pro forma
financial data which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma as
adjusted data for the year ended June 30, 1999 reflects the spin-off of
Hatteras, using the $20.0 million of spin-off proceeds to repay debt, and
reduced interest expense from our debt refinancing. The pro forma as adjusted
amounts also give effect to the acquisition of Pyramid, reduced interest expense
associated with the repayment of debt and additional depreciation expense
associated with our new plant and equipment additions, using the net proceeds
from this offering. The pro forma as adjusted statement of operations amounts do
not reflect non-recurring charges we will incur relating to awards under our
phantom stock plan and the issuance of approximately 225,000 shares under
employee stock awards, and extraordinary charges related to the early retirement
of our debt. The pro forma balance sheet amounts reflect these charges, but do
not reflect interest savings.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                                                                                AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                                                  FOR THE
                                                                                  FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,   YEAR ENDED
                                  FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   FOR THE SIX                                  JUNE 30,
                                  -------------------------------  MONTHS ENDED   ----------------------------     1999
                                    1994       1995       1996     JUNE 30, 1997      1998           1999       (UNAUDITED)
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net revenues..................  $ 499,435  $ 548,559  $ 618,056    $ 260,848     $   585,943    $   704,656    $ 618,654
  Cost of products and
    services....................    417,072    468,270    521,663      222,448         480,651        567,247      497,318
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
  Gross profit..................     82,363     80,289     96,393       38,400         105,292        137,409      121,336
  New product and technology
    development.................      8,942     11,347      8,537        5,012          11,292         10,996       13,341
  Selling and administrative
    expenses....................     58,829     66,171     64,653       31,888          70,402         88,945       77,400
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
  Operating profit..............     14,592      2,771     23,203        1,500          23,598         37,468       30,595
  Interest expense..............    (22,674)   (23,862)   (22,190)     (11,026)        (18,702)       (16,098)      (5,871)
  Investment and other income
    (loss), net.................     (8,834)    15,477        122         (176)           (304)            75          133
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
  Income (loss) before income
    taxes and extraordinary
    item........................    (16,916)    (5,614)     1,135       (9,702)          4,592         21,445       24,857
  Income tax benefit
    (provision).................     (1,040)    (2,090)      (860)        (246)           (550)        19,500       19,500(a)
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
  Income (loss) before
    extraordinary item..........    (17,956)    (7,704)       275       (9,948)          4,042         40,945       44,357
  Extraordinary loss on
    extinguishment of debt......     (6,624)        --         --           --          (1,184)            --           --
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
  Net income (loss).............  $ (24,580) $  (7,704) $     275    $  (9,948)    $     2,858    $    40,945    $  44,357
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
</TABLE>


                                       19
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                                                                                AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                                                  FOR THE
                                                                                  FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,   YEAR ENDED
                                  FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   FOR THE SIX                                  JUNE 30,
                                  -------------------------------  MONTHS ENDED   ----------------------------     1999
                                    1994       1995       1996     JUNE 30, 1997      1998           1999       (UNAUDITED)
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
  Pro forma basic and diluted
    earnings (loss) per
    share(b)....................                                                                  $      2.36    $    1.54
                                                                                                 -------------  -----------
                                                                                                 -------------  -----------
  Pro forma basic and diluted
    weighted average shares
    outstanding(b)..............                                                                       17,370       28,868
                                                                                                 -------------  -----------
                                                                                                 -------------  -----------
ADDITIONAL DATA:
  EBITDA(c).....................  $  22,596  $  11,036  $  31,297    $   5,563     $    32,372    $    46,419    $  39,183
  Gross profit margin...........       16.5%      14.6%      15.6%        14.7%           18.0%          19.5%        19.6%
  Operating profit margin.......        2.9%       0.5%       3.8%         0.6%            4.0%           5.3%         4.9%
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital...............  $  73,568  $  75,267  $  48,418    $  47,764     $    29,712    $    41,544    $  17,386
  Total assets..................    345,572    306,678    271,203      258,279         244,622        320,763      277,767
  Long-term debt, net of current
    maturities..................    164,161    151,445    124,552      135,238         117,778        116,129       42,540
  Stockholders' equity
    (deficit)...................     14,232      6,618      6,869       (3,133)          1,293         42,202       99,487(a)(b)
</TABLE>


- --------------------------


(a) During 1999, we recorded a reduction in our valuation allowance against our
    deferred tax assets, resulting in an overall tax benefit of $19.5 million.
    Tax expense assuming a statutory rate of 38% would have been $9.5 million
    and pro forma net income would have been $15.4 million, or $0.53 per share.



(b) Historical 1999 per share data reflects a 10-for-1 stock split, as it does
    not give effect to the Hatteras spin-off which will occur immediately prior
    to the offering. The pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect a 9-for-1 stock
    split after giving effect to the Hatteras spin-off through the exchange by
    our current stockholders of one out of every ten of their Genmar shares for
    one Hatteras share. The pro forma as adjusted amounts also reflect the
    shares issued in this offering, the shares issued in exchange for
    outstanding warrants, the shares issued to acquire Pyramid and the shares
    issued under employee stock awards.



(c) EBITDA represents operating income plus depreciation and goodwill
    amortization expense. EBITDA data, which is not a measure of financial
    performance under generally accepted accounting principles, should not be
    construed as a substitute for operating income, net income or cash flows
    from operations in analyzing our operating performance, financial position
    and cash flows. We have included EBITDA data, because we believe that this
    data is commonly used by certain investors to evaluate a company's
    performance. Not all companies calculate non-GAAP measures in the same
    manner; accordingly, the EBITDA presentation herein may not be comparable to
    similarly titled measures reported by other companies.


                                       20
<PAGE>
                       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

    The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year
ended June 30, 1999 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of
June 30, 1999, include our historical operations. The pro forma financial
statements give effect to the spin-off of Hatteras and the effects of our debt
refinancing, as if they had occurred on July 1, 1998 for the statement of
operations and as of June 30, 1999 for the balance sheet. This information has
been prepared by our management and derived from our historical statements of
operations and balance sheets.


    The pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect the effects of the offering and
include the acquisition of Pyramid which will be completed at the time of the
offering and the reduction in interest expense and increase in depreciation
expense to give effect to the application of our estimated net offering
proceeds. See "Use of Proceeds."


    The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations is not designed
to represent what our results of operations actually would have been had these
transactions been completed as of the dates indicated, or to project our results
of operations for any future period. This information should be read in
conjunction with "Capitalization," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our consolidated
financial statements and accompanying notes and other financial information
included elsewhere in this prospectus.

            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                             PRO FORMA                  EFFECTS OF   PRO FORMA AS
                                              AS REPORTED  ADJUSTMENTS(A)   PRO FORMA   OFFERING(B)    ADJUSTED
                                              -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
Net revenues................................   $ 704,656     $  (90,250)    $ 614,406    $   4,248    $   618,654
Cost of products and services...............     567,247        (74,713)      492,534        4,784        497,318
                                              -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
Gross profit................................     137,409        (15,537)      121,872         (536)       121,336
New product and technology development......      10,996         (1,404)        9,592        3,749         13,341
Selling and administrative..................      88,945        (12,613)       76,332        1,068         77,400
                                              -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
Operating profit............................      37,468         (1,520)       35,948       (5,353)        30,595
Interest expense............................     (16,098)         5,353(c)    (10,745)       4,874         (5,871)
Investment and other income.................          75             58           133           --            133
                                              -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
Income before income taxes..................      21,445          3,891        25,336         (479)        24,857
Income tax benefit(d).......................      19,500             --        19,500           --         19,500
                                              -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
Net income excluding extraordinary
  charges...................................   $  40,945     $    3,891     $  44,836    $    (479)   $    44,357
                                              -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                              -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
Basic and diluted earnings per share as
  reported..................................   $    2.36
                                              -----------
                                              -----------
Basic and diluted weighted average shares
  outstanding...............................      17,370
                                              -----------
                                              -----------
Basic and diluted pro forma earnings per
  share(e)..................................                                                          $      1.54
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                     -------------
Basic and diluted weighted average shares
  outstanding(e)............................                                                               28,868
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                     -------------
</TABLE>


                                       21
<PAGE>

(a) Reflects the spin-off of Hatteras and reduced interest expense from our debt
    refinancing and repayment of debt from Hatteras' spin-off proceeds. The
    adjustments do not include an extraordinary charge of $5.7 million resulting
    from our debt refinancing as it is nonrecurring in nature.



(b) Includes Pyramid's operating loss of $4.5 million, including $510,000 of
    additional goodwill amortization expense assuming an amortization period of
    25 years, Pyramid interest expense of $198,000 and additional depreciation
    expense of $857,000 related to our new plant and equipment. Reflects a
    reduction of interest expense of $5.1 million related to using proceeds from
    this offering to repay debt.


   Excludes the following nonrecurring charges which will be recorded
    concurrently with this offering:


    - A $5.7 million charge for awards under our phantom stock plan triggered by
      this offering;



    - A charge of approximately $2.7 million resulting from the issuance of
      shares to non-management employees; and



    - An extraordinary charge of $3.6 million resulting from the early
      extinguishment of debt using proceeds from this offering.



(c) Reflects a $1.9 million reduction in interest expense from the Hatteras
    spin-off and application of the repayment of debt from Hatteras spin-off
    proceeds and a $3.5 million reduction in interest expense from our debt
    refinancing.



(d) During 1999, we recorded a reduction in our valuation allowance against our
    deferred tax assets, resulting in an overall tax benefit of $19.5 million.
    Tax expense assuming a statutory rate of 38% would have been $9.5 million
    and pro forma net income would have been $15.4 million, or $0.53 per share.



(e) Weighted average shares outstanding is computed as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
Stock outstanding before offering.......................      1,737
                                                          ---------
                                                          ---------
Effect of 9-for-1 stock split after the Hatteras
  spin-off..............................................     15,633
Shares issued in exchange for outstanding warrants......      5,593
Shares issued to acquire Pyramid........................        917
Shares issued to under employee stock awards............        225
Shares issued to public.................................      6,500
                                                          ---------
                                                             28,868
                                                          ---------
                                                          ---------
</TABLE>


                                       22
<PAGE>
                 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1999

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           HATTERAS
                                           PRO FORMA          DEBT                       ACQUISITION     EFFECTS OF     PRO FORMA
                           AS REPORTED  ADJUSTMENTS(A)   REFINANCING(B)    PRO FORMA    OF PYRAMID(C)    OFFERING(D)   AS ADJUSTED
                           -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                        <C>          <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
ASSETS

Current assets:
  Cash and cash
    equivalents..........   $  24,856      $      --        $              $  24,856      $  (4,600)      $      --     $  20,256
  Accounts receivable,
    net..................      41,339           (825)              --         40,514            250              --        40,764
  Inventories............     113,931        (45,172)              --         68,759            290              --        69,049
  Prepaid expenses.......       2,939           (343)              --          2,596           (450)             --         2,146
  Deferred tax asset.....       8,000             --               --          8,000             --              --         8,000
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------
    Total current
      assets.............     191,065        (46,340)                        144,725         (4,510)             --       140,215
  Property and equipment,
    net..................      65,537        (10,390)              --         55,147          5,635          12,000        72,782
  Other assets...........      19,454             --              740         20,194         (1,515)         (3,570)       15,109
  Goodwill...............      44,707         (7,786)              --         36,921         12,740              --        49,661
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------
                            $ 320,763      $ (64,516)       $     740      $ 256,987      $  12,350       $   8,430     $ 277,767
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------

LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.......   $  56,241      $ (10,606)       $      --      $  45,635      $     500       $      --     $  46,135
  Accrued liabilities....      80,091        (14,034)              --         66,057            850           5,726        72,633
  Customer deposits......       9,783         (9,128)              --            655             --              --           655
  Accrued income taxes...       2,384             --               --          2,384             --              --         2,384
  Current maturities of
    long-term debt.......       1,022             --               --          1,022             --              --         1,022
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------
    Total current
      liabilities........     149,521        (33,768)              --        115,753          1,350           5,726       122,829
Long-term debt...........     116,129        (21,000)           6,411        101,540             --         (59,000)       42,540
Other noncurrent
  liabilities............      12,911             --               --         12,911             --              --        12,911
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------

Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock...........          17            139               --            156              9             124           289
  Paid-in capital........     117,945           (139)              --        117,806         10,991          73,576       202,373
  Accumulated deficit....     (75,256)        (9,748)          (5,671)       (90,675)            --         (11,996)     (102,671)
  Cumulative translation
    adjustment...........        (504)            --               --           (504)            --              --          (504)
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------
    Total stockholders'
      equity.............      42,202         (9,748)          (5,671)        26,783         11,000          61,704        99,487
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------
                            $ 320,763      $ (64,516)       $     740      $ 256,987      $  12,350       $   8,430     $ 277,767
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------
                           -----------  ---------------       -------     -----------       -------     -------------  -----------
</TABLE>


- ------------------------------


(a) Reflects our stock split, the spin-off of Hatteras and our repayment of debt
    from Hatteras' spin-off proceeds. See "The Company."



(b) Reflects our debt refinancing and the related extraordinary loss of $5.7
    million due to early extinguishment of debt.


(c) Reflects our acquisition of Pyramid through the issuance of new stock.


(d) Reflects the issuance of the shares offered hereby and use of the proceeds
    from this offering for our new plant and equipment additions and the
    repayment of debt with the resulting extraordinary loss of $3.6 million due
    to early extinguishment of debt.


    Includes the following transactions which will be recorded concurrently with
    this offering:


    - Awards triggered under our phantom stock plan resulting in a charge $5.7
      million.



    - The issuance of 5,593,500 shares in exchange for outstanding warrants.



    - The issuance of approximately 225,000 shares under employee stock awards
      and the corresponding $2.7 million charge.


                                       23
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

    The following discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations should be read together with the consolidated financial statements
included in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements
that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ
significantly from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of various factors including, but not limited to, those set forth under
"Risk Factors" and included in other portions of this prospectus. Our fiscal
year ends June 30. When we refer to years it means the twelve months ended June
30, unless otherwise indicated.

    We manufacture motorized recreational boats, and sell our products through a
network of over 1,300 dealers throughout the world. We currently conduct and
report our business in two segments, the recreational boat segment and the
luxury yacht segment. Following the spin-off of Hatteras, we will operate only
in the recreational boat segment.

RECREATIONAL BOAT SEGMENT

    Our recreational boat segment is comprised of our various high volume
production line manufacturing operations. We generate revenues primarily from
the sale of boats with inboard, stern drive and outboard engines. Certain of our
outboard boats are sold with engines purchased from others and installed at our
factories, and we refer to these as "packaged" sales. Certain other of our
outboard boats are sold without the engine installed, and we refer to these
sales as "non-packaged" sales. Typically these non-packaged boats are sold with
engine controls and cabling, known as rigging, pre-installed at our factories.
In exchange for equipping a boat in this manner, we receive a fee from the
engine manufacturer whose controls and cabling we have pre-installed in the
boat. For a packaged sale, our revenues and cost of products reflect the sale
and related cost of the outboard engine, while for a non-packaged sale, our
revenues reflect only the rigging fee. Consequently, comparable outboard boats
sold packaged generate higher total revenues but a lower margin as a percentage
of revenues than those sold non-packaged. Accordingly, shifts in our outboard
sales mix between packaged and non-packaged can affect our revenues and margins.

    The size of the products we sell also affects our revenues and margins. Our
margins generally increase as the size of the product increases. Product sales
mix can also affect our margins in other ways. In a given size category,
outboard products generally produce higher margins than stern drive or inboard
products. In terms of revenues generated in 1999, substantially all of our
aluminum product sales, and approximately one-third of our fiberglass product
sales, were outboard products. Also, on a relative basis, certain of our models
command premium pricing in the market, and generally produce higher margins, as
compared to our other models.

    We also generate revenues from the sale of parts, accessories and clothing,
and in certain circumstances from product delivery fees. Such items, however, do
not have a significant impact on changes in our revenues from year to year, nor
are revenues related to these items material to our total revenues.

    Cost of products and services consists of all costs related to the
manufacture and assembly of our products, including material, labor and overhead
costs, as well as production tooling and related tooling maintenance costs for
models already in production. Also included are costs related to warranty,
customer service, transportation and engineering.

                                       24
<PAGE>
    New product and technology development consists of all costs related to
developing new product offerings, including all developmental engineering and
tooling costs. Also included are costs related to the development of new
manufacturing technologies, such as our VEC and Roplene technologies. We believe
the development of new product and manufacturing technologies is a key element
of our future business strategy, and with the acquisition of the VEC technology,
we expect to significantly increase our new product and technology development
expenses, and potentially, our expenses related to developing the non-marine
commercial aspects of our new technology.

    Selling and administrative expenses consist of salaries, commissions and
other costs for our sales and marketing personnel, expenses related to the
development and execution of marketing concepts and materials and costs to
participate in various industry retail trade shows. Also included are
compensation and other expenses related to our executive, administrative,
finance and management information systems personnel, fees for professional
services and amortization of goodwill. We expect selling and administrative
expenses to change based on our sales levels and operating performance. Under
our current management incentive plan, if our operating performance exceeds
targeted operating profits, our management compensation costs can increase
significantly.


    In July 1999, we refinanced our senior bank debt. With a portion of the
proceeds, we immediately repaid at its face amount a $25.0 million subordinated
note, which bore interest at 9% at the time of repayment, payable to Irwin L.
Jacobs. On September 7, 1999, we used the remaining $20.0 million of the senior
term loan and approximately $7.0 million under our new revolving credit facility
to redeem the remaining $25.6 million of our 13.5% notes at 106.5% of par. At
the time of issuance, the subordinated note payable to Irwin L. Jacobs was
deemed to have a below-market interest rate, and a debt discount of $8.6 million
was recorded at issuance to impute a market yield to maturity. In connection
with these transactions, we recorded an extraordinary loss of $5.7 million on
early extinguishment of debt, including $3.7 million of unaccreted discount
associated with the subordinated note. Upon completion of this offering, we will
incur an additional extraordinary loss of $3.6 million on early extinguishment
of debt resulting from applications of proceeds from this offering to repay debt
and charges to our operating earnings in the amounts of $8.4 million, related to
a $5.7 million payout which will be triggered under our existing senior
management phantom stock option plan and $2.7 million, related to employee stock
awards. See "Management--Executive Compensation."


LUXURY YACHT SEGMENT

    The luxury yacht segment consists solely of Hatteras. Immediately prior to
the completion of this offering, we will spin off Hatteras to our current
stockholders. Hatteras builds 55 to 65 yachts per year, the average sale price
of which is approximately $1.6 million. Hatteras sells these yachts to very
wealthy customers who usually are sophisticated and experienced in yachting.
Unlike our recreational boat segment, which we view in terms of a production
line manufacturing company, we view this segment to be much like a custom
construction company. Historically, Hatteras has recognized revenue on most of
its products at the time it ships a completed luxury yacht. On larger products,
over 75 feet in length, Hatteras uses the percentage of completion method of
revenue recognition if a retail customer has specifically ordered the yacht.
Given the high cost of each yacht, the timing of product completions and
shipments can have a material impact on our periodic results of operations.

                                       25
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CONSOLIDATED BASIS

    The following table sets forth our operating results on a consolidated basis
for the periods indicated. In early 1997, we changed our fiscal year end from
December 31 to June 30 to better correspond with the industry's model cycle.
Accordingly, the comparison of our fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 to the six
month period ended June 30, 1997 is not meaningful. Information presented for
the twelve months ended June 30, 1997 is unaudited.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                 ENDED JUNE 30, 1997        ------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (UNAUDITED)                       1998                        1999
                                            ------------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGE DATA)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Net revenues..............................    $ 574,802           100.0%     $ 585,943         100.0%    $ 704,656         100.0%
Cost of products and services.............      486,276            84.6        480,651          82.0       567,247          80.5
                                            -------------         -----     -----------        -----    -----------        -----
    Gross profit..........................       88,526            15.4        105,292          18.0       137,409          19.5
New product and technology development....        8,372             1.5         11,292           2.0        10,996           1.6
Selling and administrative expenses.......       66,687            11.6         70,402          12.0        88,945          12.6
                                            -------------         -----     -----------        -----    -----------        -----
    Operating profit......................       13,467             2.3         23,598           4.0        37,468           5.3
Interest expense..........................      (21,937)           (3.8)       (18,702)         (3.2)      (16,098)         (2.3)
Investment and other income (loss), net...         (294)             --           (304)           --            75            --
                                            -------------         -----     -----------        -----    -----------        -----
    Income (loss) before income taxes and
      extraordinary item..................       (8,764)           (1.5)         4,592           0.8        21,445           3.0
Income tax benefit (provision)............         (635)           (0.1)          (550)         (0.1)       19,500           2.8
                                            -------------         -----     -----------        -----    -----------        -----
Income (loss) before extraordinary item...       (9,399)           (1.6)         4,042           0.7        40,945           5.8
Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of
  debt....................................           --              --         (1,184)         (0.2)           --            --
                                            -------------         -----     -----------        -----    -----------        -----
    Net income (loss).....................    $  (9,399)           (1.6)%   $    2,858           0.5%   $   40,945           5.8%
                                            -------------         -----     -----------        -----    -----------        -----
                                            -------------         -----     -----------        -----    -----------        -----
</TABLE>

    REVENUES for 1999 and 1998 increased by 20.3% and 1.9%, respectively, over
prior year comparable periods. Net revenues in 1999 were favorably affected by
strong economic and industry conditions and a higher mix of packaged sales. Net
revenue growth in 1998 was lower due to the discontinuation of one of our
fiberglass brands.

    GROSS PROFIT MARGIN increased to 19.5% for 1999, from 18.0% for 1998 and
15.4% for 1997. These improvements were a result of higher margins in the mix of
sales and increased manufacturing efficiencies. In addition, operating profit
for 1999 and 1998 increased by 58.8% and 75.2%, respectively, over comparable
prior year periods, and improved as a percentage of revenues to 5.3% for 1999,
from 4.0% for 1998 and 2.3% for 1997.

    INTEREST EXPENSE for fiscal 1999 decreased by $2.6 million, or 13.9%, to
$16.1 million from $18.7 million for 1998. The decrease in interest expense
resulted from reduced average borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit
facility, and the full year impact of the October 1997 refinancing of $74.4
million of our 13.5% notes. Interest expense for fiscal 1998 decreased by $3.2
million, or 14.7%, to $18.7 million from $21.9 million for 1997. This decrease
in interest expense resulted from the October 1997 refinancing of $74.4 million
of our 13.5% notes, and reduced debt discount accretion costs, partially offset
by increased average borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility.

    INCOME TAX for 1999 reflects a benefit of $19.5 million. Excluding our $22.0
million reduction in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, we would have
had a tax provision of $2.5 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of
11.7%. Based on 1999 and projected future operating results, we determined it
more likely than not that a portion of our deferred tax assets would be
realized, and therefore reduced the related valuation allowance by $22.0
million, which is reflected in our statement of operations as an income tax
benefit. We recorded no such valuation adjustments in prior periods presented.
The effective tax rates for 1998 and 1997 were 12.0% and 7.3%, respectively. The
effective rates differed

                                       26
<PAGE>
from the statutory rates primarily as a result of net operating loss
carryforwards available as offsets to otherwise due federal income tax
obligations.

    NET INCOME for 1999 increased by $38.0 million to $40.9 million, from income
of $2.9 million for 1998 and a net loss of $9.4 million for 1997. The
improvements in our net income were primarily attributable to the recorded tax
benefits for 1999 along with the increase in operating profits. Net income
excluding the impact of the tax benefit would have been $18.9 million.

RECREATIONAL BOAT SEGMENT

    The following table sets forth operating results of our recreational boat
segment for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     FOR THE TWELVE
                                         MONTHS                FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                  ENDED JUNE 30, 1997   ------------------------------------------
                                      (UNAUDITED)               1998                  1999
                                  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGE DATA)
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net revenues....................  $ 490,313      100.0% $ 505,910      100.0% $ 614,406      100.0%
Cost of products and services...    408,559       83.3    407,554       80.6    492,534       80.2
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Gross profit................     81,754       16.7     98,356       19.4    121,872       19.8
New product and technology
  development...................      7,607        1.5      9,224        1.8      9,592        1.5
Selling and administrative
  expenses......................     57,217       11.7     61,531       12.1     76,332       12.4
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Operating profit............  $  16,930        3.5% $  27,601        5.5% $  35,948        5.9%
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

    REVENUES for 1999 increased by $108.5 million, or 21.4%, to $614.4 million
from $505.9 million for 1998, reflecting solid increases across all of our
brands both in terms of boats sold and average price per boat sold. Revenues in
1999 from sales of fiberglass products increased 17.9% from 1998, while revenues
from sales of aluminum products increased 36.1%. The increase in our average
price per boat sold was primarily the result of an increase in sales of products
greater than 30 feet in length. In addition, our overall increase in the number
of boats sold included a greater percentage of packaged outboard boats being
sold compared to 1998, a trend which also contributed to our revenue increase
for 1999.

    COST OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES for 1999 increased by $84.9 million, or 20.9%,
to $492.5 million from $407.6 million for 1998, but decreased as a percentage of
revenues to 80.2% for 1999 from 80.6% for 1998. The increase in dollars was a
direct result of increased sales as well as a higher percentage of sales of
packaged outboard boats. The improvement in the percentage resulted primarily
from improved margins related to a more favorable product mix, partially offset
by the effect of our increased sales of packaged outboard boats.

    NEW PRODUCT AND TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT costs for 1999 increased by $400,000,
or 4.0%, to $9.6 million from $9.2 million for 1998, and were 1.5% of revenues
for 1999, a decrease from 1.8% for 1998. This decrease in percentage was
attributable to particularly high expenses in 1998 related to development of new
product offerings over 30 feet in length. These costs in 1999 related primarily
to various new product development initiatives, and to the development of our
VEC technology. We expect product and technology development costs to increase
further in 2000 as we continue our development of the VEC and Roplene
technologies.

    SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES for 1999 increased by $14.8 million, or
24.1%, to $76.3 million from $61.5 million for 1998, and increased as a
percentage of revenues to 12.4% for 1999, from 12.1% for 1998. This increase was
attributable primarily to management incentive compensation and bonus

                                       27
<PAGE>
awards that increased by $14.5 million over the prior year, as a result of
significantly exceeding our operating performance goals for the year.

    OPERATING PROFIT for 1999 increased by $8.3 million, or 30.2%, to $35.9
million from $27.6 million for 1998, and increased as a percentage of revenues
to 5.9% for 1999, from 5.5% for 1998. This increase was attributable to a 21.4%
increase in sales, favorable product mix and improved margins, offset by
increased management compensation costs.

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO UNAUDITED TWELVE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997

    Effective June 2, 1997, we changed our fiscal year end from December 31 to
June 30, and reported a transitional audited fiscal year covering the six month
period from January 1 to June 30, 1997. As a result, the comparison of our
fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 to the six month period ended June 30, 1997 is
not meaningful. For purposes of the following discussion, we will compare our
results of operations for 1998 to our unaudited results of operations for the
twelve months ended June 30, 1997.

    REVENUES for 1998 increased by $15.6 million, or 3.2%, to $505.9 million
from $490.3 million for 1997. The increase in revenues was attributable to an
increase in the average price per boat sold. Excluding net revenues of $10.3
million of a fiberglass product line which we closed in 1997, the increase in
revenues for 1998 would have been 5.4%.

    COST OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES for 1998 decreased by $1.0 million, or 0.2%,
to $407.6 million from $408.6 million for 1997, and decreased as a percentage of
revenues to 80.6% for 1998 as compared to 83.3% for 1997. This decrease resulted
primarily from improved margins related to product mix. Excluding costs
associated with the discontinued fiberglass product line, the costs would have
increased by $11.5 million and would have compared to costs as a percentage of
revenues of 82.5% for 1997.

    NEW PRODUCT AND TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT costs for 1998 increased by $1.6
million, or 21.3%, to $9.2 million from $7.6 million for 1997, and at 1.8% of
revenues for 1998, were increased from 1.5% for 1997. This increase was
attributable to particularly high expenses in 1998 related to increased
development of new products over 30 feet in length.

    SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES for 1998 increased by $4.3 million, or
7.5%, to $61.5 million from $57.2 million for 1997, and at 12.1% of revenues for
1998, were increased from 11.7% for 1997. This increase was attributable to
increased variable selling and marketing expenses and increased management
incentive compensation. Excluding costs associated with the discontinued
fiberglass product line, these costs would have increased by $6.3 million and
would have compared to costs as a percentage of revenues of 11.5% for 1997.


    OPERATING PROFIT for 1998 increased by $10.7 million, or 63.0%, to $27.6
million from $16.9 million for 1997, and increased as a percentage of revenues
to 5.5% for 1998, from 3.5% for 1997. Excluding the impact of the product line
discontinuation, operating profit would have increased by $6.5 million and would
have compared to operating profit as a percentage of revenues of 4.4% for 1997.
This increase was attributable to increased sales and improved product margins.


SEASONALITY AND FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Various factors, including seasonality, can contribute to fluctuations in
our revenues and costs for our recreational boat segment and in our operating
earnings by quarter.

    As is typical in the boating industry, we undergo a model year changeover
during the period from June to August, during which time we convert our
manufacturing facilities to production of new models. Margins during our first
fiscal quarter are adversely affected by the additional costs and

                                       28
<PAGE>
production inefficiencies associated with this model year changeover. We have
begun to introduce certain new models throughout the year to minimize the impact
of model year changeover costs.

    On a relative basis, our revenues reach their highest levels during the
third and fourth quarters of the year, due primarily to the onset of the peak
retail selling season for our products. However, we attempt to smooth our
production levels by offering financial incentives to our dealers to take
delivery of our product at a relatively constant rate throughout the year. Costs
related to such dealer incentives are generally heaviest during the first and
second quarters of our fiscal year.

    We host various dealer conferences during the period from July to August to
introduce our new product offerings. In addition, we provide financial
assistance, in the form of cooperative marketing incentives earned on their
purchases of our product, to our dealers who participate in various retail trade
shows throughout the year. These retail trade shows are most heavily
concentrated in the months of January to March, or directly preceding the peak
spring retail season. Selling and marketing expenses related to these efforts
are more significant during our first and third fiscal quarters.


    Under a program we operated on a limited basis from 1992 to 1996, we
provided direct floor plan financing to certain dealers who were unable to
secure such financing on favorable terms from conventional third party sources.
During 1996, we decided to discontinue this program. In winding down and
disengaging from this program, we incurred larger than normal levels of
receivable write-offs, which were charged to operating earnings in the fiscal
years 1996, 1997 and 1998. With completion of the wind-down process, and based
on our historical trends, provisions and write-offs for fiscal year 1999
represent a more normal level of activity in this area.


    The following table sets forth certain quarterly historical financial
information for the past three fiscal years. Operating results achieved for any
quarter do not necessarily indicate what operating results for any future period
may be.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             FOR THE QUARTER ENDED,
                                                               --------------------------------------------------
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30  DECEMBER 31    MARCH 31    JUNE 30
                                                               ------------  ------------  ----------  ----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGE DATA)
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
1997
Net revenues.................................................   $  128,419    $  126,075   $  114,085  $  121,734
Percent of total annual segment revenues.....................         26.2%         25.7%        23.3%       24.8%
Gross profit.................................................       19,343        21,179       18,016      23,216
Operating profit.............................................        3,452         4,331        1,551       7,596

1998
Net revenues.................................................   $  115,203    $  118,284   $  132,354  $  140,069
Percent of total annual segment revenues.....................         22.8%         23.4%        26.2%       27.6%
Gross profit.................................................       19,795        20,610       25,915      32,036
Operating profit.............................................        4,793         4,552        6,484      11,772

1999
Net revenues.................................................   $  127,115    $  143,571   $  159,670  $  184,050
Percent of total annual segment revenues.....................         20.7%         23.4%        26.0%       29.9%
Gross profit.................................................       21,994        26,529       30,760      42,589
Operating profit.............................................        3,428         9,727        9,134      13,659
</TABLE>

                                       29
<PAGE>
LUXURY YACHT SEGMENT

    The following table sets forth operating results for the periods indicated
of our luxury yacht segment, which we will spin-off to our current stockholders
immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FOR THE TWELVE
                                                           MONTHS ENDED                FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                          JUNE 30, 1997        --------------------------------------------
                                                           (UNAUDITED)                 1998                    1999
                                                       --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGE DATA)
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>
Net revenues.........................................  $   84,489     100.0%   $   80,033     100.0%   $   90,250     100.0%
Cost of products and services........................      77,717      92.0        73,097      91.3        74,713      82.8
                                                       ----------    ------    ----------    ------    ----------    ------
  Gross profit.......................................       6,772       8.0         6,936       8.7        15,537      17.2
New product and technology development...............         765       0.9         2,068       2.6         1,404       1.5
Selling and administrative expenses..................       9,470      11.2         8,871      11.1        12,613      14.0
                                                       ----------    ------    ----------    ------    ----------    ------
  Operating profit (loss)............................  $   (3,463)     (4.1)%  $   (4,003)     (5.0)%  $    1,520       1.7%
                                                       ----------    ------    ----------    ------    ----------    ------
                                                       ----------    ------    ----------    ------    ----------    ------
</TABLE>

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

    REVENUES for 1999 increased by $10.3 million, or 12.8%, to $90.3 million
from $80.0 million for 1998. The increase in revenues was primarily attributable
to an increase in the average price per boat, due largely to the elimination of
product offerings in this segment under 50 feet in length.

    COST OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES for 1999 increased by $1.6 million, or 2.2%,
to $74.7 million from $73.1 million for 1998, but decreased as a percentage of
revenues to 82.8% for 1999 from 91.3% for 1998. The improvement over 1998 was
attributable to reduced overhead, improved efficiencies and less product
discounting.

    NEW PRODUCT AND TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT costs for 1999 decreased by $700,000,
or 32.1%, to $1.4 million from $2.1 million for 1998, and at 1.5% of revenues
for 1999, were decreased from 2.6% for 1998. This decrease was attributable to a
narrowing of our product offerings resulting in lower expenditures.

    SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES for 1999 increased by $3.7 million, or
42.2%, to $12.6 million from $8.9 million for 1998, and increased as a
percentage of revenues to 14.0% for 1999, from 11.1% for 1998. This increase was
attributable primarily to increased costs related to the testing of a new
marketing initiative for luxury yacht ownership, incentive compensation
resulting from exceeding our operating performance goals for 1999, increased
legal expenses, expenses related to Y2K preparation efforts and increased
variable selling and marketing costs.

    OPERATING PROFIT for 1999 increased by $5.5 million, to $1.5 million from a
loss of $4.0 million for 1998. The improvement resulted from increased revenues
and improved margins, partially offset by increased selling and administrative
expenses.

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO UNAUDITED TWELVE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997

    REVENUES for 1998 decreased by $4.5 million, or 5.3%, to $80.0 million from
$84.5 million for 1997. The decrease in revenues, on unit sales that were
essentially even between years, was primarily attributable to increased dealer
incentives intended to reduce product in our dealer pipeline.

    COST OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES for 1998 decreased by $4.6 million, or 5.9%,
to $73.1 million from $77.7 million for 1997, and decreased as a percentage of
revenues to 91.3% for 1998 as compared to 92.0% for 1997. This decrease resulted
primarily from improved margins related to product mix.

                                       30
<PAGE>
    NEW PRODUCT AND TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT costs for 1998 increased by $1.3
million, to $2.1 million from $800,000 for 1997, and at 2.6% of revenues for
1998, were increased from 0.9% for 1997. This increase was attributable to
particularly high expenses in 1998 related to increased development of new
products, and to the capitalization of certain of these expenditures in 1997.

    SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES for 1998 decreased by $600,000, or 6.3%,
to $8.9 million from $9.5 million for 1997, and at 11.1% of revenues for 1998,
were decreased from 11.2% for 1997. The decrease was attributable to decreased
variable selling and marketing expenses and decreased incentive compensation
costs.

    OPERATING PROFIT for 1998 decreased by $500,000, or 15.6%, to a loss of $4.0
million from a loss of $3.5 million for 1997. The change between years was
primarily attributable to increased dealer incentive costs as mentioned above.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Cash provided by operating activities for 1999 increased by $35.2 million,
to $50.7 million from $15.5 million for 1998. Total cash provided by operating
activities for 1999 consisted of $28.2 million generated by our operating
results, net of non-cash charges and other items, and $22.5 million generated
from changes in working capital items. Working capital at June 30, 1999 totaled
$41.5 million, including cash and cash equivalents of $24.9 million, as compared
to working capital of $29.7 million at June 30, 1998, including cash and cash
equivalents of $2.7 million. The change in working capital, excluding cash,
represented a decrease of $10.4 million for fiscal 1999, and resulted primarily
from increased accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

    Cash used in investing activities for 1999 increased by $16.5 million, to
$20.3 million from $3.8 million for 1998. The increase for 1999 was primarily
attributable to the cash component of the total consideration paid for
acquisitions and increased capital expenditures. We used $500,000 for Logic
Marine, $5.2 million for Horizon, and $2.2 million for our initial investment in
Pyramid. In addition, we realized $900,000 from the sale of a closed
manufacturing facility and certain other equipment in 1999, and in 1998 we
realized $4.2 million from the sale of a note receivable.


    Capital expenditures for 1999 increased by $4.8 million, to $12.9 million,
from $8.1 million for 1998. This increase was primarily attributable to
incremental expenditures related to manufacturing facility and equipment
improvements, certain capitalized tooling projects and purchases of
transportation equipment used to deliver our products. We anticipate that
capital expenditures for 2000 will be approximately $25.0 million, including
approximately $12.0 million to construct and equip our new manufacturing
facility, including the purchase of certain robotic equipment and computerized
tooling and design equipment related to our VEC technology. The remaining
expenditures will be principally for the purchase of manufacturing and
transportation equipment. We expect to fund these expenditures through
operations and available bank borrowings.


    Cash used in financing activities for 1999 decreased by $5.1 million, to
$8.3 million from $13.4 million for 1998. We repaid $12.0 million under our old
senior bank term loan during 1999, $6.0 million of which was a voluntary
pre-payment under that agreement. In addition, we completed a $4.0 million
industrial development bond financing arrangement in connection with our
acquisition of and certain planned improvements for our newly acquired Nova
facility.

    During 1999, our old senior bank credit facility, which was due to expire in
June 2000, consisted of a $35.0 million revolving credit facility, a $15.0
million term loan facility and a $23.0 million letter of credit facility.
Weighted average borrowings outstanding under the old revolving credit facility
during 1999 were approximately $14.5 million. At June 30, 1999, we had $35.0
million of availability under the old revolving credit facility, approximately
$3.6 million of availability under the old letter of credit facility and we had
prepaid and terminated the old term loan facility in its entirety. As of June
30,

                                       31
<PAGE>
1999, we were in compliance with all covenants under our credit facility, except
the capital expenditure requirement, with such non-compliance effectively being
waived upon our arrangement of our new senior bank credit facility. See Note 5
to our Consolidated Financial Statements.


    On July 30, 1999, we arranged a new senior bank credit facility, which
expires in June 2002, consisting of a $29.0 million revolving credit facility, a
$45.0 million term loan facility and a $21.0 million letter of credit facility,
secured by substantially all of our assets. Borrowings under the new revolving
credit facility are intended for general corporate and working capital purposes
and to redeem $5.6 million of our remaining 13.5% notes. We borrowed $25.0
million under our new senior term loan and immediately repaid at its face amount
a $25.0 million subordinated note held by Irwin L. Jacobs, our Chairman. On
September 7, 1999, we borrowed an additional $20.0 million under our new senior
term loan and approximately $7.0 million under our new revolving credit
facility, and redeemed the remaining $25.6 million of our 13.5% notes due 2001
at 106.5%. Amounts under our new senior term loan and revolving credit facility
bear interest at 2.5% over the interbank eurodollar market rate. As of September
22, 1999, the weighted average interest rate under the senior credit facility
was 7.9%. Aggregate borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the new
senior credit facility are limited to eligible receivables, eligible inventories
and eligible property, plant and equipment.


    Our new senior credit facility contains covenants which, among other things,
restrict or limit our ability to incur other indebtedness, engage in
transactions with affiliates, incur liens, make certain restricted payments, and
enter into certain business combinations and asset sale transactions. The new
senior credit facility also requires that we satisfy certain financial tests and
ratios and restricts capital expenditures. In addition, the new senior credit
facility contains provisions which may require accelerated repayment of our
borrowings and/or limit our access to the facility upon the incurrence of
specific events or significant changes in our financial condition, business,
properties, prospects or operations.


    We also have $60.0 million currently outstanding under our subordinated term
loan facility, which expires in October 2002. We used borrowings under this
facility to repurchase $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 13.5%
notes in October 1997. Borrowings under the subordinated term loan facility are
secured by a second interest in our assets, and by letters of credit backed by
certain of our stockholders. In consideration for providing these letters of
credit, we issued warrants to the stockholders providing the letters of credit.
We issued warrants to purchase a total of 6,580,638 shares with a fair value at
the date of issuance of approximately $1.7 million. This has been reflected as
debt issuance costs and as additional paid-in capital in the accompanying
balance sheets. This debt issuance cost is being amortized over a period
extending through October 2002. These warrants will be exchanged for an
aggregate of 5,593,500 shares of common stock at the time of the offering. In
addition, we reimburse these stockholders for the costs they incur in
maintaining these letters of credit. Such amount was approximately $1.0 million
in 1999.



    Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we plan to divest
Hatteras through a spin-off to our current stockholders. Hatteras will borrow
$20.0 million under a separate bank credit facility to repay its intercompany
debt to us. We will use such proceeds to repay $20.0 million of the $45.0
million outstanding under our new senior term loan. In connection with this
transaction, we will provide a one-year guarantee, in the amount of $5.0
million, in support of Hatteras' credit facility.



    We anticipate net proceeds from this offering to be approximately $71.0
million. Among other uses, we plan to use such proceeds to repay the remaining
$25.0 million outstanding under our new senior term loan and $30.0 million
outstanding under our subordinated term loan facility. These repayments will
substantially reduce our leverage, decrease our interest expense and reduce our
risk related to future increases in interest rates.


                                       32
<PAGE>
    As a result of our historical operating losses, we have net operating loss
carry-forwards of approximately $146.0 million available as of June 30, 1999 to
offset against future income tax obligations.

    We participate in certain dealer inventory floor plan financing arrangements
with various financial institutions pursuant to which we may be required to
repurchase products previously sold to a particular dealer in the event of
default by that dealer. Repurchased inventory totaled $1.4 million during the
six months ended June 30, 1997, $4.5 million in the year ended June 30, 1998 and
$3.4 million in the year ended June 30, 1999. As of June 30, 1999, we were
contingently liable under these agreements to repurchase products in the
aggregate amount of $13.8 million. Historically we have been successful in
reselling substantially all repurchased products at a slight discount to our
repurchase costs.

    We attempt to comply with existing and/or new regulations and requirements
regarding environmental matters prior to mandated dates of compliance. We are
currently conducting site remediation and site investigations, where necessary.
We have provided reserves, where appropriate, in amounts we believe to be
adequate to cover estimated costs related to such regulatory compliance.

    We continuously evaluate our existing operations and investigate possible
strategic acquisitions to complement existing product lines, expand geographic
penetration in the marketplace and strengthen technological capabilities.
Accordingly, while we do not have any arrangement, commitment or understanding
with respect to any particular transaction, future acquisitions, investments and
changes in operations are possible.

    We require substantial cash flow to fund our seasonal working capital and
capital spending requirements, and the repayment of our various debt
obligations. Our operating performance continues to be critical in meeting these
cash flow requirements. We believe that cash flow generated from operations,
borrowing capacity under our senior revolving credit facility and proceeds from
this offering will provide sufficient liquidity to fund these obligations in the
foreseeable future.

YEAR 2000

    We initiated a project in early 1998 to identify and remediate potential
Year 2000 problems. The project included an extensive review of our operations,
encompassing both information technology and non-IT systems, as well as our
vendor, supplier and customer/dealer networks. The purpose of the project was to
safeguard us from any potential, material adverse impact caused by Y2K,
including any significant disruption of our operations or any failure or
malfunction of our products due to Y2K-related defects.


    Our manufacturing facilities utilize various IT systems to provide and
process data to operate and manage our business. We have nine manufacturing IT
operations (excluding Hatteras) in addition to our corporate office system.
Within each manufacturing IT operation, there are generally six IT functions:



    - the operating system;



    - the manufacturing system;



    - general ledger/financial system;



    - engineer-related systems;



    - payroll and related systems; and



    - desk top/personal computer systems.


                                       33
<PAGE>

Within each of these individual systems, our manufacturing facilities use
several varieties of programs including internally developed programs,
over-the-counter programs and more sophisticated programs such as Data Pro, IFS,
Industri Os, MacPac and Mapics. In addition, we have non-IT systems which are
integral to the mechanical operation of equipment in our manufacturing
facilities. Examples of our non-IT systems include the computer chips used to
operate CNC machines, overhead cranes, utility vehicles and elevators.



    Although there can be no assurance that a currently unforeseen Y2K-related
issue will not arise and generate a material adverse impact on our operations or
products, we believe that we have identified all potential, significant Y2K
issues and have implemented appropriate remedial action. We further believe that
our internal operating systems, including both IT and non-IT systems, are either
currently Y2K compliant or that the corrective actions remaining to bring such
systems into compliance will be completed appropriately in advance of January 1,
2000. We believe that the only substantive corrective action necessary relates
to our newly acquired Logic operations. We are evaluating various alternatives
for new systems in our Logic operations, and intend to complete installation and
testing of the system prior to January 1, 2000.


    Like most manufacturing companies, we depend on an extensive network of
third parties for critical supplies, raw materials and services. Similarly, our
products are sold through an extensive network of third party dealers. We have
contacted our most important vendors and dealers, specifically those vendors and
dealers which could exert a material adverse impact on us if they were to have
Y2K-related problems. Although there can be no assurance that these vendors and
dealers have adequately assessed all of their potential Y2K issues, we have
received assurance from all of our engine suppliers and most of our other major
vendors that Y2K does not present a significant risk. In those instances where
we have not received reasonable assurance that a particular vendor or dealer
will be Y2K compliant, contingency plans, including alternative sources or
stockpiling in anticipation of future requirements, have been or are being
developed.

    At the inception of our Y2K project in 1998, we engaged the services of an
outside consulting firm specializing in Y2K compliance efforts to review and
assess our Y2K efforts. We have upgraded or replaced hardware and software
systems, including non-IT systems with embedded chip technology, where
necessary. Additional costs have been incurred to test both existing and newly
installed or upgraded systems. We estimate that the cost of our Y2K-related
activities, beginning in early 1998 and extending into the current year, will be
approximately $3.3 million. Of the total estimated cost, approximately $2.6
million has been spent to date.

    We believe that we have identified and corrected potential Y2K problems
throughout our key operating systems and that we will not experience any
material adverse impact as a result of Y2K. We further believe that our most
likely worst case Y2K scenario is a temporary disruption (defined as ranging
from several hours to less than one week) of our production capability. The
economic consequences of such a temporary production disruption, while
undesirable, would not be material. However, because of the complexity and
potential unforeseen ramifications of the Y2K issue, and our necessary reliance
on third party vendors and dealers, there can be no assurance that the actual
consequences of Y2K-related problems will not be material to our operations.

                                       34
<PAGE>
MARKET RISK

    We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in interest rates
and pricing on certain commodity raw materials. We do not enter into derivatives
contracts or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

INTEREST RATES

    We rely on long-term variable and fixed rate debt in our capital structure.
We do not currently have in place interest rate caps in connection with the
floating-rate balance of our interest-sensitive liabilities. Our outstanding
interest-sensitive financial instruments as of June 30, 1999, are reflected in
Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    At June 30, 1999, the carrying value of our fixed rate debt was
approximately $5.8 million less than its fair value. Market risk related to our
fixed rate debt is estimated as the potential increase in fair value resulting
from a hypothetical one-half percent decrease in interest rates, and amounts to
approximately $1.5 million. Market risk related to our variable rate debt is
estimated as the potential decrease in pre-tax earnings resulting from a
hypothetical one-half percent increase in interest rates. If interest rates rise
immediately by one-half percent, pre-tax earnings will decrease by approximately
$500,000 in 2000.

MATERIALS


    Certain commodity raw materials, such as aluminum, fiberglass and resin,
used in the manufacture of our products are subject to pricing volatility. We do
not engage in hedging activities, and generally secure our commodity raw
material requirements through one- to three-year supply agreements. Most of
these agreements contain fixed price provisions although some are subject to
quarterly price adjustments.


                                       35
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW


    We are the second largest manufacturer of motorized recreational boats in
the United States. We produce boats under the leading brand names of Aquasport,
Carver, Crestliner, Glastron, Larson, Logic, Lund, Nova, Ranger, Scarab, Trojan
and Wellcraft. We sell our products through an established network of
approximately 1,300 independent authorized dealers in all 50 states and
approximately 30 foreign countries. We have recently introduced new technologies
to our manufacturing processes that allow us to produce higher quality boats
more efficiently and with fewer regulated air emissions. We believe our
innovations have positioned us to enter new markets and substantially increase
our market share in the recreational boating industry.



    Since 1996, when we installed our current management team, we have focused
on improving our operations and profitability. Our management team has improved
our manufacturing efficiency, refined our current products and evaluated future
product offerings. We have also increased coordination among our business units
and provided incentives to our entire management team to accomplish strategic
manufacturing and marketing goals.


INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

    Total U.S. retail sales of new motorized recreational boats were
approximately $7.5 billion in 1998 increasing from $4.1 billion in 1992. We
believe that sales of recreational power boats have grown steadily since 1971,
except for the 1989 to 1992 time frame. During that four-year period, the
effects of a recession, the imposition of a luxury tax, and other adverse
political and economic events had a material adverse impact on sales of all
boats, but particularly in the upper end of the segment including cruisers and
luxury yachts.

    Sales trends in the recreational boating industry are influenced by several
factors, including general economic growth, consumer confidence, spending habits
and household income and net worth levels. Interest rates and fuel prices also
have a direct impact on boat sales, as well as demographic trends at the local,
regional and national level. Competition from other leisure and recreational
activities, such as vacation properties and travel, can also affect sales of
recreational boats.


    We believe the upturn in the industry from 1992 to 1998 has been fueled by
the overall strength of the U.S. economy and the rapid growth in the wealth and
number of consumers from the baby-boomer generation, as well as demand for boats
from the estimated 35 million adult anglers in the U.S. Our target market is the
35 to 54 age group, which overlaps with the baby-boomer population. Although
individuals in our target age group account for only 36% of the U.S. population
over age 16, they account for over 50% of the discretionary income and represent
the fastest growing segment of the U.S. population, growing at a 2.5% annual
rate.


STRATEGY

    Our operating strategy emphasizes our new proprietary technologies, allowing
us to:

    - DELIVER A SUPERIOR QUALITY PRODUCT. Our commitment to building high
      quality boats has resulted in our acquiring new manufacturing technologies
      that we believe will yield boats of increased durability, structural
      integrity and consistency. We began producing VEC boats on a limited basis
      in early 1999, and we expect to integrate VEC systems into all our
      fiberglass operations for boats under 30 feet over the next two years. We
      plan to use our VEC process to produce premium quality boats carrying a
      limited lifetime warranty. Our Roplene construction technology has enabled
      us to produce high quality recyclable polyethylene boats, which also carry
      a limited lifetime warranty. We market these boats as the World's Toughest
      Boat-TM-, at a discount to the typical sales price of comparable
      entry-level fiberglass boats.

                                       36
<PAGE>

    - LOWER UNIT COSTS THROUGH INCREASED AUTOMATION IN OUR PLANTS. Based on our
      experience to date, we expect the increased automation and process
      controls associated with our new manufacturing processes to significantly
      reduce our labor, quality control and warranty costs. We also hope to
      reduce costs by shortening our product changeover and new product
      development time frames.



    - REALIZE ECONOMIES OF SCALE THROUGH OUR BUYING POWER. We are the largest
      motorized recreational boat manufacturer that does not manufacture its own
      engines. We believe this positions us as the largest third party customer
      of our major engine suppliers. We intend to continue seeking the most
      advantageous purchasing arrangements from these suppliers, while also
      continuing to expand and maintain strong relationships with other engine
      suppliers from whom we purchase engines. We are also a significant
      consumer of fiberglass materials, and we intend to capitalize on our
      relationships with fiberglass suppliers to help us commercialize the VEC
      technology in areas outside our own uses.



    - EXCEED CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS FOR MANUFACTURERS IN OUR
      INDUSTRY. Our new VEC and Roplene technologies enable us to produce boats
      with significantly less regulated air emissions than traditional
      processes. Traditional open-mold processes produce air emissions,
      particularly styrene, whose levels are regulated by the government. Boat
      production can be limited by these regulations. Our new technologies
      eliminate a substantial amount of these emissions, thereby producing a
      cleaner and safer work environment, allowing us to produce more boats at
      existing facilities. We believe that consumers and governmental regulators
      alike will react positively toward these advances in manufacturing, and
      that our facilities which operate with these technologies will be among
      the leaders in creating cleaner and safer work environments in our
      industry.



    - EXPLORE OPPORTUNITIES TO LICENSE OR APPLY OUR TECHNOLOGIES IN OTHER MARINE
      AND NON-MARINE INDUSTRIES. We believe the VEC technology has broad
      potential for commercial application in areas other than fiberglass boat
      construction. We intend to market the technology for application to other
      marine products that do not compete with our business, and to develop its
      use, through licensing arrangements or with other partners, in areas
      outside the marine industry, including the construction, transportation
      and recreation industries. We estimate that the potential total global
      market for VEC-produced products could be approximately $10.0 billion.


    Our marketing strategy seeks to increase market share by enabling us to:


    - LEVERAGE OUR BRAND NAMES THROUGH INNOVATIVE PROGRAMS WITH MARKETING
      PARTNERS. We have developed unique programs with marketing partners to
      increase our exposure in the boating industry. These programs are designed
      to assist our dealers and each of our manufacturing facilities by
      promoting our products, and cross-marketing products of other companies
      that market to a similar customer base. Our Ranger boats, for example,
      serve as the manufacturer sponsor for the Wal-Mart FLW Tournament, a
      leading professional bass fishing tour that is televised nationally on
      ESPN. We are also sponsoring the Ranger Boats Millenium Tournament
      (M1)(SM), scheduled for a live nationwide broadcast on the Fox Television
      Network in November 1999. We believe our participation in these
      tournaments has helped establish Ranger as the premier bass fishing boat
      product. We intend to apply the Ranger strategy to certain other boat
      products such as Lund and Crestliner. Accordingly, we will sponsor the RCL
      (Ranger, Crestliner, Lund) tournament in June 2000. We also partner with
      others, including CITGO, various engine manufacturers, dealer finance
      companies and other organizations, to supplement our sales efforts through
      cross-marketing efforts and promotions.


                                       37
<PAGE>

    - EXPAND OUR INTERNATIONAL PRESENCE BY CONTINUING TO BUILD DEDICATED SALES,
      MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. Historically, our international sales
      have not been significant in relation to our overall sales, and we have
      traditionally relied on independent sales representatives to market our
      products. In 1998, recognizing the opportunity for international growth,
      we appointed a director of international sales and added a dedicated
      international sales and support department. We currently have
      relationships with more than 200 international dealers. We have arranged
      for floor plan financing agreements or credit insurance in most of the
      foreign markets we serve. We believe that our dedicated sales force, a
      stronger international dealer network and our increased commitment to the
      international market for motorized recreational boats will enable us to
      substantially increase our presence in the international market place.

    - STRENGTHEN OUR DEALER ORGANIZATION THROUGH EXPANDING OUR NETWORK AND
      PROVIDING SUPERIOR CUSTOMER SERVICE AND SUPPORT. We have a distribution
      network of over 1,300 dealers located throughout the United States and
      internationally. We also seek to capitalize on our strong dealer network
      by educating our dealers on the sales and servicing of our products and
      helping them provide more comprehensive customer service, with the goal of
      increasing customer satisfaction, customer retention and future sales. We
      provide promotional and incentive programs to help our dealers increase
      product sales. We intend to continue to strengthen our dealer network and
      build brand loyalty with both dealers and customers.


    As part of our overall strategy, we will also consider and make acquisitions
in order to:



    - COMPLEMENT OUR EXISTING PRODUCT LINES, EXPAND OUR GEOGRAPHIC PRESENCE IN
      THE MARKETPLACE AND STRENGTHEN OUR MANUFACTURING AND OPERATING
      TECHNOLOGIES. Historically, we have expanded our business and product
      lines through acquisitions, including three during the past year. As a
      result of our recent acquisitions, we have expanded into a new market for
      entry-level boats with our Roplene technology, positioned our company to
      exploit the VEC technology in the fiberglass business, and gained the
      opportunity to expand our aluminum boat manufacturing presence in the
      southern United States with our Horizon acquisition. We will continue to
      evaluate acquisition opportunities that allow us to expand our geographic
      reach, improve our technology, or strengthen our brand offerings.


                                       38
<PAGE>
PRODUCTS


    We believe that we offer the most comprehensive range of motorized
recreational boats in the industry. In particular, we seek to distinguish
ourselves by offering a wide range of products to the fishing boat market and
the family recreational market, as well as many smaller niche markets.


    The following table provides a brief description of each of our brands and
its particular market focus:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       BRAND
      AND YEAR         NUMBER OF    OVERALL      APPROXIMATE RETAIL
    ESTABLISHED         MODELS       LENGTH          PRICE RANGE                            DESCRIPTION
- --------------------  -----------  ----------  -----------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>          <C>         <C>                      <C>
Aquasport (1964)          12        16'-27'         $12,700 to $93,000  Fiberglass offshore fishing boats. Designed for
                                                                        offshore and big-inland water use by dedicated
                                                                        experienced fishermen and promoted through our
                                                                        sponsorship of professional offshore fishing teams.

Carver (1954)             13        32'-53'       $125,000 to $750,000  Fiberglass, wide-beam, accommodation-focused
                                                                        cruisers. Marketed to experienced boat owners
                                                                        through trade magazines and boat show exhibitions.

Crestliner (1946)         43        12'-24'            $500 to $35,000  Aluminum fish'n ski, narrow-beam sportfishing
                                                                        cruisers, utility, bass and fishing boats, pontoons
                                                                        and deckboats. Marketed to entry-level family
                                                                        fishing and boating enthusiasts with
                                                                        industry-leading warranty.

Glastron (1956)           21        16'-24'          $6,000 to $49,000  Fiberglass runabouts, narrow-beam cruisers and
                                                                        performance boats. Encompasses affordable,
                                                                        entry-level to mid-range sportboats. Marketed as
                                                                        high value runabouts for family groups.

Larson (1913)             23        16'-33'         $6,000 to $150,000  Fiberglass runabouts, wide-beam and narrow-beam
                                                                        cruisers and deckboats. Marketed to the high-end of
                                                                        the largest segment of the powerboat market.

Logic (1994)              16        12'-21'          $1,800 to $25,000  Low-cost, entry-level polyethylene fishing and
                                                                        utility boats. Marketed as the World's Toughest
                                                                        Boats-TM- to entry-level boat buyers.

Lund (1948)               60        12'-22'          $1,000 to $35,000  Premium aluminum fishing boats ranging from basic
                                                                        utility models to tournament models. Marketed
                                                                        through alliances with professional fishing
                                                                        community.

Nova (1999)               45        10'-25'            $500 to $22,000  Aluminum utility boats, bass boats, pontoons and
                                                                        deck boats. Marketed to price-conscious and
                                                                        first-time boat buyers.
</TABLE>

                                       39
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       BRAND
      AND YEAR         NUMBER OF    OVERALL      APPROXIMATE RETAIL
    ESTABLISHED         MODELS       LENGTH          PRICE RANGE                            DESCRIPTION
- --------------------  -----------  ----------  -----------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>          <C>         <C>                      <C>
Ranger (1968)             47        16'-25'         $10,000 to $60,000  Fiberglass and aluminum bass, multi-species and
                                                                        saltwater fishing boats. Marketed to professional
                                                                        and other experienced fishermen through sponsorship
                                                                        of fishing tournaments and alliances with
                                                                        professional fishing circuits.

Trojan (1961)              4        32'-44'       $100,000 to $450,000  Fiberglass express cruisers. Marketed to youthful,
                                                                        affluent boaters.

Wellcraft (1955)          38        16'-45'        $11,500 to $395,000  Fiberglass runabouts, wide-beam sport and
                                                                        performance cruisers, Scarab performance boats and
                                                                        fiberglass offshore fishing boats. Promoted through
                                                                        sponsorship of professional offshore racing
                                                                        competitions and drivers.
</TABLE>

TECHNOLOGY

    FIBERGLASS MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESSES


    For the past 50 years, essentially the same technologies and processes have
been used to produce fiberglass boats. The most common method is open-face
molding which is usually a labor-intensive, manual process whereby employees
hand spray and apply fiberglass and resin in layers on open molds to create boat
hulls, decks, stringers and other smaller fiberglass components. This process
can result in inconsistencies in the size and weight of parts, which may lead to
high warranty costs. Open-face molding is typically capable of producing one
hull per mold during a work day.


    The hand spraying of the resin and fiberglass in the open-face molding
method creates styrene emissions and is subject to regulation by OSHA and the
U.S. EPA and its state counterparts. OSHA standards limit the amount of styrene
emissions to which an employee may be exposed without the need for respiratory
protection or upgraded plant ventilation systems. The EPA and its state
counterparts restrict the approved levels of styrene emissions in a particular
plant's air emissions facility permit.


    Since the early 1990s, we have been exploring new technologies to improve
labor efficiencies, product quality and plant working conditions. Eighteen
months ago, we combined efforts with Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc. to continue
the development of a new injection molding manufacturing process, called Virtual
Engineered Composites or VEC-TM-. Pyramid has advised us that prior to the date
of our acquisition agreement, it had invested approximately $12.0 million in the
development and commercialization of the VEC technology. We have spent an
additional $1.7 million to help develop the VEC technology. We currently own a
minority interest in Pyramid and will acquire the remaining shares of Pyramid
when we complete this offering.



    The VEC technology is designed to improve all major aspects of the existing
fiberglass open-faced molding process currently used by numerous industries,
including the boat manufacturing industry. In the VEC process, the production of
the fiberglass parts is accomplished through a closed-mold process which
substantially reduces styrene emissions. The VEC manufacturing process provides
a high degree of automated manufacturing of fiberglass products with relatively
low capital investment. We believe that the VEC technology has the potential to
become the standard for fiberglass manufacturing in both marine and non-marine
industries.


                                       40
<PAGE>

    The VEC operating system consists of integrated software and hardware that
manage the entire lamination process, including equipment, resins and process.
Each facility that contains a VEC cell will be connected by dedicated digital
phone lines to a remote monitoring facility where our technical experts will be
available 24 hours a day, seven days a week to provide advice and technical
assistance as necessary. The VEC operating process also includes a patented
low-cost flexible mold system enabling us to produce a variety of parts
economically. This mold system utilizes a thin composite skin in the shape of
the part mounted on a water-filled pressure vessel. This composite skin can be
rapidly fabricated and is readily changeable, thereby significantly improving
the speed and cost of prototyping new parts. The essential advantages of the VEC
operating system are that it enables the manufacturer to control the key
elements of the molding process, lower unit manufacturing costs through labor
savings, eliminate structural inconsistencies and variances, produce stronger
products, and substantially reduce styrene emissions inherent in the open-faced
lamination process.


    The following table illustrates the potential advantages of the new VEC
technology compared to a typical open-faced molding process:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 VEC-TM- VERSUS
CHARACTERISTIC                                  OPEN-FACE MOLDING                    IMPLICATION
- ---------------------------------------------  -------------------  ---------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>
Tensile Modulus (overall strength)(psi)......  15% Stronger(1)      Stronger composite, allowing for lower weight
                                                                    parts and reduced warranty costs; uses less
                                                                    resin reducing materials cost

Part Weight Variability (lbs.)...............  80% Less(2)          Increased product consistency, easier to
                                                                    assemble, helps reduce warranty costs

Designed Part Weight (lbs.)..................  20% Lighter(3)       Lower weight parts, less resin so lower
                                                                    materials costs

Styrene Emissions--Lamination Only (lb.        75% Less(4)          More capacity in plant throughput because of
  Styrene per lb. Laminate)..................                       greater capacity in air emissions permits,
                                                                    better work environment

Factory Floor Space (ft.)(2).................  75% Less(2)          Reduces overhead and need for additional
                                                                    plant capacity

Cycle Time (minutes).........................  75% Less(2)          Increases production efficiency and plant
                                                                    throughput capacity
</TABLE>


- ------------------------

(1) Tested at Product Design Center, Westerville, Ohio.

(2) Substantiated at our manufacturing/test site.

(3) Internal calculation for engineering-designed part.

(4) Compilation from U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Air Pollutant
    Emissions Factors AP-42 Section 4.4 "Polyester Resin Plastic Products
    Fabrication."


    We have conducted extensive testing of the VEC-produced boat hulls. These
tests include on-water endurance testing in a variety of conditions and
aggressive operations for 200 hours per hull. At various stages in the design
process, VEC-produced hulls or panel samples have been tested by independent
third parties for blister resistance and ultra-violet resistance (Cook
Composites); thermoshock (Enviro Lab); and tensile, flexural and impact strength
(Reichhold Chemical and Product Design Center). The results of these tests
validate our confidence in the quality of VEC-produced boats, enabling us to
provide our customers with a limited lifetime warranty instead of the more
traditional five-year structural warranty.


                                       41
<PAGE>
    We believe that closed-molding technology for fiberglass manufacturing, such
as the VEC technology, is likely to become the new standard for the fiberglass
boat building industry. For us, we expect it will:

    - Reduce manufacturing costs and increase efficiency;

    - Substantially reduce fiberglass warranty issues while allowing us to issue
      limited lifetime structural warranties on VEC-produced hulls;

    - Improve our ability to produce lower cost tooling in less time than with
      conventional methods;

    - Dramatically reduce our styrene emissions associated with the traditional
      fiberglass lamination process; and


    - Provide products of a uniform interior and exterior quality.


    EXPANSION OF VEC

    We are building an estimated $12.0 million manufacturing facility that will
utilize our VEC technology and other new process equipment. This facility will
be located adjacent to our current Larson/Glastron facility in Little Falls,
Minnesota. We expect to complete this facility by June 2000. Over the next two
years, we plan to expand the use of the VEC process in our fiberglass
manufacturing activities to include hulls, decking, stringers (internal
structural supports) and smaller fiberglass components.

    OTHER VEC OPPORTUNITIES

    Based on fiberglass manufacturing industry research, we believe that the VEC
technology and processes offer significant opportunities to both marine and
non-marine industries. As we develop this technology, we plan to expand its
application to other marine products that do not compete with our business, such
as ski boats and sail boats. We plan to fully optimize the structural and
financial benefits of the VEC process in marine applications by licensing the
technology to other boat manufacturers. We plan to expand the VEC technology to
non-marine applications and explore licensing opportunities with third parties
in non-marine industries. We believe potential markets for VEC technology
outside of the marine industry include transportation, building and construction
and recreation. Target markets in transportation include truck, bus, heavy
equipment and automotive after market parts. The target markets in building and
construction include exterior doors, tubs and showers. The target markets in
recreation include golf carts, RV components and water slides. We estimate the
potential total global market for VEC-produced products could be approximately
$10.0 billion.

    ROPLENE CONSTRUCTION MANUFACTURING


    Our newly-acquired subsidiary, Genmar Logic, LLC, employs Roplene
construction using polyethylene and patented rotational molding manufacturing
technology to produce our highly-durable line of Logic boats at low cost. This
technology was awarded the New Product Award (Small Company Category) in 1998 by
the National Society of Professional Engineers and the North Carolina Governor's
New Product Award in 1997. Logic Marine has advised us that prior to our
acquisition of Logic Marine, it had invested approximately $10.5 million in the
development and commercialization of the technology.



    Polyethylene is stronger than fiberglass and significantly less expensive.
This material in similar form has received broad acceptance in the manufacture
of products such as canoes and kayaks. Rotational molding involves loading
pre-measured polyethylene into a mold. The mold can be configured to form
internal structural parts that connect the upper and lower surfaces of the
molded item. The mold is then placed into an oven where it is rotated about both
its vertical and horizontal axes. The melting polyethylene adheres to the hot
mold and selectively coats the inner surface of the mold. The mold continues to
rotate during the cooling cycle so that the part retains an even thickness


                                       42
<PAGE>
throughout the process. Once the parts are cooled, they are released from the
mold. The rotational speed and heating and cooling times are all controlled
throughout the process. In addition to being stronger and less expensive than
fiberglass, the polyethylene materials used in making Logic boats are
recyclable.

MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

    MARKETING

    Our products are marketed worldwide through independent dealer networks. In
our industry, independent dealers are the primary means by which motorized
recreational boats are marketed to retail consumers. Because the boating
industry is highly competitive, we are continually focused on developing unique
marketing programs to assist our dealers and their sales efforts. Our internal
sales force supplements our dealers' marketing efforts with various initiatives
and strategies, including:

    - Advertising in regional, national and international boating and other
      recreation magazines;

    - Furnishing promotional assistance at regional, national or international
      boat shows;

    - Working with dealers to identify new design features for our products;

    - Participating in special promotional programs with other producers of
      consumer goods and certain retailers; and

    - Providing company-sponsored retail finance and other programs designed to
      assist our dealers in selling and marketing our products.

    Internationally, all brands are positioned as Genmar products under a
super-brand concept to maximize leverage, expand sales for our less-established
brands, and distinguish ourselves from competitors.


    RETAILER ALLIANCES.  We use marketing programs across the United States with
gas stations, marinas and high-traffic retail locations to achieve successful
marketing results. We have developed exclusive or preferential relationships
with CITGO, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (Sam's Club), Amway and Boater's World to
offer complimentary or discounted items to customers and/or employees of these
organizations who purchase our boats through authorized dealers. CITGO, a
leading convenience store operator with over 15,000 U.S. locations, promotes our
products with banners, posters and other point-of-sale items for one month each
spring. We have developed a marketing partnership with the Sam's Club division
of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., which has afforded our dealers the preferential right
to display and sell boats from Sam's Club locations. The Amway and Boater's
World relationships provide specific benefits to purchasers of our boats when
the sale results from a joint promotion.



    TOURNAMENT SPONSORSHIP.  We believe one of our primary strengths is the
manufacturing and marketing of fishing boats. Approximately 35 million adult
Americans participate in recreational fishing. Ranger fiberglass fishing boats
and Lund and Crestliner aluminum fishing boats are leaders in their respective
market niches. Historically, these brand names have gained visibility through
the sponsorship of fishing tournaments. However, beginning in 1996, through
Operation Bass, Inc., an entity owned and controlled by some of our stockholders
and officers, Ranger became the exclusive boat manufacturer sponsor of the
Wal-Mart FLW Tournament. Broadcast on ESPN and ESPN2, this tournament is the
mostly widely televised fishing tournament in the world. The tournament is also
supported by other sponsors such as VISA, Coca-Cola, Chevrolet, Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc., Coleman Outdoor Recreation, Fuji Photo USA, Black & Decker and Timex. We
believe the tournament has generated significant media attention and has further
established our Ranger boats as the leading bass-fishing product. We see this
growth in fishing and tournaments as an important opportunity for marketing our
fishing boat products. We are sponsoring the Ranger Boats Millennium Tournament
(M1)(SM), a bi-annual event scheduled for a live nationwide broadcast on the Fox
Television Network in November 1999, and the RCL (Ranger, Crestliner, Lund)
Tournament in June 2000, with money payouts of approximately


                                       43
<PAGE>

$3.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively. In order to qualify for these
events, a participant is required to own the appropriate Genmar fishing boat and
be in the highest winning position of the various qualifying tournaments. We
plan to continue expanding our tournament sponsorship, including those for
salt-water fishing.


    DISTRIBUTION

    Our sales are made through more than 1,300 independent authorized dealers.
Our boat brand success can be directly associated with the quality of our dealer
organizations. Many of these dealers carry only one or two of our product lines
and most are not exclusive to us.

    Although we have long-standing relationships with many of our dealers,
dealer agreements generally are non-exclusive and for a term of one year. No
single dealer accounted for more than 5% of our net revenues in the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1999.

    We sponsor various programs to provide our dealers with marketing and
financial assistance and to encourage them to offer broader lines of our
products. Under these programs, we offer dealers marketing discounts for early
delivery and bulk sales, as well as interest-free floor plan inventory financing
for certain periods. In most cases, our boats are sold to dealers under
third-party floor plan financing arrangements or cash on delivery. Foreign sales
are financed primarily under letter of credit terms or with credit insurance. In
a typical floor plan financing arrangement, an institutional lender agrees to
provide a dealer with a line of credit in a specified amount for the purchase of
inventory that secures that credit. We, in turn, agree to indemnify the lender
against loss up to a specified aggregate amount arising from defaults by dealers
financed by that lender. This indemnification is generally made through our
repurchase of boats that have been repossessed by the lender. For the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1999, 67.3% of our net revenues were financed through these
floor plan financing arrangements. We do not provide financing to retail
consumers.

    Through the use of special incentive programs, we encourage dealers to place
orders for products on a consistent and continuous basis throughout the year.
These programs facilitate earlier movement of our inventory into distribution,
enable our plants to manufacture at a relatively constant rate throughout the
year and eliminate the need to maintain a large stock of products in inventory.
This reduces the impact of seasonal factors on our operations. We hold various
annual dealer meetings, at which we promote our new product offerings for the
new model year, which commences on July 1. We have ongoing programs aimed at
maintaining inventories at the lowest possible levels. Sales are made to dealers
by our own sales personnel and by independent manufacturers' representatives.

    Over the last two years, dealers have begun to consolidate and bring more
sophistication to the sales, customer service and management areas. Throughout
our organization, we have taken the opportunity to strengthen existing
dealership arrangements and secure new dealer relationships.

    Beginning in 1998, we revised our approach to conducting our international
business. Historically, we used outside organizations to manage our
international distribution activities. Sales outside the United States and
Canada during 1999 accounted for only 5.1% of our total revenues. Our strategy
for expanding international sales combines a centralized approach to sales of
individual brands, a shift in branding philosophy and the development of sales
support programs customized to foreign markets. We have established a dedicated
and experienced staff to conduct sales and initiate dealer relationships
throughout the world. A corporate international department is responsible for
sales of our individual brands, providing dealers a single, cost-efficient
source of products across our entire range of offerings.

    We are seeking to build long-term partnerships with international dealers
through in-market specialists, a multi-lingual staff and a customized approach
to finance, credit, marketing and dealer support.

                                       44
<PAGE>
MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS


    Our motorized recreational boats are manufactured at nine principal
locations in Arkansas, Florida, Kansas, Minnesota, North Carolina, Wisconsin and
Manitoba, Canada. We intend to increase operating efficiency and improve product
quality by maximizing our manufacturing capacity and by utilizing our new
manufacturing technologies. We also seek further cost-savings and improved plant
capacity utilization by having certain of our plants manufacture boats under
several different brand names. Our recent acquisitions of operations such as
Logic and Nova have increased our manufacturing capacity.


    MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

    Our fiberglass and aluminum manufacturing processes are designed to ensure
the quality and durability of our products. All of our boats undergo continuous
quality control inspection during assembly and again at the end of the
production line. When the boat has been completed, it is loaded on our company
trucks, or a common carrier's vehicle, and delivered to the dealer.

    FIBERGLASS.  The fiberglass manufacturing process begins with the
establishment of design parameters. Boats are then designed and a plug, or
reverse mold, is constructed. Molds used in the boatbuilding process are cast
from the plug. Prototype boats are built in the initial mold. If the prototype
performs to established test criteria, additional molds are created for
production. The manufacturing process begins with the application of the outside
finish, or gelcoat, directly into the mold. Layers of fiberglass and resin are
then applied during the lamination process over the gelcoat. After curing, the
hulls and decks are removed from the molds and are trimmed and ready for final
assembly which will include the installation of electrical and plumbing systems,
engines, upholstery, accessories and graphics. In some operations, some items
like vinyl upholstery may be outsourced to outside vendors. Our VEC technology
manufacturing processes are discussed in "--Technology."

    ALUMINUM.  In our aluminum operations, we cut the aluminum into various part
patterns, bend the aluminum in accordance with design specifications, then
assemble the parts by riveting or welding. We then install the electrical and
plumbing systems, engines, upholstery, accessories and graphics.

    ROPLENE CONSTRUCTION.  The Roplene construction technology offers many
advantages in the boat manufacturing process. The entire hull, deck and stringer
system is manufactured in a single manufacturing operation resulting in low
manufacturing costs and low floor space requirements. A number of the attachment
fittings for components and accessories are also assembled in this single
manufacturing step. The attachment of the various components and accessories
during the final stages of completion requires minimal operations. The
computerized rotational molding operation minimizes the need for significant
amounts of highly skilled labor. The plant contains computer control of the
rotational molding operation and finishing operations, maximizing product flow
and minimizing unnecessary movement of components and product.

    ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS

    Since the early 1990's we have been aggressive in our efforts to employ
technologies to reduce regulated air emissions and the historical dependence on
regulated chemicals in the manufacturing process. We have led the industry in
the incorporation of low-emission resins and gelcoats into our open-face molding
processes. We also employ a variety of closed-molding techniques in our
operations

                                       45
<PAGE>
to produce small parts. In addition, we have tested other technologies for large
parts. In the past, we have not been able to convert these technologies to a
production scale for large parts because of high cost, labor inefficiencies and
sub-standard part quality. We believe that our new VEC and Roplene technologies
will address many of these problems.

    We have been aggressive in removing flammable and other regulated substances
from the workplace, such as cleaners and adhesives, and replacing them with
environmentally friendly materials that are not regulated.

    AUTOMATION

    We currently use robotic cutters and welders in some of our fiberglass and
aluminum boat manufacturing operations. We have been exploring the use of
robotics in our remaining facilities to further automate our manufacturing
process. Many aspects of the VEC operating system are particularly well-suited
to automation, which we plan to introduce to our operations as we increase
production of VEC boats. Our new manufacturing facility will feature four VEC
cells capable of operating around the clock. These cells will use robotics to
spray gelcoat and remove parts from the mold. The parts will then move to the
cut-and-trim area where robotic water jet cutters will trim the parts and make
the necessary borings for the assembly process. The assembly area will feature a
conveyor system designed to facilitate engine installation and advanced work
aids for final boat assembly, and to minimize materials.

    MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

    We use computer systems to help schedule production, manage our inventory
and order supplies. Seven of our ten manufacturing facilities are supported by
purchased or internally developed integrated enterprise resource planning
systems. Our two newly acquired and our Canadian manufacturing facilities
utilize certain limited systems to support their manufacturing and financial
operations.

BACKLOG

    We work closely with our dealers to monitor their monthly inventory levels
and retail sales, in order to allow us to better manage our production and
shipping requirements. Dealer sales are made pursuant to purchase orders rather
than long-term contracts. Our backlog consists of purchase orders on hand,
generally having delivery dates scheduled over the following six months. Our
backlog for the recreational boat segment increased 92.3% to $228.4 million at
July 31, 1999, compared to $118.8 million at July 31, 1998. Although customers
may cancel or reschedule deliveries without penalty until the production of the
order is started, we believe our backlog has historically been a reliable
indicator of future revenue results.

SUPPLIERS

    We do not manufacture the engines installed on our boats. Engines are
generally specified by dealers at the time of ordering, usually on the basis of
anticipated customer preference or actual customer orders. We have entered into
outboard supply, pre-rig or package agreements with Mercury Marine, a division
of Brunswick Corp., and Outboard Marine Corporation, as well as Yamaha, Honda
and Suzuki. We believe we are the largest third-party customer of both Mercury
Marine and Outboard Marine Corporation. We have also entered into gasoline
inboard and sterndrive supply agreements with Mercury Marine as well as a diesel
and gasoline inboard and sterndrive supply agreement with Volvo Penta of the
Americas. Each of these long-term supply agreements contain incentive and/or
discount provisions, effectively reducing the cost of our engine purchases if we
achieve specified unit or dollar volumes. If we fail to achieve certain unit or
dollar volumes as specified in these agreements, we may lose certain such
discounts or incur penalties.

                                       46
<PAGE>
    Although inboard, inboard/outdrive and outboard engines of comparable
quality and cost are available from other manufacturers, in the event of a
sudden interruption in the supply of engines from our principal suppliers, we
could be unable to obtain engines from other suppliers in sufficient quantities
to meet our near-term production schedules and customer preferences.

    We have agreements with suppliers of raw materials, including glass,
fiberglass resin and aluminum, electronics and other parts and accessories.
Although we contract for raw material supplies on a bid basis, numerous
alternative raw materials suppliers exist. However, commodity raw material
prices are subject to price fluctuations. If we are not able to pass along price
increases to our customers, these fluctuations could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations.

COMPETITION

    Competition within the recreational boat industry is intense, with more than
3,700 boat manufacturers operating at the national and regional levels. Our
nationally recognized domestic competitors include, among others,

    - Brunswick, including its Bayliner, Sea Ray and Boston Whaler operations;
      and

    - Outboard Marine, including its Four Winns, Stratos and Lowe operations.


    Boat manufacturers also compete directly with the used boat market and
indirectly with other recreational products and activities. Our boats currently
compete with those of other manufacturers primarily on the basis of their
reputation for performance, durability and stability, as well as for their
styling and price. Pricing of boats at retail is determined solely by the
dealer.


PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

    Historically, patents have not been significant in the motorized
recreational boat industry. Trademarks and trade names do carry importance, but
are generally associated with the name of a particular company or product. We
own trademarks for each of our brand names, all of which have received federal
registration, except Logic, for which our application is pending. Other
registered trademarks, such as Scarab, together with certain styling features
associated with them are licensed exclusively to us by their owners. We are also
a licensee of certain hull designs developed and/or patented by others.


    We have applied for patent protection of certain aspects of our VEC
technology. Notices of allowance have been received from the United States
Patent and Trademark Office for applications covering a specific version of a
mold for use in the VEC operating system and a method of forming a molded
article having a marbleized appearance. There are currently three pending United
States patent applications seeking broader protection of the overall VEC
process, on the mold used in the process and on the remote control and
monitoring aspects of the VEC operating system. We also own nine United States
patents covering various aspects of the Roplene construction. These patents
cover various molded boat hull and internal structure and reinforcement
configurations, methods for making such structures and tooling for the Roplene
construction.


REGULATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL

    Our operations are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and
regulations related to the safety and protection of the environment. Certain
materials used in boat manufacturing are toxic, flammable, corrosive or reactive
and are classified by federal and state governments as "hazardous materials."
Control of these substances is regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency and state environmental protection agencies, which require reports and
inspect facilities to monitor compliance. In addition, under CERCLA, any
generator of hazardous waste sent to a particular disposal site is potentially
responsible for the cleanup, remediation and response costs required for the

                                       47
<PAGE>
site if the site is not properly closed by the owner or operator, irrespective
of the amount of waste the generator actually sent to the site.

    We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all existing
environmental laws and regulations. In 1995, we signed a final consent order
with the Florida Department of Environmental Protection to settle all
outstanding issues with respect to an acetone release at our Wellcraft plant in
Sarasota, Florida. The remaining estimated cost of remediation activities
required at this site ranges from $1.7 million to $2.0 million. Based on
available information, we believe that our reserves as of June 30, 1999 are
adequate to cover these costs.

    Historically, our facilities have used underground storage tanks for storing
certain materials associated with our operations, including petroleum, acetone
and resins. We have removed or closed in place all underground storage tanks
according to applicable laws. No material issues related to soil or groundwater
contamination were encountered.


    In addition to our current regulatory obligations, we face the risk that the
past practices of some of our current and divested operations may have created
conditions that give rise to liability under CERCLA and comparable state laws.
With respect to these potential liabilities, we have been identified as a
potentially responsible party at approximately 12 active sites. In certain
instances, we also have a duty to indemnify the current owners for environmental
matters related to divested operations, including those of AMF Incorporated.
Excluding the matters with Wellcraft discussed above, we currently anticipate
total environmental-related costs associated with our current and divested
operations at approximately $2.3 million, which include CERCLA-type liabilities.
These costs are likely to be incurred over a period of up to ten years. As of
June 30, 1999, based on available information, we have adequate reserves to
account for any potential exposure with respect to current and divested
operations, and we believe that these reserves are adequate to cover any
potential costs. Nevertheless, the nature and extent of CERCLA proceedings is
that cleanup estimates, the allocated financial responsibilities of potentially
responsible parties and the degree of regulatory scrutiny may change over time
and therefore we are not certain that these estimates will ultimately reflect
our exposure.


    Although capital expenditures related to compliance with environmental laws
are expected to increase in the coming years, we do not currently anticipate
that any material expenditures will be required to continue to comply with
existing environmental or safety laws or regulations in connection with our
ongoing operations. However, we cannot predict future costs for compliance with
certainty with respect to any costs we may be forced to incur in connection with
our historical on-site or off-site waste disposal. In certain circumstances laws
and regulations impose "strict liability," rendering a person liable for
environmental damage regardless of negligence or fault on the part of that
person. In addition, modifications of existing regulations or the adoption of
new regulations in the future, particularly with respect to environmental
standards, could require material capital expenditures or otherwise have a
material adverse effect on our operations.

    Motorized recreational boats must be certified by their manufacturer as
meeting U.S. Coast Guard specifications. In addition, boat safety is subject to
federal regulation under the Federal Boat Safety Act of 1971. The Boat Safety
Act requires boat manufacturers to recall products for replacement of parts or
components that have demonstrated defects affecting safety. We have conducted
product recalls in the past to correct safety-related defects. None of the
recalls has had a material adverse effect on us and we believe that our recall
experience is consistent with prevailing industry experience.

    Certain states have required or are considering requiring a license to
operate a recreational boat. These licensing requirements are not expected to be
unduly restrictive. They may, however, discourage potential first-time buyers,
which could affect our business. In addition, certain state and local
governmental authorities are contemplating regulatory efforts to restrict
boating activities on certain inland bodies of water. While we cannot assess the
impact that these regulations would have on our

                                       48
<PAGE>
business until we know the scope of the regulations, they may have a material
adverse effect on our business.

EMPLOYEES

    At June 30, 1999, we had approximately 4,600 employees, none of whom were
subject to a collective bargaining agreement. Approximately 4,100 of these
employees were engaged in our manufacturing operations. We consider our employee
relations to be good. We do not conduct significant manufacturing operations
outside the United States.

PROPERTIES

    Our corporate headquarters are located in Minneapolis, Minnesota in leased
facilities. We lease or own the following manufacturing facilities:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PLANT SIZE (SQ.
        BRAND                      LOCATION                    FT.)         OWNED/LEASED
- ----------------------  -------------------------------  -----------------  -------------
<S>                     <C>                              <C>                <C>
Carver/Trojan           Pulaski, Wisconsin                      468,000           Owned
Crestliner              Little Falls, Minnesota                 217,000           Owned
Larson/Glastron         Little Falls, Minnesota                 361,000           Owned
Logic                   Durham, North Carolina                   69,000          Leased
Lund                    New York Mills, Minnesota               183,000           Owned
Lund                    Steinbach, Manitoba                      87,000           Owned
Nova                    Junction City, Kansas                    21,000          Leased
Nova                    Junction City, Kansas                   106,000           Owned
Ranger                  Flippin, Arkansas                       422,000           Owned
Wellcraft/Aquasport     Sarasota, Florida                       766,000           Owned
Wellcraft               Avon Park, Florida                      157,000          Leased
                                                         -----------------
                                                  Total       2,857,000
</TABLE>


    In connection with our acquisition of Pyramid, we will acquire an additional
56,000 square foot manufacturing facility located in Greenville, Pennsylvania.

    We believe that our properties are well maintained and in good operating
condition. Generally, our plants are of reasonably modern, single-story
construction providing for efficient manufacturing and distribution operations.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    We are parties to legal proceedings, including product liability and other
claims that are considered to be incidental to our business. In light of
insurance coverage and established reserves, such litigation is not, in the
opinion of management, likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial
position or results of operations. We and our Aquasport, Wellcraft and Genmar
Industries subsidiaries have been named as defendants in COUGLAN V. AQUASPORT,
ET AL., a class action suit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of Texas on June 17, 1999. The suit alleges certain claims in
connection with the marketing of Aquasport boats from 1996 to 1999, and seeks
monetary damages. We are currently disputing class certification and believe
that we have valid defenses to the liability and damages claims. Although we
plan to vigorously defend this claim, we cannot predict the ultimate resolution
of this case or whether it could have a material adverse effect on our results
of operations. See "--Regulation and Environmental" for a discussion of
administrative proceedings involving environmental laws and regulations.

                                       49
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. We plan to add
an additional independent director in the near future. Our executive officers
and directors, and their ages, positions and brief biographies, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                               AGE      POSITION
- -----------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>
Irwin L. Jacobs..............      58       Chairman of the Board and Director
Grant E. Oppegaard...........      56       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Roger R. Cloutier II.........      46       Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Steven J. Kubisen............      47       Senior Vice President--Technology and Corporate Development
Mary P. McConnell............      46       Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
John S. Rosendahl............      35       Senior Vice President--Business Development
George E. Sullivan...........      55       Senior Vice President--Marketing
David H. Vigdal..............      57       Senior Vice President--Operations
Mark W. Peters...............      37       Vice President and Controller
Ronald V. Purgiel............      45       Vice President--Purchasing
Daniel W. Schuette...........      52       Vice President--Information Systems
Bjorn Ahlstrom...............      65       Director
Daniel G. DeVos..............      41       Director
Daniel T. Lindsay............      55       Director
William W. Nicholson.........      56       Director
Carl R. Pohlad...............      83       Director
</TABLE>


    IRWIN L. JACOBS has served as Chairman and a director of Genmar and its
predecessor entities since 1982. Mr. Jacobs was also Chief Executive Officer of
Genmar from April 1994 through December 1995. Mr. Jacobs served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Minstar and our other predecessor entities from 1982
to 1994. Mr. Jacobs also holds the following positions: President and a director
of Jacobs Management Corporation, a management company, since 1981; Chairman of
Watkins, a company engaged in direct marketing of household and health products,
since 1978; Chairman of Jacobs Trading Company, a company engaged in wholesale
and retail sale of close-out merchandise, since 1989; and Chairman of Operation
Bass, Inc., a tournament fishing management company, since July 1996. Since
March 1997, Mr. Jacobs has been Director of IPI, Inc., a public company engaged
in the franchising of business printing centers. Mr. Jacobs will serve on the
board of directors of Hatteras. Mr. Jacobs served as a principal of IMR Fund,
L.P., a private equity fund, from 1992 through 1999. Mr. Jacobs was a director
of MEI Diversified Inc., a company associated with the management of
professional beauty salons from August 1986 until November 1992.



    GRANT E. OPPEGAARD has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Genmar since January 1996 and as a director since 1997. Prior to that time, Mr.
Oppegaard served our company in various capacities, including as a consultant,
President of Sam's Club Boat Buying Program and as Vice Chairman of Genmar.
Prior to 1995, Mr. Oppegaard was Executive Vice President and Senior Operations
Officer of Fingerhut, Inc., a direct marketing company. Mr. Oppegaard was hired
as a business consultant by MEI Salon, a subsidiary of MEI Diversified, in
December 1992. In January 1993, Mr. Oppegaard was named Chief Operating Officer
of MEI Salon. Mr. Oppegaard resigned from MEI Salon in July 1993. Mr.
Oppegaard's background includes general management experience in retailing,
television and direct mail marketing, and manufacturing. Mr. Oppegaard will
serve on the board of directors of Hatteras.


                                       50
<PAGE>
    ROGER R. CLOUTIER II has served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Genmar since February 1996 and as a director since 1997. In
addition, since April 1990, Mr. Cloutier has been employed by and served as
Senior Vice President of Jacobs Management Corporation. Mr. Cloutier has
provided and intends to continue to provide his services primarily to us and, to
a much lesser extent, to Jacobs Management. From 1992 through 1999, Mr. Cloutier
actively served as a Vice President of Jacobs Investors, Inc. and with the
general partner to IMR Fund, L.P. Mr. Cloutier was principally responsible for
the overall management of IMR Fund's investments in portfolio companies, as well
as due diligence and negotiation activities relative to potential acquisitions.
Mr. Cloutier was also actively involved in the management of certain of these
portfolio companies. From May 1994 through October 1996, Mr. Cloutier served as
a director, and eventually, Chairman of Accent Software International Ltd., a
company that designed and developed multilingual word processing and intelligent
agent software products. Mr. Cloutier will serve on the board of directors of
Hatteras. Mr. Cloutier began his career with Arthur Andersen & Co., and is a
certified public accountant.

    DR. STEVEN J. KUBISEN has served as Senior Vice President--Technology and
Corporate Development of Genmar since July 1999. Prior to joining Genmar, Dr.
Kubisen was Director of Marketing for Alcoa's Corporate Technical Center from
1997 to 1999. From 1994 to 1996, Dr. Kubisen was Vice President--New Business
Development for the management-consulting firm Werner-- Gershon Associates. From
1987 to 1994, Dr. Kubisen held a number of senior management positions with GE
Plastics including General Manager of GE Electromaterials and General Manager--
Technology of GE Silicones. Dr. Kubisen has a Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry from
Harvard University and a B.A. from Cornell University.

    MARY P. MCCONNELL has served as Senior Vice President, Secretary and General
Counsel of Genmar since November 1996 and as Vice President, Secretary and
General Counsel from December 1995 through October 1996. From January to
December 1995, Ms. McConnell was Vice President, Director of Environmental and
Regulatory Affairs and Assistant General Counsel of Genmar. Prior to joining
Genmar in 1995, Ms. McConnell was a partner with the law firm of Lindquist &
Vennum, where she practiced since 1988.

    JOHN S. ROSENDAHL has served as Senior Vice President--Business Development
of Genmar since August 1998. Mr. Rosendahl served as our Vice
President--Operations from July 1997 to July 1998, Vice President--Finance from
December 1995 to July 1997, and Vice President and Controller from March 1995 to
December 1995. Prior to joining Genmar in December 1994, Mr. Rosendahl worked
for ADC Telecommunications, Inc., a telecommunication equipment company, from
1991 to December 1994, and as a certified public accountant with Arthur Andersen
& Co. from 1986 until 1991.

    GEORGE E. SULLIVAN has served as Senior Vice President--Marketing of Genmar
since November 1996. From May 1995 to November 1996, Mr. Sullivan served as Vice
President and General Manager of Genmar's Sam's Club Boat Buying Program. From
June 1990 to May 1995, Mr. Sullivan served in various capacities at an indirect
subsidiary of Genmar, Wellcraft Marine Corp., most recently as Senior Vice
President of Marketing and Planning. Prior to joining Genmar, Mr. Sullivan
served as Vice President of Marketing and Communications of Brunswick's Bayliner
division.


    DAVID H. VIGDAL has served as Senior Vice President of Operations of Genmar
since July 1997. Mr. Vigdal served in various positions with Fingerhut
Corporation during a 23-year period, including Vice President of Administration.
From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Vigdal was Executive Vice President of Administration for
Premier Salons, prior to which he served as Vice President of Administration for
CVN Companies, Inc. From May 1993 to December 1993, he served as Vice
President-Administration of MEI Salon, a subsidiary of MEI Diversified Inc.


                                       51
<PAGE>
    MARK W. PETERS has served as Vice President and Controller of Genmar since
July 1997. From December 1995 to July 1997, Mr. Peters served as our Corporate
Controller. Prior to December 1995, Mr. Peters served our company in a variety
of financial management capacities, commencing in 1984.

    RONALD V. PURGIEL has served as Vice President--Purchasing of Genmar since
1996. Prior to joining Genmar in 1996, Mr. Purgiel was Joint Procurement Manager
for Outboard Marine Corporation Boat Group from 1985 to April 1996.

    DANIEL W. SCHUETTE has served as Vice President--Information Systems of
Genmar since February 1997 and as Director of Information Systems from December
1995 to February 1997. Prior to joining Genmar in 1995, Mr. Schuette was Manager
of Operations at Burlington Northern Railroad from September 1992 to December
1995 and Manager of Strategic Planning for Grand Metropolitan-- Pillsbury from
June 1990 to September 1992.

    BJORN AHLSTROM has served as a director of Genmar and its predecessor
entities since 1987. Mr. Ahlstrom has been a director of United Jersey Bank
since 1980, director of Volvo GM Heavy Truck Corporation since 1981, director of
Nederman Corporation since 1990, a director of Summit Bank since 1980 and a
director of CTC Industries, Inc. since 1998. Mr. Ahlstrom serves as an
independent consultant to various companies, and is a special limited partner of
IMR Management Partners, L.P. and IMR Fund L.P. Mr. Ahlstrom is a former
President of Volvo North America Corporation, serving in that capacity from 1970
to 1991.

    DANIEL G. DEVOS has served as a director of Genmar since April 1994. Mr.
DeVos also holds the following positions: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of the Georgian International Group of Companies Ltd., the holding company for
Ontario Regional Airline, a regional passenger shuttle company; President/CEO of
Capital DP Fox Ventures, a real estate development and sports management firm;
Vice President-Corporate Affairs, since 1993, member of the Policy Board, since
1989 and Executive Committee, since 1992 of Amway Corporation, a company engaged
in the direct sale of consumer products; and trustee of First Union Real Estate
Investments, a real estate investment trust. Mr. DeVos previously held other
vice president positions at Amway Corporation.

    DANIEL T. LINDSAY has served as a director of Genmar and its predecessor
entities since April 1982. Mr. Lindsay has served as Secretary and director of
Jacobs Industries, Inc. since 1977; Secretary and director of Watkins since
1979; Executive Vice President, Secretary and director of Jacobs Management
Corporation since 1981; and as Secretary and director of Jacobs Investors, Inc.
and IMR General, Inc. since 1992. Mr. Lindsay has been a director of IPI, Inc.
since March 1997 and was a director of Mountain Parks Financial Corporation, a
company engaged in banking services, from 1980 to 1996.

    WILLIAM W. NICHOLSON has served as a director of Genmar since April 1996.
Mr. Nicholson is a private investor and served as a consultant to Amway
Corporation. Mr. Nicholson is also a limited partner of IMR Fund, L.P. Mr.
Nicholson also serves as director of the following public companies: INTL
Isotopes Inc., a manufacturer of radio chemistry and pharmaceutical isotopes,
since 1997 and Colorado Prime Inc., a direct seller of meat products, since
1996.

    CARL R. POHLAD has served as a director of Genmar and its predecessor
entities since April 1988. Mr. Pohlad has been President and a director of
Marquette Bancshares, Inc., a multi-bank holding company, since 1993. Prior to
1993, Mr. Pohlad was President and Chief Executive Officer of Marquette Bank
Minneapolis and Bank Shares Incorporated. Mr. Pohlad is currently a director and
chairman of Mesaba Holdings, Inc., a regional airline, and owner, director and
president of CRP Sports, Inc.; the managing general partner of the Minnesota
Twins, a major league baseball franchise. Mr. Pohlad formerly served as Chairman
of MEI Corporation from 1972 to 1986, and of MEI Diversified Inc. from 1986 to
1994.

                                       52
<PAGE>

    MEI Diversified Inc., a company in which Messrs. Jacobs and Pohlad served as
directors, and its subsidiaries, including MEI Salon, a company in which Messrs.
Oppegaard and Vigdal served as officers, commenced voluntary cases under Chapter
11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in February 1993.


BOARD COMPOSITION

    Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of
three classes that serve staggered three-year terms as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS                            EXPIRATION                                MEMBERS
- -------------------------------  ----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>
Class I........................     2000     Daniel T. Lindsay, Carl R. Pohlad
Class II.......................     2001     Daniel G. DeVos, William W. Nicholson, Grant E. Oppegaard
Class III......................     2002     Irwin L. Jacobs, Bjorn Ahlstrom, Roger R. Cloutier II
</TABLE>

BOARD COMMITTEES


    There is no nominating committee of the board. Nominees for director are
selected by the board of directors.



    EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The executive committee provides oversight to our
operations and has all the authority of the board of directors, except with
respect to items requiring stockholder approval or submission. The executive
committee members are Bjorn Ahlstrom, Daniel G. DeVos, William W. Nicholson and
Irwin L. Jacobs.


    COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.  The compensation committee administers the issuance
of stock options under our stock option plans, makes recommendations to the
board of directors regarding the various incentive programs and benefit plans,
and determines salaries and incentive compensation for the executive officers.
The compensation committee members are Daniel T. Lindsay, William W. Nicholson
and Carl R. Pohlad.

    AUDIT COMMITTEE.  The audit committee recommends to the board of directors
the engagement of independent public accountants, reviews the scope and results
of our audits, reviews our internal accounting controls and reviews the
professional services furnished to us by our independent public accountants. The
audit committee members are Bjorn Ahlstrom, Daniel G. DeVos and William W.
Nicholson.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

    In fiscal year 1999, we paid each of our outside directors annual
compensation of $15,000 in addition to $2,500 for each committee meeting
attended in person.


    Under our 1999 Director Stock Option Plan, we will grant stock options to
our outside directors annually in lieu of cash fees. Initially, each director
will receive a grant of 12,500 options at the offering price, and following each
subsequent annual meeting will receive an automatic grant of 5,000 options at
fair market value. Messrs. Jacobs, Cloutier and Oppegaard do not receive any
director compensation.


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

    The compensation committee is responsible for establishing our policies
relating to and the components of executive officer compensation. None of our
executive officers has served as a director or member of the compensation
committee of another entity that had any executive officer who served on any of
our committees or as a director of our company.

                                       53
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The following table sets forth the compensation paid for services rendered
in all capacities to our company during each of our last three fiscal years to
the Chief Executive Officer of Genmar and to the four most highly compensated
executive officers.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        ANNUAL COMPENSATION(1)
                                                                                  -----------------------------------
                                                                                                          BONUS PAID
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                                         YEAR       SALARY     OR EARNED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>         <C>
Grant E. Oppegaard..............................................................       1999  $  459,000  $  4,270,299
  Chief Executive Officer and President                                                1998     425,000       474,030
                                                                                       1997     350,000       275,917

Roger R. Cloutier II(2).........................................................       1999     286,000     3,519,948
  Executive Vice President and Chief                                                   1998     260,000       221,214
  Financial Officer                                                                    1997     220,000       126,462

Mary P. McConnell...............................................................       1999     189,250       301,346
  Senior Vice President, Secretary and                                                 1998     174,250        94,016
  General Counsel                                                                      1997     155,000        64,381

David H. Vigdal(3)..............................................................       1999     186,750       293,812
  Senior Vice President--Operations                                                    1998     168,474        94,016
                                                                                       1997          --            --

George Sullivan.................................................................       1999     181,750       280,252
  Senior Vice President--Marketing                                                     1998     174,250        94,016
                                                                                       1997     165,000        73,578
</TABLE>


- ------------------------

(1) Compensation totals represent amounts paid or earned for the twelve months
    ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

(2) Compensation amounts reflect amounts paid by Jacobs Management Corporation
    to Mr. Cloutier, for which we reimburse Jacobs Management.

(3) Mr. Vigdal joined our company in July 1997.

    In July 1999, we hired Steven J. Kubisen as our Senior Vice President--
Technology and Corporate Development. Dr. Kubisen's base salary is currently
$200,000 per annum. Dr. Kubisen also participates in our Management Incentive
Plan.

CERTAIN STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

    On the date of the offering, we will grant stock options or awards to
certain of our officers, directors and employees:


    - Options to purchase an aggregate of up to 3,000,000 shares will be granted
      to Messrs. Jacobs, Oppegaard and Cloutier of which the grant of 2,000,000
      shares will be subject to meeting certain stock price performance targets.
      See "--Senior Executive Option Grants" below.



    - Options to purchase an aggregate of approximately 1,500,000 shares will be
      granted to our other officers and key employees. See "--Stock Awards and
      Plans--1999 Stock Incentive Plan" below.



    - Options to purchase an aggregate of 62,500 shares will be granted to our
      outside directors. See "--Director Compensation" above.



    - An aggregate of approximately 225,000 shares of stock will be issued to
      all other employees who are not eligible to participate in our option
      plan. See "--Stock Awards and Plans--Employee Stock Award" below.


                                       54
<PAGE>
RETENTION BONUS AGREEMENTS


    On October 31, 1998, Messrs. Oppegaard and Cloutier entered into
substantially identical retention bonus agreements with Jacobs Management
Corporation. Under the retention bonus agreements, each individual agreed to
remain employed by us in his current capacity until at least August 4, 1999, in
return for which Jacobs Management agreed to fund a retention bonus for each
individual in the amount of $2.9 million. The retention bonus agreements also
provide that the retention bonus payments were to be instead of any benefits
that these individuals would be entitled to receive under our executive
severance plan unless the individual remains employed by us for at least one
year after August 4, 1999. Each of these individuals has also agreed that upon
receipt of the retention bonus payment, he will not participate in the
recreational boat industry for a period of three years following the termination
of his employment with our company, nor divulge or use any proprietary
information related to us which has been obtained during his employment with our
company. On August 3, 1999, our board of directors approved our assumption of
these agreements from Jacobs Management and on August 4, 1999 we made the
retention bonus payments described above.


MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN


    Under our Management Incentive Plan, certain key employees receive a cash
bonus up to a designated percentage of their annual base salary. The amount of
the bonus is tied to a budgeted operating performance and average assets to be
utilized in the business, subject to approval by our board of directors. A
minimum bonus is paid out only upon achievement of the target budget. The amount
of the bonus accelerates according to a scale of performance milestones, which
are established annually. We measure our performance levels on an annual basis.
We pay bonuses at the end of this annual period, after completion of the year
end audit and approval of our board of directors. Approximately $14.2 million
was paid under this plan during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, including
an aggregate of $2.9 million to Messrs. Oppegaard, Cloutier, Vigdal and
Sullivan, and Ms. McConnell.


SENIOR EXECUTIVE OPTION GRANTS


    We will make the option grants described below to each of Messrs. Jacobs,
Oppegaard and Cloutier. The options will be exercisable for a period of five
years from the date of grant and will vest over a two-year period with half
vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining amount
vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant.



    - An initial grant will be made on the date of the offering to purchase
      500,000 shares to Mr. Jacobs and 250,000 shares to each of Messrs.
      Oppegaard and Cloutier, all exercisable at the offering price.



    - A second grant will be made if our common stock trades at an average of
      150% of the offering price over a period of 30 consecutive trading days at
      any time within three years of the date of the offering in the following
      amounts: 500,000 shares to Mr. Jacobs and 250,000 shares to each of
      Messrs. Oppegaard and Cloutier, all exercisable at the fair market value
      on the date of the grant.



    - A third grant will be made if our common stock trades at 150% of the price
      on the date of the grant described immediately above over a period of 30
      consecutive trading days at any time within three years of the date of the
      offering in the following amounts: 500,000 shares to Mr. Jacobs and
      250,000 shares to each of Messrs. Oppegaard and Cloutier, all exercisable
      at the fair market value on the date of the grant.


                                       55
<PAGE>
STOCK AWARDS AND PLANS

    1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN


    Prior to this offering our board of directors will adopt and submit for
approval of our stockholders the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. A copy of the plan
has been filed as an exhibit to this registration statement. We intend for the
plan to provide incentives which will attract, retain and motivate highly
competent persons as officers, key employees and consultants of our company. The
maximum number of shares of common stock that may be delivered under the plan is
an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares.


    The plan is administered by the compensation committee. The compensation
committee is authorized, subject to the provisions of the plan, to interpret the
provisions and supervise the administration of the plan. This includes
determining, subject to the provisions of the plan, to whom options or other
awards will be granted and the terms of each option grant or award.


    Our officers, key employees and consultants are eligible to participate in
the plan. The selection of participants from eligible persons is within the
discretion of the committee. The estimated number of officers and key employees
who are eligible to participate in the plan is approximately 200.


    Stock options may be granted under the plan on the terms and conditions as
the compensation committee approves, and generally may be exercised for a period
of up to ten years from the date of grant. Generally, stock options will be
granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of
grant and will vest ratably over a three-year period on each anniversary of the
date of grant. At the compensation committee's discretion, however, options may
be made exercisable at any other time or upon the occurrence of certain events
or the achievement of certain performance targets. The plan also provides for
stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance awards and stock units.

    Stock options granted under the plan may be "incentive stock options" within
the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified options. The benefits
listed above may be granted singly, in combination or in tandem as determined by
the committee.


    In connection with the offering, we granted stock options under this plan
representing an aggregate of approximately 1,500,000 shares to our officers and
other employees at exercise prices equal to the initial public offering price.
Messrs. Vigdal and Sullivan, Dr. Kubisen and Ms. McConnell were each granted
options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at the offering price.


    PHANTOM STOCK PLAN


    We adopted the Phantom Stock Plan in December 1997 for the benefit of
members of our senior management. As of August 13, 1999, 103,000 phantom stock
units were outstanding, and 95% of those had vested. The initial value was
determined at the time of issuance by assigning a gross valuation to each of our
subsidiaries, reducing that amount by a pro rata share of our company's net
liabilities, then dividing that total by the number of outstanding shares of
common stock of our company.



    The compensation committee of the board of directors administers and
interprets the plan. In the event of certain triggering events, awards are made
to the employee's account representing either an increase or decrease in the
value of the employee's phantom stock units. An increase in value results in a
credit to the employee's account, whereas a decrease results in a debit to the
employee's account. No awards will be made for a triggering event that occurs
after December 31, 2001.



    This offering is a triggering event under the plan. Assuming an initial per
share offering price of $12.00, approximately $5.7 million will be awarded, of
which approximately $3.9 million is expected to be paid upon completion of the
offering with payment of the remainder to be deferred under the plan to a date
not later than December 31, 2001. No further awards will be made under this
plan, and following the distribution of all award amounts this plan will cease
to exist.


                                       56
<PAGE>
    EMPLOYEE STOCK AWARD


    In connection with this offering, we will issue 50 shares of our common
stock to each of our permanent full-time employees who is not eligible to
participate in our 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. We anticipate an aggregate of
approximately 225,000 shares of our common stock will be granted to
approximately 4,500 employees upon completion of the offering.


RETIREMENT PLANS AND INSURANCE

    We have a retirement plan, qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1954, that consists of a deferred savings program which allows
employees to contribute up to 15% of their pre-tax earnings and up to 10% of
their after-tax earnings to the retirement plan. At the discretion of our board
of directors, we may make matching contributions of up to one half of the first
6% of each participant's pre-tax contribution, subject to certain limits. The
retirement plan also contains a profit sharing program whereby we, based on our
profits, are permitted to make an annual contribution for the benefit of
eligible employees. In addition, other retirement plans are maintained by Ranger
and Carver for the benefit of their respective employees. Substantially all of
our salaried and hourly employees in the United States are eligible to
participate in the retirement plan. Our contributions to the deferred savings
program and the profit sharing programs are vested over a five-year period.

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN


    We have a severance pay plan under which we make severance payments to our
former executive employees according to a formula based on the job title and
length of service to our company of each former employee. Our employees become
eligible for payments under the plan upon completing 12 continuous months of
full-time employment with us. Under our severance plan, upon termination each of
our Senior Vice Presidents would be entitled to receive one year of
compensation. Messrs. Oppegaard and Cloutier are not currently eligible to
participate in this plan. Subsequent to August 4, 2000, they will be eligible to
participate, and determination of severance to each of Messrs. Oppegaard and
Cloutier would be at the discretion of our board of directors.


                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS


    We are a party to numerous transactions with Irwin L. Jacobs and his
affiliates. Our board of directors has adopted a policy, effective upon
completion of this offering, requiring that all material affiliate transactions
be approved by a majority of disinterested directors, and that these affiliate
transactions be conducted on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from
an unaffiliated third party. We believe that each of the transactions described
below between Mr. Jacobs and his affiliates and ourselves has been conducted on
terms no less favorable than could have been obtained from an unaffiliated third
party.


    We are a party to a management services agreement with Jacobs Management,
one of our stockholders and an affiliate of Irwin L. Jacobs. Our director,
Daniel T. Lindsay, is also an Executive Vice President and director of Jacobs
Management. Under the management services agreement Jacobs Management provides
us with general management, financial management, employee benefit and human
resource services, insurance and risk management services, acquisition
evaluation and support and other financial and administrative services for an
annual fee currently set at $1.95 million. In addition, we reimburse Jacobs
Management the annual compensation of Roger R. Cloutier II and bonus earned in
connection with his services to us. Jacobs Management has agreed to direct its
employees, and its employees have agreed to continue providing such management
services as currently provided by such employees to us, or as are customary for
executives serving in such positions, as well as such services as our board of
directors may determine are necessary from time to time. The management services
agreement also provides for the payment of an additional special fee for any

                                       57
<PAGE>
business opportunities presented to us by Jacobs Management. No additional
special fees have ever been paid under the management services agreement.

    On July 21, 1986, we entered into a sublease arrangement with Jacobs
Management Corporation for office and storage space located at our headquarters
in Minneapolis, Minnesota. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, Jacobs
Management Corporation made lease payments to us in the amount of $478,000 which
equaled the proportionate share of our cost of the leased space based on the
amount of square feet occupied by Jacobs Management Corporation.

    Roger R. Cloutier II, our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and one of our directors, also performs services for Jacobs Management
Corporation, by whom he has been employed since 1990. Mr. Cloutier's duties and
functions for Jacobs Management involve his participation in certain
executive-level matters. Mr. Cloutier has provided and intends to continue to
provide his services primarily to us and, to a much lesser extent, to Jacobs
Management.


    In October 1997, we repurchased a portion of our outstanding 13.5% notes
with the proceeds of our subordinated term loan credit facility. To assist us in
obtaining this financing, three of our stockholders, Irwin L. Jacobs, Daniel T.
Lindsay and RDV Capital Management L.P. II, an affiliate of Daniel G. DeVos, one
of our directors, obtained letters of credit, aggregating $63.1 million; each of
which guarantees a portion of our obligations under the subordinated term loan
credit facility. We reimburse those stockholders for the costs they incur in
maintaining these letters of credit. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,
we reimbursed an aggregate of $1.0 million of these costs. In addition, in
consideration of the commitment by those stockholders to provide letters of
credit in the aggregate amount of $78.8 million, including the $63.1 million of
letters of credit that were ultimately issued, we issued the following warrants
to purchase our common stock at $7.78 per share:



    - A warrant to purchase 3,453,705 shares issued to Irwin L. Jacobs;



    - A warrant to purchase 2,605,779 shares issued to RDV Capital Management
      L.P. II; and



    - A warrant to purchase 521,154 shares issued to Daniel T. Lindsay.



    Subsequent to the issuance of these warrants, Mr. Jacobs transferred
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,379,772 shares to certain other persons.
Also subsequent to the issuance of these warrants, RDV Capital Management L.P.
II transferred warrants to purchase an aggregate of 260,577 shares to Grand
Bank, Trustee of the RDV Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, and
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,345,202 shares to RDV Corporation.
Simultaneous with this offering, we have agreed to exchange .85 of a share of
our common stock for each share of common stock issuable under the warrants, or
an aggregate of 5,593,500 shares in exchange for all outstanding warrants.



    Pursuant to a First Amended and Restated Note and Stock Purchase Agreement,
dated August 31, 1998, between Mr. Jacobs and the State of Wisconsin Investment
Board (SWIB), SWIB purchased at face value a $25.0 million demand promissory
note originally issued by us at par to Mr. Jacobs in 1994. On June 17, 1999, Mr.
Jacobs repurchased that note at face value from SWIB. We used a portion of the
proceeds of our new senior credit facility to repay this note in full in August
1999.


    On November 24, 1993, Irwin L. Jacobs loaned to Minstar, Inc., one of our
wholly-owned subsidiaries, approximately $4.1 million pursuant to a subordinated
promissory note. Under the terms of the note, as amended, principal and any
outstanding interest, calculated at the prime rate plus 1.5% per annum are due
on August 3, 2000.

                                       58
<PAGE>

    We and Irwin L. Jacobs are parties to a split-dollar insurance agreement
dated April 15, 1996. Under the agreement, we pay that portion of premium
amounts not paid by the owner of the policy, the Irwin L. Jacobs 1996
Irrevocable Trust. We are to be reimbursed for all premiums paid under this
policy upon Mr. Jacobs' death. We are also to be reimbursed for our premiums
paid if the policy were terminated and the cash value of the policy at that time
were sufficient to cover all or a portion of the premiums paid. Cumulative
premiums paid by us under this agreement, from July 1, 1995 to June 30, 1999,
totaled $332,000. Cumulative premiums paid by the Jacobs Trust over the same
period totaled $83,000. The beneficiaries under this agreement are Irwin L.
Jacob's five children, with 20% of the premium amounts paid to date attributable
to each child.



    Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will spin off
Hatteras to our current stockholders. Under the terms of that transaction, we
will guarantee the obligations of Hatteras under its new credit facility in the
aggregate amount of $5.0 million. Subsequent to completion of the transaction
and until Hatteras retains additional professional employees, we and Jacobs
Management Corporation will provide corporate services to Hatteras for up to one
year, including legal and other management services, for which we will receive
$100,000 and Jacobs Management Corporation will receive $100,000. Messrs.
Jacobs, Oppegaard and Cloutier will serve on the board of directors of Hatteras.



    We sponsor certain professional bass fishing tournaments of Operation Bass,
Inc., an affiliate of Mr. Jacobs and certain of our executive management and
directors. These fishing tournaments include the Wal-Mart FLW Tour, Operation
Bass EverStart Series and Red Man Tournament Trail and are televised on ESPN and
ESPN2. Our agreement with Operation Bass calls for Ranger to make cash payments
and provide a specified number of boats to Operation Bass. We incurred net
sponsorship costs related to these activities, including cash paid or accrued
and product provided, of approximately $432,000 for the year ended June 30,
1999.



    In November 1999, Operation Bass will conduct the Ranger Boats M1
Tournament. This event will be limited to Ranger owners and will be televised
live on the Fox Television Network. In fiscal year 1999, we accrued $300,000
towards an estimated total of $600,000 we will contribute to the $3.5 million
purse. We are also obligated to pay Operation Bass certain per unit amounts
based upon incremental sales improvements for certain Ranger boats. We expect to
conduct similar events with Operation Bass in future years, but specific terms
have yet to be determined.


    From time to time, we record revenues from boat sales to affiliates. We
believe that the terms of those sales are consistent with the terms of sales to
dealers. For the year ended June 30, 1999, we recorded revenues of approximately
$500,000 in connection with sales to affiliates.

    Under the Genmar Employee Boat Purchase Program, we offer certain of our
employees the opportunity to purchase our boats and accessories at discounted
prices. Under the terms of the program, full-time employees who we have employed
continuously for a minimum of six months may purchase one of our boats every two
years. The program is subject to change at any time at the discretion of our
Chief Executive Officer.

                                       59
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS


    The following table provides information regarding beneficial ownership of
our common stock as of September 27, 1999, and as adjusted to reflect the sale
of shares offered by this prospectus, by:



    - Each of our directors;



    - Each person (or group of affiliated persons) known by us to beneficially
      own more than 5% of our common stock; and


    - All directors and executive officers as a group.

    Unless otherwise indicated, each person named in the table has sole voting
power and investment power or shares that power with his or her spouse with
respect to all shares of capital stock listed as owned by that person.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting or investment power with
respect to the securities. The number of shares of common stock outstanding used
in calculating the percentage for each listed person includes any shares the
person has the right to acquire within 60 days. Unless otherwise indicated, the
address for each person is 100 South Fifth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.


    Irwin L. Jacobs beneficially owns approximately 67% of the issued and
outstanding capital shares of Jacobs Industries, Inc., while members of the
Pohlad Group beneficially own the remaining shares. Watkins Incorporated is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Jacobs Industries. Irwin L. Jacobs, Carl R. Pohlad,
as trustee of Revocable Trust No. 2, Jacobs Industries, PEP-SQ Limited
Partnership and Watkins have entered into an agreement that grants Carl R.
Pohlad the effective right to vote the percentage of shares of our common stock
held by Jacobs Industries and Watkins as is equal to the percentage of equity
interest in Jacobs Industries and Watkins held by all members of the Pohlad
Group. Accordingly, of the 2,219,931 shares owned by Jacobs Industries,
ownership of 1,479,960 shares has been attributed to Mr. Jacobs and ownership of
739,971 shares has been attributed to the Pohlad Group. Of the 75,699 shares
owned by Watkins, ownership of 50,463 shares has been attributed to Mr. Jacobs
and ownership of 25,236 shares has been attributed to the Pohlad Group.



    Mr. Daniel G. DeVos disclaims beneficial ownership of the common stock owned
by RDV Capital Management L.P. II. Mr. DeVos is a stockholder of an affiliate of
RDV Capital Management L.P. II.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PERCENT OF COMMON STOCK
                                                                                                 OWNED
                                                                             AMOUNT     ------------------------
                                                                          BENEFICIALLY    BEFORE        AFTER
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                         OWNED       OFFERING     OFFERING
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>          <C>
GROUP CONSISTING OF: ...................................................     7,970,301(1)       37.6%       27.6%
Irwin L. Jacobs
Jacobs Industries, Inc.
Jacobs Management Corporation
Watkins, Incorporated

GROUP CONSISTING OF: ...................................................     5,463,324        25.7%        18.9%
RDV Capital Management L.P. II .........................................
  RDV Corporation
  Grand Bank, Trustees of the RDV Corporation Supplemental Executive
  Retirement Plan
  126 Ottawa, N.W.
  Grand Rapids, Michigan 49503
</TABLE>


                                       60
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PERCENT OF COMMON STOCK
                                                                                                 OWNED
                                                                             AMOUNT     ------------------------
                                                                          BENEFICIALLY    BEFORE        AFTER
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                         OWNED       OFFERING     OFFERING
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>          <C>
GROUP CONSISTING OF: ...................................................     2,699,585   (3)       12.7%        9.3%
Carl R. Pohlad, individually and as Trustee of Revocable Trust No. 2
Robert C. Pohlad
William M. Pohlad
James O. Pohlad
PEP-SQ Limited Partnership
Jacobs Industries, Inc.
Watkins, Incorporated
  3880 Dain Bosworth Plaza
  60 South Sixth Street
  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

State of Wisconsin Investment Board ....................................     1,785,249         8.4%         6.2%
  121 East Wilson Street
  Madison, Wisconsin 53702

AB Volvo Penta .........................................................     1,126,485         5.3%         3.9%
  c/o Gambro AB
  P.O. Box 7373
  S-103 91 Stockholm
  Sweden

Bjorn Ahlstrom..........................................................        12,500(3)          *          *
Roger R. Cloutier II....................................................        88,848           *            *
Daniel G. DeVos.........................................................        12,500(3)          *          *
Daniel T. Lindsay.......................................................       590,480   (4)        2.8        2.0
William W. Nicholson....................................................       139,958(3)          *          *
Grant E. Oppegaard......................................................        71,703           *            *

ALL OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS AS A GROUP (16 PERSONS)......................    11,585,875(5)       54.4%       40.0%
</TABLE>


- ------------------------


*   Less than 1%.



(1) Includes 734,805 shares which Mr. Jacobs has agreed to purchase, see
    "Underwriting."



(2) Includes 684,162 shares of common stock beneficially owned by a trust, of
    which Carl R. Pohlad is the trustee.



(3) Includes options to purchase 12,500 shares of our common stock.



(4) Daniel T. Lindsay is Executive Vice President and a director of Jacobs
    Management and Secretary and a director of Jacobs Industries. Mr. Lindsay
    disclaims beneficial ownership of the common stock owned by these entities.



(5) Includes options to purchase 62,500 shares of our common stock.


                                       61
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO OUR AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION,
A COPY OF WHICH HAS BEEN INCLUDED AS AN EXHIBIT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF
WHICH THIS PROSPECTUS IS A PART. ALL CAPITALIZED TERMS USED AND NOT DEFINED
BELOW HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS ASSIGNED TO THEM IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.

COMMON STOCK


    We are authorized to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01
par value per share. As of the date of this prospectus, there were 21,226,230
shares of common stock issued and outstanding.


    Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held, are
not entitled to cumulative voting for the purpose of electing directors and have
no preemptive or similar right to subscribe for, or to purchase, any shares of
common stock or other securities to be issued by us in the future. Accordingly,
the holders of more than a majority of the voting power of the shares of common
stock voting generally for the election of directors will be able to elect all
of our directors.


    Holders of shares of common stock have no exchange or conversion rights and
those shares are not subject to redemption. All outstanding shares of common
stock are, and upon issuance the shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable. Subject to the prior rights, if any, of holders of any
outstanding class or series of capital stock having a preference in relation to
the common stock as to distributions upon the dissolution, liquidation and
winding-up of our company and as to dividends, holders of common stock are
entitled to share ratably in all of our assets which remain after payment in
full of all of our debts and liabilities, and to receive ratably dividends, if
any, as may be declared by our board of directors from time to time out of funds
and other assets legally available for the payment of dividends. See "Dividend
Policy" and "Capitalization."


PREFERRED STOCK


    Our board of directors is authorized, without action by the holders of
common stock, to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par
value, in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included
in each series and to fix the designations, preferences, relative,
participating, optional and other special rights of the shares of each series
and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of those shares. These
rights may include, among others, voting rights, conversion and exchange
privileges, dividend rates, redemption rights, sinking fund provisions and
liquidation rights that could be superior and prior to the common stock.


    The issuance of one or more series of the preferred stock could, under
certain circumstances, adversely affect the voting power of the holders of the
common stock and could have the effect of discouraging or making more difficult
any attempt by a person or group to effect a change in control of our company.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS


    For a discussion of certain registration rights we have granted to the
former stockholders of Pyramid Operating Systems, see "The Company--Recent
Acquisitions--Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc."


                                       62
<PAGE>
DELAWARE BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTE

    We are a Delaware corporation and are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prevents any "interested
stockholder" (defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a
corporation's outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a "business
combination" (as therein defined) with a Delaware corporation for three years
following the time that such person became an interested stockholder, unless:

    - Before such person became an interested stockholder, the board of
      directors of the corporation approved the business combination in question
      or the transaction which resulted in such person becoming an interested
      stockholder;

    - Upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the interested
      stockholder's becoming such, the interested stockholder owns at least 85%
      of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time such
      transaction commenced (excluding stock held by directors who are also
      officers of the corporation and by employee stock plans that do not
      provide employees with rights to determine confidentially whether shares
      held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer);
      or

    - At or following the transaction in which such person became an interested
      stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of
      directors of the corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders
      by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the
      outstanding voting stock of the corporation not owned by the interested
      stockholder.

    Under Section 203, the restrictions described above do not apply to certain
business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the
announcement (or notification) of one of certain extraordinary transactions
involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested
stockholder during the preceding three years or who became an interested
stockholder with the approval of the corporation's directors or at a time when
the restrictions imposed by Section 203 did not apply in accordance with the
terms thereof, and which transactions are approved or not opposed by a majority
of the members of the board of directors then in office who were directors prior
to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years
or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a
majority of such directors.

CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS


    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation divides our board of
directors into three classes, with regular three-year staggered terms and
initial terms of one year for the class I directors, two years for the class II
directors and three years for the class III directors. This could prevent a
party who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding voting stock from
immediately obtaining control of the board of directors.


    Our stockholders do not have the right to cumulative voting in the election
of directors.

AMENDMENTS TO OUR CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS

    Our certificate of incorporation may be amended only by the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of our common stock, except
for provisions relating to stockholder action by written consent and the
staggered board, which may only be amended by an affirmative vote of two-thirds
of the shares of our common stock. Our bylaws may be amended only by either the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of our
common stock or the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the board of
directors.

                                       63
<PAGE>
STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT; SPECIAL MEETINGS

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that
stockholders may not take action by written consent, but only at duly called
annual or special meetings of stockholders. The bylaws further provide that
special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the board of
directors or by stockholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote
at the meeting.

ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS AND DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS

    Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an
annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as
directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide advance notice to
us in writing. These provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters
before or from making nominations for directors at an annual meeting of
stockholders.

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that none of
our directors will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary
damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability for
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, for acts or
omissions which are not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or
knowing violations of law and for actions leading to improper personal benefit
to the director. This provision does not affect the directors' responsibilities
under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal
environmental laws.

INDEMNIFICATION

    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides for the power
to indemnify any directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect
to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers.
The indemnification provisions are not exclusive of any other rights to which
the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation's bylaws, any
agreement, a vote of the stockholders or otherwise.

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides a right to
indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law to all persons
whom we may indemnify pursuant thereto.

    At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding, and we are not
aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding, that may result in a claim for
such indemnification involving any director, officer, employee or agent as to
which indemnification will be required or permitted under the certificate of
incorporation.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR


    The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Norwest Bank
Minnesota N.A.


                                       64
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common
stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market,
or the prospect of such sales, could adversely affect prevailing market prices.


    Upon completion of this offering, 28,867,897 shares of common stock will be
outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Of
these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradeable
without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by an "affiliate"
of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144. The remaining 22,367,897 shares
outstanding after completion of this offering are "restricted securities" as
defined in Rule 144 and may be sold in the public market only in accordance with
Rule 144. The following table sets forth the resale restrictions on the
currently outstanding shares of our common stock other than those set forth
under "Underwriting--Lock Up Agreements."



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES                    MANNER OF HOLDING
- -----------------  ----------------------------------------------------
<C>                <S>
      4,239,531    Held by non-affiliates

     16,986,699    Held by affiliates

        916,667    Held by current Pyramid stockholders

        225,000    Held by grantees under employee stock awards
</TABLE>



    In general, under Rule 144, a person, including an "affiliate" of ours, who
has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year is entitled to
sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock (approximately
289,000 shares immediately following this offering) or the average weekly
trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the
sale. Sales under Rule 144 are subject to certain manner of sale limitations,
notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 144(k) provides that a person who is not an "affiliate" of the issuer at
any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned
shares for at least two years is entitled to sell those shares at any time
without compliance with the public information, volume limitation, manner of
sale and notice provisions of Rule 144.


    Additionally, in general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently
in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares
from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written
agreement is eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of
this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain
restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

                                       65
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

GENERAL

    We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus
through a number of underwriters. Stephens Inc. and U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray
Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an
underwriting agreement with the representatives dated the date of this
prospectus. Each underwriter has agreed to purchase the number of shares of
common stock opposite its name below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER                                                                          SHARES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                <C>
Stephens Inc.....................................................................
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc...................................................
                                                                                   ----------
    Total........................................................................   6,500,000
                                                                                   ----------
                                                                                   ----------
</TABLE>


    The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several
underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares are subject to
approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions.
The underwriters are obligated to take and to pay for all shares of common stock
offered by this prospectus (other than those covered by the over-allotment
option described below) if any of those shares are taken.


    On September 21, 1999, U.S. Bancorp and a bank subsidiary agreed to sell to
Irwin L. Jacobs 490,005 shares of our common stock and a warrant to purchase an
additional 288,000 shares of our common stock. U.S. Bancorp is the parent of
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray. Part of the sale of shares related to a put
agreement originally entered into in 1995, entitling U.S. Bancorp to put 382,005
shares to Mr. Jacobs at any time prior to a public offering of our common stock,
at a formula-derived price which is currently approximately $14.6 million. Mr.
Jacobs also agreed to purchase for an aggregate of approximately $3.9 million
the remaining 108,000 shares and the warrants, which will be exchanged for
244,800 shares by Mr. Jacobs on the same basis as other warrant holders. The
purchase of shares and warrants is scheduled to close prior to our public
offering. Mr. Jacobs will borrow the full purchase price for all of the shares
and the warrants from the sellers, which loans will bear interest at a market
rate, be secured by a pledge of all the shares, and be due on various dates
through December 2000.



    U.S. Bank, N.A., a subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp, participates as a lender in
connection with our new senior term loan and our subordinated term loan. U.S.
Bank also provides one of the letters of credit discussed in "Certain
Transactions." Further, it is anticipated that U.S. Bank or one of its
affiliates will be the lead lender for the new Hatteras credit facility
discussed in "The Company--Hatteras Spin-Off." All of these banking arrangements
have been on an arms-length basis and on market terms.


COMMISSIONS AND EXPENSES

    The underwriters propose to offer part of the shares directly to the public
at the public offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus and
part of the shares to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession
not in excess of $  per share under the public offering price. The underwriters
may allow, and those dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $  per
share to certain other dealers. After the offering, the public offering price
and any concessions may be changed by the underwriters. The representatives have
advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any shares to any
accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

                                       66
<PAGE>
    The following summarizes the underwriting discounts we will pay:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   TOTAL
                                                       ------------------------------
                                                          WITHOUT           WITH
                                           PER SHARE   OVER-ALLOTMENT  OVER-ALLOTMENT
                                          -----------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>             <C>
Underwriting discounts..................   $            $               $
                                          -----------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>



    We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding
underwriting discounts, will be approximately $1.5 million.


OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION


    We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from
the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 975,000 additional shares of
common stock at the price to the public stated on the cover page of this
prospectus minus the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters
may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if
any, in connection with the offering. If the underwriters exercise the option,
each underwriter will purchase additional shares approximately in proportion to
the amounts specified in the table above.


STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS AND PENALTY BIDS

    In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell the
common stock in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment
and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions
created in connection with the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of
certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline
in the market price of the shares of common stock. Syndicate short positions
involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common
stock than they are required to purchase from us in the offering.

    The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This means that if the
representatives purchase shares in the open market in stabilizing transactions
or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that
sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount
received by them.

    These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market
price of the shares of common stock, which may be higher than the price that
might otherwise prevail in the open market and may be discontinued at any time.
These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market, in the
over-the-counter market or otherwise.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS


    We, and our officers, directors and certain stockholders have entered into
lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under those agreements, we and those
holders may not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares
of common stock or any securities convertible into any class of common stock for
a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior
consent of Stephens Inc. In considering any request to waive the lock-up,
Stephens Inc. has informed us that it will likely consider a number of factors,
including the then current trading price of our stock compared to the offering
price, the recent trading volume of the stock relative to the number of shares
sought to be sold, the identity of the potential seller, the potential seller's
reason for the sale and the percentage of holdings to be sold.


                                       67
<PAGE>
OFFERING PRICE DETERMINATION

    Prior to the offering, there was no public market for our common stock.
Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares of common stock
included in the offering has been determined by negotiations between us and the
underwriters. Among the factors considered were:

    - The history of and prospects for our business and our industry;

    - An assessment of our management and the present state of our company's
      development;

    - Our past and present revenues and earnings;

    - The prospects for growth of our revenues and earnings;

    - The current state of the United States economy;

    - The current level of economic activity in the industry in which we compete
      and in related or comparable industries; and

    - Currently prevailing conditions in the United States securities markets,
      including current market valuations of comparable publicly traded
      companies.

INDEMNIFICATION

    Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we and the underwriters have agreed
to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS


    The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will
be passed upon for Genmar Holdings, Inc. by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New
York, New York. Certain members of Weil, Gotshal & Manges own an aggregate of
150,147 shares of common stock of Genmar Holdings, Inc. Giroir, Gregory, Holmes
& Hoover, PLC, Little Rock, Arkansas is serving as counsel to the underwriters.


                                    EXPERTS

    The consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 1998 and 1999, and the
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the year ended December 31, 1996, the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the
years ended June 30, 1998 and June 30, 1999 of Genmar Holdings, Inc. included in
this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their
report with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said report.

                                       68
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


    We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under
the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus.
This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not
contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, certain
parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Commission. For further information about us and the common stock offered
hereby, reference is made to the registration statement, which includes as
exhibits certain of the contracts and other documents referred to in this
prospectus. The registration statement and all amendments, exhibits and
schedules thereto may be obtained as follows:


    - Copies may be inspected without charge at the principal office of the
      Commission in Washington, D.C. and copies of all or any part thereof may
      be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by
      the Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
      Judiciary Plaza, Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 (1-800-SEC-0330), and
      at the Securities and Exchange Commission's regional offices located at
      Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
      60661-2511 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048;

    - Copies of such material can also be obtained at prescribed rates by mail
      from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange
      Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549; and

    - Our filings may be viewed over the Internet at HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV, a web
      site which that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
      other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
      Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                       69
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants...................................................................        F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1998 and 1999...................................................        F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 1996;
  Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 and Years Ended June 30, 1998 and 1999....................................        F-3
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 1996;
  Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 and Years Ended June 30, 1998 and 1999....................................        F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1996; Six Months Ended June 30, 1997
  and Years Ended June 30, 1998 and 1999...................................................................        F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................        F-7
Supplemental Schedule......................................................................................       F-22
</TABLE>

                                       70
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Genmar Holdings, Inc.:

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Genmar
Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1998 and
1999 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity
and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1996, the six months ended June
30, 1997 and the years ended June 30, 1998 and June 30, 1999. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Genmar
Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1998 and 1999, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1996, the
six months ended June 30, 1997 and the years ended June 30, 1998 and June 30,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

    Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the
index of consolidated financial statements is presented for purposes of
complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of
the basic consolidated financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to
the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic consolidated financial
statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the
financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota,
  August 2, 1999

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                 AS OF JUNE 30

                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              1998         1999
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                        <C>          <C>
ASSETS

Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................................................  $     2,736  $   24,856
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,460 and $1,647............................       35,914      41,339
  Inventories, net.......................................................................       97,570     113,931
  Prepaid expenses.......................................................................        3,327       2,939
  Deferred tax assets....................................................................      --            8,000
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
    Total current assets.................................................................      139,547     191,065
Property and equipment:
  Land...................................................................................        8,088       7,218
  Buildings..............................................................................       62,941      68,059
  Operating equipment....................................................................       56,304      65,883
  Accumulated depreciation...............................................................      (72,759)    (75,623)
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
  Net property and equipment.............................................................       54,574      65,537

Other assets.............................................................................        6,407      19,454
Goodwill.................................................................................       44,094      44,707
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
                                                                                           $   244,622  $  320,763
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
                                                                                           -----------  ----------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.......................................................................  $    36,931  $   56,241
  Accrued liabilities....................................................................       66,117      89,874
  Accrued income taxes...................................................................          761       2,384
  Current maturities of long-term debt...................................................        6,026       1,022
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
    Total current liabilities............................................................      109,835     149,521
Long-term debt...........................................................................      117,778     116,129
Other noncurrent liabilities.............................................................       15,716      12,911
                                                                                           -----------  ----------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.01 par, 2,000 shares authorized;
    1,737 issued and outstanding.........................................................           17          17
  Additional paid-in capital.............................................................      117,945     117,945
  Accumulated deficit....................................................................     (116,201)    (75,256)
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss...................................................         (468)       (504)
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
    Total stockholders' equity...........................................................        1,293      42,202
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
                                                                                           $   244,622  $  320,763
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
                                                                                           -----------  ----------
</TABLE>


          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT EARNINGS PER SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FOR THE
                                                                  FOR THE     SIX MONTHS     FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                 YEAR ENDED      ENDED            JUNE 30,
                                                                DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30,    ----------------------
                                                                    1996         1997         1998        1999
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
Net revenues..................................................   $  618,056    $ 260,848   $  585,943  $  704,656
Cost of products and services.................................      521,663      222,448      480,651     567,247
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Gross profit................................................       96,393       38,400      105,292     137,409
New product and technology development........................        8,537        5,012       11,292      10,996
Selling and administrative expenses...........................       64,653       31,888       70,402      88,945
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Operating profit............................................       23,203        1,500       23,598      37,468
Interest expense..............................................      (22,190)     (11,026)     (18,702)    (16,098)
Investment and other income (loss), net.......................          122         (176)        (304)         75
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item....        1,135       (9,702)       4,592      21,445
Income tax benefit (provision)................................         (860)        (246)        (550)     19,500
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.......................          275       (9,948)       4,042      40,945
Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt (Note 5).........           --           --       (1,184)         --
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Net income (loss)...........................................   $      275    $  (9,948)  $    2,858  $   40,945
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share--
Income (loss) per share before extraordinary item.............   $     0.16    $   (5.73)  $     2.33  $    23.57
Extraordinary loss per share..................................           --           --        (0.68)         --
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
Net income (loss) per share...................................   $     0.16    $   (5.73)  $     1.65  $    23.57
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding.......        1,737        1,737        1,737       1,737
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>


          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996;
     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 AND 1999

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           ACCUMULATED
                                                           COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                     OTHER
                                                     ------------------------   PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED    COMPREHENSIVE
                                                       SHARES       AMOUNT      CAPITAL      DEFICIT          LOSS          TOTAL
                                                     -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  ---------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995.........................       1,737    $      17   $  116,234   $ (109,386)     $    (247)    $   6,618

  Net income.......................................          --           --           --          275             --           275
  Translation adjustment...........................          --           --           --           --            (24)          (24)
                                                          -----          ---   ----------  ------------         -----     ---------

Balance, December 31, 1996.........................       1,737           17      116,234     (109,111)          (271)        6,869
                                                          -----          ---   ----------  ------------         -----     ---------

  Net loss.........................................          --           --           --       (9,948)            --        (9,948)
  Translation adjustment...........................          --           --           --           --            (54)          (54)
                                                          -----          ---   ----------  ------------         -----     ---------

Balance, June 30, 1997.............................       1,737           17      116,234     (119,059)          (325)       (3,133)
                                                          -----          ---   ----------  ------------         -----     ---------

  Net income.......................................          --           --           --        2,858             --         2,858
  Issuance of warrants (Note 5)....................          --           --        1,711           --             --         1,711
  Translation adjustment...........................          --           --           --           --           (143)         (143)
                                                          -----          ---   ----------  ------------         -----     ---------

Balance, June 30, 1998.............................       1,737           17      117,945     (116,201)          (468)        1,293
                                                          -----          ---   ----------  ------------         -----     ---------

  Net income.......................................          --           --           --       40,945             --        40,945
  Translation adjustment...........................          --           --           --           --            (36)          (36)
                                                          -----          ---   ----------  ------------         -----     ---------

Balance, June 30, 1999.............................       1,737    $      17   $  117,945   $  (75,256)     $    (504)    $  42,202
                                                          -----          ---   ----------  ------------         -----     ---------
                                                          -----          ---   ----------  ------------         -----     ---------
</TABLE>


          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                                 FOR THE SIX         JUNE 30,
                                                            FOR THE YEAR ENDED  MONTHS ENDED   --------------------
                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1996   JUNE 30, 1997    1998       1999
                                                            ------------------  -------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>            <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss).......................................      $      275       $    (9,948)  $   2,858  $  40,945
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
    provided by (used in) operating activities, net of
    acquisitions:
    Depreciation and amortization.........................          11,618             6,211      11,470     11,565
    Write-down of property and trademark..................              --             1,124          --         --
    Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt..........              --                --       1,354         --
    Deferred tax valuation adjustment.....................              --                --          --    (22,000)
    Net changes in operating assets and liabilities, per
      accompanying schedule...............................          27,707           (19,025)      2,884     22,529
    Payment of noncurrent liabilities.....................          (3,900)           (1,326)     (4,110)    (3,205)
    Other, net............................................             398                88       1,032        897
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities,
        net of acquisitions...............................          36,098           (22,876)     15,488     50,731
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Property and equipment additions........................          (5,511)           (5,088)     (8,118)   (12,858)
  Proceeds from sales of property.........................           3,966               306         111        933
  Proceeds from the sale of a note receivable.............              --                --       4,208         --
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired......................              --                --          --     (6,142)
  Investment in Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc............              --                --          --     (2,203)
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

      Net cash used in investing activities...............          (1,545)           (4,782)     (3,799)   (20,270)
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds (repayments) under revolving credit facility...         (28,231)           10,000     (10,000)        --
  Proceeds from senior term loan..........................              --                --      15,000         --
  Repayments of senior term loan..........................              --                --      (3,000)   (12,000)
  Proceeds from subordinated term loan....................              --                --      60,000         --
  Repayments of senior subordinated notes.................              --                --     (72,149)        --
  Proceeds from IRB financing.............................              --                --          --      4,000
  Repayments of other long-term debt......................            (916)             (221)       (358)       (38)
  Financing and option costs..............................            (360)             (825)     (2,879)      (303)
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

      Net cash provided by (used in) financing
        activities........................................         (29,507)            8,954     (13,386)    (8,341)
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

    Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents......           5,046           (18,704)     (1,697)    22,120
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
  Balance, beginning of period............................          18,091            23,137       4,433      2,736
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------
  Balance, end of period..................................      $   23,137       $     4,433   $   2,736  $  24,856
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                                 FOR THE SIX         JUNE 30,
                                                            FOR THE YEAR ENDED  MONTHS ENDED   --------------------
                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1996   JUNE 30, 1997    1998       1999
                                                            ------------------  -------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>            <C>        <C>
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of
  acquisitions, consist of:
  Accounts receivable.....................................      $    5,742       $      (689)  $     723  $  (5,179)
  Inventories.............................................          20,895            (6,296)      6,211    (14,952)
  Prepaid expenses........................................           1,806               417        (592)       878
  Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued income
    taxes.................................................            (736)          (12,457)     (3,458)    41,782
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

      Net changes.........................................      $   27,707       $   (19,025)  $   2,884  $  22,529
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

Supplemental cash flow information:
  Interest paid during the period.........................      $   18,608       $     8,315   $  19,406  $  14,547
  Income taxes paid during the period.....................           1,108               587          67        864
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------

Schedule of noncash financing and investing activities:
  Property and equipment additions from capital leases....      $      362       $        --   $      --  $      --
  Sale of property in exchange for notes receivable.......              --             4,594          --         --
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  --------      -------------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  ORGANIZATION AND BACKGROUND

    Genmar Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") was organized in March 1994 to combine
the operations of IJ Holdings Corp. ("IJ Holdings") including its wholly-owned
subsidiary, Minstar, Inc. ("Minstar"), and Miramar Marine Corporation
("Miramar"), each of which had been under the control of investor groups led by
Irwin L. Jacobs, principal stockholder and Chairman of the Board of the Company.


    The Company is the second largest manufacturer of motorized recreational
boats in the United States. The Company is focused on using innovative
technologies and marketing strategies to produce and sell boats under leading
brand names such as Aquasport, Carver, Crestliner, Glastron, Larson, Logic,
Lund, Nova, Ranger, Scarab, Trojan and Wellcraft. The Company sells its products
through an established network of independent authorized dealers in the United
States and internationally.


    The Company operates in the recreational powerboat industry which has been
subject to periodic cyclical industry downturns. The Company's ability to meet
its debt service and other obligations depends on its future performance, which,
in turn, is subject to general economic conditions, financial performance and
business factors, including factors beyond the Company's control.

2.  UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

    Effective June 2, 1997, the Company changed its fiscal year end from
December 31 to June 30. In order to provide a meaningful comparison of current
year results to a comparable prior year period, set forth below are the
Company's unaudited comparative results of operations for the twelve months
ended June 30, 1997 as compared to the Company's audited results of operations
for the years ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FOR THE 12            FOR THE YEAR
                                                                      MONTHS ENDED          ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                      JUNE 30, 1997  ----------------------------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)       1998           1999
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Net revenues........................................................   $   574,802    $   585,943    $   704,656
Cost of products and services.......................................       486,276        480,651        567,247
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
  Gross profit......................................................        88,526        105,292        137,409
New product and technology development..............................         8,372         11,292         10,996
Selling and administrative expenses.................................        66,687         70,402         88,945
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
  Operating profit..................................................        13,467         23,598         37,468
Interest expense....................................................       (21,937)       (18,702)       (16,098)
Investment and other income (loss), net.............................          (294)          (304)            75
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
  Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item..........        (8,764)         4,592         21,445
Income tax benefit (provision)......................................          (635)          (550)        19,500
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item...........................        (9,399)         4,042         40,945
Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt........................            --         (1,184)            --
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
  Net income (loss).................................................   $    (9,399)   $     2,858    $    40,945
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:

    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

    FISCAL YEAR:

    Effective June 2, 1997, the Company changed its fiscal year end from
December 31 to June 30. Accordingly, all general references to years relate to
fiscal years, unless otherwise noted.

    RECLASSIFICATIONS:

    Certain amounts for the year ended December 31, 1996, the six months ended
June 30, 1997 and the year ended June 30, 1998 in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the year ended June
30, 1999 presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously
reported net income (loss) or stockholders' equity.

    REVENUE RECOGNITION AND WARRANTY ACCRUALS:

    Revenue for products and services, reported net of dealer and other
discounts, is recognized at the time of shipment, or when services have been
performed.

    Through its dealers, the Company warrants its products under normal use and
maintains warranty reserves pursuant to this policy. Major components, including
engines, drive units and appliances, are warranted by their suppliers and not
the Company.

    USE OF ESTIMATES:

    The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Estimates are used for such items as depreciable lives,
uncollectible accounts, environmental and legal loss contingencies, the
valuation of deferred income tax assets, self-insurance reserves and future
warranty costs. As better information becomes available or actual amounts are
determinable, the recorded estimates are revised. Consequently, operating
results can be affected by revisions to prior accounting estimates.

    EFFECTS OF RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:

    The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities," ("SFAS No. 133"). SFAS No. 133 is effective for financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. The Company
anticipates implementing the reporting provisions required under SFAS No. 133
for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2000. Management does not expect
implementation of these reporting provisions to have a material impact on the
Company's disclosures or results of operations.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

    Cash includes cash equivalents consisting principally of short-term
investments in commercial paper with original maturities of three months or less
and are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.

    INVENTORIES:

    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and include materials,
labor and overhead costs. The Company uses the first-in, first-out cost method
in determining cost for substantially all of its inventories. Inventories
consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         JUNE 30,    JUNE 30,
                                                                           1998        1999
                                                                         ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>
Raw materials..........................................................  $  34,124  $   38,813
Work in process........................................................     42,315      59,460
Finished goods.........................................................     25,173      19,181
Reserves...............................................................     (4,042)     (3,523)
                                                                         ---------  ----------
                                                                         $  97,570  $  113,931
                                                                         ---------  ----------
                                                                         ---------  ----------
</TABLE>

    PRODUCTION TOOLING:

    The costs associated with the development of certain large-scale molds and
processes are capitalized as operating equipment and amortized over three years
using the straight-line method. The costs associated with mold maintenance and
the development of all other molds and production tooling are charged to cost of
products and services as incurred.

    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

    Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization for
financial reporting purposes are generally provided on the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives. Useful lives of buildings are estimated at 32
to 40 years, while land improvements and building improvements are estimated at
10 to 15 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated at the lesser of 10 years
or the remaining lease term. Operating equipment has a useful life of 3 to 10
years with computer hardware and software at 3 years and certain machinery at 10
years. Major repairs and improvements are capitalized and depreciated.
Maintenance, supplies and accessories are charged to expense as incurred. The
cost and accumulated depreciation of property and equipment retired or otherwise
disposed of are removed from the related accounts, with any residual balances
charged or credited to earnings.

    OTHER ASSETS:

    Other assets, as of June 30, 1999 consist primarily of long-term deferred
tax assets, deferred debt financing costs and the Company's investment in
Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc. ("Pyramid").

    GOODWILL:

    Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over various periods not
exceeding 40 years. The Company periodically evaluates whether events and
circumstances have occurred that indicate the

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
remaining estimated useful life of goodwill may warrant revision or that the
remaining balance of goodwill may not be recoverable. This evaluation utilizes
an undiscounted future operating cash flows computation method and compares such
anticipated future cash flows to the related carrying value of goodwill.
Weighted average remaining amortization period is 26 years as of June 30, 1999.
Accumulated amortization was $20.1 million and $21.8 million at June 30, 1998
and 1999, respectively.

    ACCRUED LIABILITIES:

    Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          JUNE 30,   JUNE 30,
                                                                            1998       1999
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Payroll and incentive related...........................................  $  13,313  $  33,884
Sales incentives........................................................     10,683     15,065
Insurance...............................................................      9,265     10,697
Warranty................................................................     12,238     12,004
Interest................................................................      3,013      2,015
Customer deposits.......................................................     11,108      9,783
Other...................................................................      6,497      6,426
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          $  66,117  $  89,874
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>


    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS:

    Environmental expenditures which relate to the Company's boat manufacturing
operations are charged to expense or capitalized in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. Environmental matters that relate to conditions
arising from previously divested businesses were generally recorded as
liabilities prior to or at the time of divestiture and are periodically
reassessed for adequacy based on current information. Liabilities relating to
environmental matters are generally recorded when environmental assessments
and/or remedial efforts are probable and the related costs can be reasonably
estimated. Generally, the timing of these accruals coincides with the completion
of a feasibility study or the Company's commitment to a formal plan of action.

    NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE:

    Basic net earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net
earnings (loss) applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number
of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net earnings (loss) per
common share is determined using the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period, adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock
equivalents, consisting of shares which might be issued upon exercise of common
stock warrants. In periods where losses are reported, the weighted-average
number of common shares outstanding excludes common stock equivalents, since
their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

    COMPREHENSIVE INCOME(LOSS):

    Comprehensive income and its components is reported in the Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders' Equity. Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as
changes in the equity excluding

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
changes resulting from investments by and distributions to the stockholders. The
Company's only component of comprehensive loss is its cumulative translation
adjustment for foreign currencies.

4.  ACQUISITIONS

    PYRAMID OPERATING SYSTEMS, INC.:

    On June 18, 1999, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase the
remaining shares of Pyramid for a net purchase price of $11.0 million, payable
either in shares of the Company's common stock upon completion of a public
offering of common stock, or on April 30, 2000 in the form of a subordinated
note payable. Under this agreement, the Company has agreed to provide short-term
financing to fund Pyramid's interim working capital requirements until the
acquisition date. The Company has also entered into a management agreement with
Pyramid under which the Company oversees the management of Pyramid until the
closing of the transaction.

    LOGIC MARINE CORPORATION:

    On May 11, 1999, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of
Logic Marine Corporation ("Logic"), a manufacturer of fishing and recreational
boats, for consideration consisting of $500,000 in cash at closing, a promissory
note for $500,000 due in May 2000, $597,000 in assumed liabilities, and an
earn-out of up to $450,000 over three years based on net sales revenues from
sales of Logic boats. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and
resulted in goodwill in the amount of $1.6 million, which represented the
purchase price plus net liabilities acquired. Goodwill will be amortized over a
25-year period. Logic's results of operations since the date of acquisition are
included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

    HORIZON MARINE, L.C.:

    On December 3, 1998, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets
and certain liabilities of Horizon Marine, L.C. ("Nova"), a Kansas aluminum boat
manufacturer, for consideration consisting of $2.3 million in cash at closing
and the assumption of approximately $3.5 million in liabilities of which $2.7
million were paid at or immediately subsequent to closing. There is also a
five-year earn-out of up to $5.2 million of which $200,000 were pre-paid at
closing. The earn-out is based on gross revenues from sales of products produced
at this facility and can be adjusted for the achievement of certain gross profit
percentages and for the value of warranty claims, from sales of products
produced at this facility. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and
resulted in goodwill in the amount of $700,000, which represented the purchase
price in excess of net assets acquired. Goodwill will be amortized over a
25-year period. Nova's results of operations since the date of acquisition are
included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

5.  DEBT

    At the year end dates indicated below, long-term debt, net of related
discounts, consisted of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          INTEREST RATE,
                                                                               AS OF
                                                                             JUNE 30,        JUNE 30,    JUNE 30,
                                                                               1999            1998        1999
                                                                         -----------------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>         <C>
Revolving credit facility, variable rate...............................                n/a  $       --  $       --
Senior term loan, variable rate........................................                n/a      12,000          --
Subordinated term loan, variable rate..................................               7.3%      60,000      60,000
Senior subordinated notes, fixed rate..................................              13.5%      25,584      25,584
Stockholder notes, net of unamortized discount of $3.7 million as of
  June 30, 1999, variable rate.........................................       8.8% to 9.3%       4,104      25,406
Note payable to State of Wisconsin Investment Board, net of unamortized
  discount of $5.1 million as of June 30, 1998, variable rate..........                n/a      19,917          --
Other debt obligations, due in varying installments through 2005, fixed
  rate.................................................................      3.4% to 12.4%       2,199       6,161
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total debt.........................................................                        123,804     117,151
Less-current maturities................................................                         (6,026)     (1,022)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total long-term debt...............................................                     $  117,778  $  116,129
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>

    Aggregate maturities of long-term debt are approximately $4.1 million in the
year ending June 30, 2001, $25.6 million in the year ending June 30, 2002, $81.4
million in the year ending June 30, 2003, none in the year ending June 30, 2004
and $5.0 million thereafter. At June 30, 1999, the carrying value of long-term
debt was approximately $5.8 million less than its fair value.

    In July 1994, the Company issued $100.0 million aggregate principal amount
of 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2001 (the "13.5% Notes").

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

5.  DEBT (CONTINUED)

    During fiscal year 1999, the Company's old credit facility (the "Old Credit
Facility"), which would have expired in June 2000, consisted of a $35.0 million
revolving credit facility, a $15.0 million term loan facility and a $23.0
million letter of credit facility. At June 30, 1999, the Old Credit Facility, as
amended, consisted of a $35.0 million revolving credit facility and a $23.0
million letter of credit facility. Weighted average borrowings outstanding under
the revolving credit facility during 1999 were $14.5 million. Aggregate
borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the Old Credit Facility were
limited to eligible receivables and eligible inventories, as defined. Borrowings
under the revolving credit facility were intended for general corporate and
working capital purposes. At June 30, 1999, the Company had $35.0 million of
availability under the revolving credit facility, $3.6 million of availability
under letter of credit facility and had prepaid the term loan facility in its
entirety. In addition, as of June 30, 1999, the Company was in compliance with
all covenants under the Old Credit Facility, except the capital expenditure
requirement. Such non-compliance was effectively waived upon the arrangement of
the Company's new credit facility.


    Effective July 30, 1999, the Company arranged a new credit facility (the
"New Credit Facility"), which expires in June 2002, consisting of a $29.0
million revolving credit facility, a $45.0 million term loan facility and a
$21.0 million letter of credit facility. Aggregate borrowings and outstanding
letters of credit under the new Credit Facility are limited to eligible
receivables, eligible inventories and eligible property, plant and equipment, as
defined. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are intended for general
corporate and working capital purposes and for the purchase of approximately
$5.6 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes. Borrowings under the term
loan facility are designated solely for the purchase of a stockholder note in
the amount of $25.0 million, which was repaid on August 13, 1999, and for the
purchase of approximately $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 13.5%
Notes, which were repurchased on September 7, 1999. At the time of original
issuance the stockholder note was deemed to have a below-market interest rate,
and a debt discount was recorded to impute a market yield to maturity. The
repayment of the stockholder note and the remaining 13.5% Notes resulted in an
extraordinary loss of $5.7 million, including $3.7 million of unaccreted
discount associated with the stockholder note.


    The New Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants which, among other
things, limit the ability of the Company to incur other indebtedness, engage in
transactions with affiliates, incur liens, make certain restricted payments, and
enter into certain business combination and asset sale transactions. The New
Credit Facility also requires the Company to satisfy certain financial tests and
ratios and restricts capital expenditures. In addition, the New Credit Facility
contains provisions which may require accelerated repayment of amounts
outstanding thereunder and/or limit the Company's access to borrowings
thereunder upon the incurrence of specific obligations or significant changes in
the financial condition, business, properties, prospects or operations of the
Company.

    On January 21, 1997, the Company paid $800,000 for an option agreement (the
"Option"), with an affiliate of RDV Holdings, Inc., a stockholder of the
Company, pursuant to which the Company was granted an option to purchase up to
$25.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 13.5% Notes at par. The Option
was exercisable at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, through
January 19, 1998.

    On July 1, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement (the "Tender
Agreement"), with an unrelated third party, pursuant to which the third party
agreed to tender certain of the 13.5% Notes held by such party, with an
aggregate face value of $32.0 million, for purchase by the Company at a

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

5.  DEBT (CONTINUED)
price equal to 99.0% of par. In consideration of entering into the Tender
Agreement, the Company paid the third party a fee of $960,000 (3% of par). As a
condition to the Tender Agreement, the holder also agreed to consent to certain
proposed amendments to the indenture governing the 13.5% Notes ("Indenture").

    On July 10, 1997, the Company commenced an offer to purchase and a consent
solicitation (the "Tender Offer and Consent"), for to up to $75.0 million
aggregate principal amount of the 13.5% Notes, including those subject to the
Tender Agreement, but excluding those subject to the Option. Terms of the Tender
Offer and Consent provided for the purchase of all validly tendered 13.5% Notes,
as defined and subject to certain conditions, at a price equal to 99.0% of par.
In addition, holders submitting valid tenders of 13.5% Notes would have, as a
condition to tendering, provided their consent with respect to certain proposed
amendments to the Indenture, for which consent the holder would receive a fee
equal to 3.0% of par (the "Consent Fee") of the 13.5% Notes tendered by such
holder.

    On October 20, 1997, the Company arranged a $60.0 million subordinated bank
credit facility (the "Subordinated Facility"), expiring in October 2002,
consisting of a $60.0 million term loan facility. These proceeds were designated
solely for the purchase of up to $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of the
13.5% Notes. Borrowings under the Subordinated Facility are collateralized by a
second security interest in the Company's assets and by letters of credit issued
by certain stockholders of the Company.

    On October 20, 1997, the Company accepted for purchase $49.4 million
aggregate principal amount of the 13.5% Notes tendered by holders in connection
with the Tender Offer and Consent. In addition, the Company exercised the Option
and purchased an additional $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of the
13.5% Notes. The purchase of the 13.5% Notes and the payment of the related
Consent Fee was funded through proceeds from the Credit Facility and the
Subordinated Facility. In connection with the purchase of these 13.5% Notes, the
Company incurred an extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt of
approximately $1.2 million.

    Pursuant to the First Amended and Restated Note and Stock Purchase
Agreement, dated August 31, 1998, by and between Irwin L. Jacobs and the State
of Wisconsin Investment Board (SWIB), SWIB purchased a $25.0 million demand
promissory note payable by the Company to Mr. Jacobs. On June 17, 1999, Mr.
Jacobs repurchased that note from SWIB. The Company used a portion of the
proceeds of its new credit facility to repay this note in full in August 1999.

    In consideration of providing letters of credit to collateralize the
Company's Subordinated Facility, the Company issued warrants to certain existing
stockholders providing such letters of credit. A total of 731,182 warrants were
issued in connection therewith. The fair value of the warrants issued
approximated $1.7 million and has been reflected as debt issuance costs and an
addition to equity in the accompanying June 30, 1998 balance sheet. This debt
issuance cost is being amortized over a period extending through October 2002.
In addition, the Company reimburses the stockholders for their costs incurred in
maintaining these letters of credit.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

6.  INCOME TAXES

    The Company utilizes the liability method to account for income taxes. The
liability method requires that deferred assets and liabilities be recognized for
the expected future tax effects of the temporary differences between the tax and
book bases of the assets and liabilities.

    Components of the provision for income taxes were as follows for the year
ended December 31, 1996, the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the years ended
June 30, 1998 and 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FOR THE            FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                   FOR THE YEAR        SIX MONTHS                JUNE 30,
                                       ENDED              ENDED       ------------------------------
                                 DECEMBER 31, 1996    JUNE 30, 1997        1998            1999
                                -------------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                             <C>                  <C>              <C>              <C>
Current:
Federal.......................       $      --          $      --        $      60      $       470
State and foreign.............             860                246              490            2,030
                                         -----              -----            -----     -------------
  Total current...............             860                246              550            2,500
Change in valuation
  allowance...................              --                 --               --          (22,000)
                                         -----              -----            -----     -------------

Total.........................       $     860          $     246        $     550      $   (19,500)
                                         -----              -----            -----     -------------
                                         -----              -----            -----     -------------
</TABLE>

    At June 30, 1999, the Company had total net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $146.0 million. Net operating losses of $58.0 million, $53.0
million, $23.0 million and $12.0 million expire in the years ended June 30,
2006, June 30, 2007, June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2012, respectively. Realization
of $16.0 million of certain net operating loss carryforwards is limited annually
under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. The Company also had
unused alternative minimum tax credits of approximately $5.0 million that may be
available to offset future federal income tax liabilities.

    Temporary differences and carryforwards which give rise to deferred tax
assets and liabilities consist of the following as of June 30, 1998 and 1999 (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         JUNE 30,    JUNE 30,
                                                                           1998        1999
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Loss carryforwards....................................................  $   62,545  $   56,090
Liabilities retained related to previously divested businesses........       3,202       2,194
Warranty reserves.....................................................       4,670       4,709
Insurance reserves....................................................       4,091       4,027
Accrued rebates.......................................................       2,902       3,995
Inventory reserves....................................................       1,294       2,207
Other.................................................................      10,007       9,343
                                                                        ----------  ----------
  Total deferred tax assets...........................................      88,711      82,565
Valuation allowance...................................................     (86,725)    (58,523)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Deferred tax liability--depreciation..................................      (1,986)     (2,042)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Net deferred tax assets...............................................       1,986      24,042

  Net deferred taxes..................................................  $       --  $   22,000
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

6.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Prior to 1999 the Company had determined that the realization of the loss
carryforwards and net deferred tax assets did not meet the recognition criteria
under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109") and, accordingly, valuation allowances had been
established for the entire tax benefit of these loss carryforwards and the net
deferred tax assets. During 1999, the Company determined it more likely than not
that a portion of the deferred tax assets would be realizable because the
Company had two consecutive years of profits and future projected profits. As a
result, in accordance with SFAS 109, the Company recorded a reduction in the
valuation allowance of $22.0 million.

    The differences between income taxes computed using the federal statutory
rate and the effective tax rate were as follows for the year ended December 31,
1996, the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the years ended June 30, 1998 and
1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       FOR THE SIX
                                     FOR THE YEAR        MONTHS            FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                         ENDED            ENDED                 JUNE 30,
                                     DECEMBER 31,       JUNE 30,       ---------------------------
                                         1996             1997            1998            1999
                                     -------------     -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                  <C>               <C>             <C>             <C>
Federal statutory rate.............            34%             34%             34%             35%
State income taxes, net of federal
  tax benefits.....................           (76)              3               3               5
Nondeductible amortization &
  other............................             0               0              22               5
Current utilization of NOL's.......           (34)            (34)            (43)            (31)
Change in valuation allowance......             0               0               0            (105)
                                              ---             ---             ---             ---

Effective tax rate.................           (76)%             3%             16%            (91)%
                                              ---             ---             ---             ---
                                              ---             ---             ---             ---
</TABLE>

7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

    The Company and certain of its subsidiaries maintain defined contribution
retirement plans covering substantially all full-time employees. Under certain
of these plans, eligible participants may make voluntary contributions up to 25%
of their compensation, as permitted by plan provisions. The plans provide for
the Company to make matching and other contributions to eligible participants at
the Company's discretion. The Company made contributions to these plans
aggregating $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1996, $400,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 1997, $1.2 million for the year ended June 30, 1998
and $1.4 million for the year ended June 30, 1999.

8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    DEALER INVENTORY FLOOR PLAN FINANCING:

    The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to certain dealer inventory
floor plan financing arrangements with various financial institutions pursuant
to which the Company may be required, in the event of default by a financed
dealer, to repurchase products previously sold to such dealer. The Company
repurchased $3.2 million of such dealer inventory in the year ended December 31,
1996, $1.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 1997, $4.5 million in the
year ended June 30, 1998 and $3.4 million in the year ended June 30, 1999. As of
June 30, 1999, the Company and certain

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
subsidiaries were contingently liable under these agreements for repurchase in
the amount of $13.8 million.

    The Company generally has not provided reserves, other than immaterial
reserves at certain subsidiaries, for losses and costs which may result should
the Company be required to repurchase product from a defaulting dealer. Although
the ultimate loss which may be incurred as a result of such contractual
obligation is uncertain, the Company believes that any such losses that may be
incurred would not have a material effect on its consolidated operating results
or financial position.

    INSURANCE MATTERS:

    The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance for workers' compensation,
employee health, general and auto liability losses in excess of predetermined
loss limits. A provision has been made in the consolidated financial statements
for estimated losses resulting from claims incurred prior to the balance sheet
date, which were below the amounts of the predetermined loss limits.

    LEASES AND COMMITMENTS:

    The Company, through its subsidiaries, leases certain facilities and
equipment under operating lease arrangements which expire at various dates
through 2004. These leases generally contain renewal options and require the
Company to pay the maintenance, insurance, taxes and other expenses in addition
to the minimum annual rentals. Rent expense related to operating leases was $2.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1996, $1.0 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1997, $2.5 million for the year ended June 30, 1998 and $3.1
million for the year ended June 30, 1999. The Company has future lease
commitments of approximately $3.6 million in 2000, $2.6 million in 2001, $1.6
million in 2002 and $600,000 thereafter.

    LEGAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL:

    The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in legal proceedings arising
in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome of these matters cannot
be determined, in the opinion of management and outside counsel, disposition of
these proceedings will not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

    Historically, the Company's facilities have used underground storage tanks
for storing certain materials associated with its operations, including
petroleum, acetone and resins. The Company has removed or closed in place all
underground storage tanks according to applicable laws. No material issues
related to soil or groundwater contamination were encountered.

    CURRENT AND DIVESTED BUSINESSES:

    The Company believes it is in substantial compliance with all existing
environmental laws and regulations. In 1995, The Company signed a final consent
order with the Florida Department of Environmental Protection to settle all
outstanding issues with respect to an acetone release at our Wellcraft plant in
Sarasota, Florida. The remaining estimated cost of remediation activities
required at this site ranges from $1.7 million to $2.0 million. Based on
available information, reserves as of June 30, 1999 are adequate to cover these
costs.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

    In addition, the past practices of some of the Company's current and
divested operations may have created conditions that give rise to liability
under CERCLA and comparable state laws. With respect to these potential
liabilities, the Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party
at approximately 12 active sites. In certain instances, the Company has a duty
to indemnify the current owners for environmental matters related to divested
operations including AMF Incorporated. Excluding the matters with Wellcraft
discussed above, the Company currently anticipates total environmental-related
costs associated with current and divested operations at approximately $2.3
million, which include CERCLA-type liabilities. These costs are likely to be
incurred over a period of up to ten years. Payments relating to environmental
matters in connection with current and divested businesses were approximately
$2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996, $500,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1997, $1.0 million for the year ended June 30, 1998 and $900,000
for the year ended June 30, 1999. The balance of the reduction in our legal and
environmental reserve balance between years was attributable to a reduction of
$1.3 million in our estimated requirement on a particular EPA matter, due to a
change in facts surrounding the case, and to adjustments between our current and
non-current classification of amounts accrued for all such cases. As of June 30,
1999, based on available information, reserves to account for any potential
exposure with respect to current and divested operations are adequate to cover
any potential costs. Nevertheless, the nature and extent of CERCLA proceedings
is that cleanup estimates, the allocated financial responsibilities of
potentially responsible parties and the degree of regulatory scrutiny may change
over time and therefore the Company is not certain that these estimates will
ultimately reflect its actual exposure.


    Other non-current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          JUNE 30,   JUNE 30,
                                                                            1998       1999
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>

Post-retirement benefits................................................  $   1,525  $   1,440
Insurance...............................................................      3,286      2,042
Legal and environmental.................................................      5,230      2,554
Other...................................................................      5,675      6,875
                                                                          ---------  ---------

  Total other noncurrent liabilities....................................  $  15,716  $  12,911
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>


    LETTERS OF CREDIT:

    At June 30, 1999, the Company had outstanding letters of credit aggregating
$19.4 million for which approximately $13.7 million collateralized various
Company insurance programs. The remainder principally related to an industrial
development revenue bond financing arrangement and to liabilities retained by
the Company in connection with divested operations.

9.  SEGMENT REPORTING

    The Company conducts and reports its business in two segments, the
recreational boat segment and the luxury yachts segment, which consists solely
of the Hatteras Yachts division. The segments are managed and reported
separately because the recreational boats are manufactured in a high-volume
assembly line environment whereas Hatteras is a custom yacht builder, similar to
a construction company environment. The Company measures the success of segments
by monitoring operating profit.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

9.  SEGMENT REPORTING (CONTINUED)
The Company does not allocate nonoperating gains and losses, interest expense
and taxes to the segments.

    Both segments follow accounting policies described in Note 3, and no
transactions occur between the segments.

    The following table illustrates information about the Company's reported
operating profit or loss and segment assets. The Company does not allocate
income taxes or unusual items to segments.

    Segment information as of and for the year ended December 31, 1996, the six
months ended June 30, 1997 and the years ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 consisted
of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            RECREATIONAL                           RECREATIONAL
                                               BOATS     LUXURY YACHTS   TOTALS       BOATS     LUXURY YACHTS   TOTALS
                                            -----------  -------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ---------

                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996          SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                                            -------------------------------------  -------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>
Net revenues..............................   $ 521,199     $  96,857    $ 618,056   $ 235,819     $  25,029    $ 260,848
Depreciation and goodwill amortization....       6,747         1,347        8,094       3,360           703        4,063
Operating profit (loss)...................      19,573         3,630       23,203       9,147        (7,647)       1,500
Other significant noncash items...........       3,524            --        3,524       3,272            --        3,272
Segment assets............................     223,645        47,558      271,203     203,584        54,695      258,279
Expenditures for segment assets...........       3,730         1,781        5,511       3,781         1,307        5,088
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999
                                            -------------------------------------  -------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>
Net revenues..............................   $ 505,910     $  80,033    $ 585,943   $ 614,406     $  90,250    $ 704,656
Depreciation and goodwill amortization....       7,138         1,636        8,774       7,221         1,730        8,951
Operating profit (loss)...................      27,601        (4,003)      23,598      35,948         1,520       37,468
Other significant noncash items...........          --            --           --       2,614            --        2,614
Segment assets............................     192,346        52,276      244,622     265,379        55,384      320,763
Expenditures for segment assets...........       6,773         1,345        8,118      11,270         1,588       12,858
</TABLE>

    The following table reconciles operating profit to net income for the year
ended December 31, 1996, the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the years ended
June 30, 1998 and 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30,    JUNE 30,    JUNE 30,
                                                 1996         1997        1998        1999
                                             ------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Total operating profit for reportable
  segments.................................   $   23,203   $    1,500  $   23,598  $   37,468
Interest expense...........................      (22,190)     (11,026)    (18,702)    (16,098)
Other income (loss)........................          122         (176)       (304)         75
Income tax benefit (provision).............         (860)        (246)       (505)     19,500
Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of
  debt.....................................           --           --      (1,134)         --
                                             ------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income (loss)..........................   $      275   $   (9,948) $    2,853  $   40,495
                                             ------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                             ------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

10. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    In addition to the matters discussed in Note 5, the Company pays a
management fee to Jacobs Management Corporation ("JMC"), a stockholder of the
Company and an affiliate of Irwin L. Jacobs, for certain consulting and
management services and subleases certain office facilities to JMC. Net payments
under these arrangements aggregated approximately $1.5 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996, $700,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997, $1.4
million for the year ended June 30, 1998 and $1.3 million for the year ended
June 30, 1999.

    The Company pays interest in connection with two stockholder notes payable
to Irwin L. Jacobs. These notes bear interest at the published prime rate, plus
1.0% and plus 1.5%, respectively. Payments of interest under these note
agreements aggregated approximately $400,000 for the year ended December 31,
1996, $200,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997, $400,000 for each of the
years ended June 30, 1998 and 1999.


    From time to time the Company has recorded revenues from boat sales to
affiliates. Management believes the terms of such sales were consistent with
terms of sales to non-affiliated parties. Revenues recorded in connection with
such sales aggregated approximately $1.3 million for the year ended December 31,
1996, none for the six months ended June 30, 1997, $700,000 for the year ended
June 30, 1998, and $500,000 for the year ended June 30, 1999.



    The Company sponsors certain professional bass fishing tournament activities
of Operation Bass, Inc., an affiliate of Irwin L. Jacobs and certain executive
management of the Company. Net sponsorship costs incurred by the Company,
including cash paid or accrued and product provided, related to these activities
approximated $116,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996, $58,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 1997, $116,000 for the year ended June 30, 1998 and
$432,000 for the year ended June 30, 1999.


11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)


    The Company has filed an initial registration statement with the SEC to
offer shares of its common stock to the public. In connection with this
offering, the Company has committed to: (1) splitting the Company's common
stock, (2) spinning off Hatteras, the Company's luxury yacht segment through
stockholders exchanging one out of every ten of their Genmar shares for one
Hatteras share, (3) acquiring Pyramid, (4) issuing shares of common stock in
exchange for outstanding warrants, (5) issuing shares of common stock to
nonmanagement employees, and (6) recording expense under the Company's phantom
stock plan.


                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

12. SUPPLEMENTAL STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FIRST       SECOND      THIRD       FOURTH
                                                        QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER      TOTAL
                                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------

<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues.........................................  $  150,492  $  153,610  $  145,562  $  168,392  $  618,056
Gross profit.........................................      22,419      23,848      21,386      28,740      96,393
Operating profit.....................................       3,711       7,525       3,256       8,711      23,203
Net income (loss)....................................      (1,966)      1,692      (2,252)      2,801         275

<CAPTION>

                                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net revenues.........................................  $  120,023  $  140,825         n/a         n/a  $  260,848
Gross profit.........................................      16,557      21,843         n/a         n/a      38,400
Operating profit (loss)..............................      (2,799)      4,299         n/a         n/a       1,500
Net loss.............................................      (9,220)       (728)        n/a         n/a      (9,948)
<CAPTION>

                                                                        YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net revenues.........................................  $  132,739  $  140,389  $  145,986  $  166,829  $  585,943
Gross profit.........................................      20,257      21,830      27,616      35,589     105,292
Operating profit.....................................       3,060       2,830       5,277      12,431      23,598
Extraordinary loss...................................          --      (1,184)         --          --      (1,184)
Net income (loss)....................................      (2,593)     (3,270)        796       7,925       2,858
<CAPTION>

                                                                        YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net revenues.........................................  $  142,754  $  169,822  $  181,838  $  210,242  $  704,656
Gross profit.........................................      23,291      29,577      35,997      48,544     137,409
Operating profit.....................................       1,644       9,925      10,942      14,957      37,468
Net income (loss)....................................      (2,607)      4,911       6,031      32,610      40,945
</TABLE>

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                     GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          CHARGE FOR
                                                                BALANCE      PROVISION   PURPOSE THAT     BALANCE
                                                             BEGINNING OF   CHARGED TO   RESERVE WAS      END OF
                                                                 YEAR       OPERATIONS   ESTABLISHED       YEAR
                                                             -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
Reserve for doubtful accounts

For the year ended December 31, 1996.......................    $   3,488     $   2,297    $   (1,677)    $   4,108
                                                                  ------    -----------  ------------       ------
                                                                  ------    -----------  ------------       ------

For the six months ended June 30, 1997.....................    $   4,108     $     166    $      (25)    $   4,249
                                                                  ------    -----------  ------------       ------
                                                                  ------    -----------  ------------       ------

For the year ended June 30, 1998...........................    $   4,249     $   2,489    $   (5,278)    $   1,460
                                                                  ------    -----------  ------------       ------
                                                                  ------    -----------  ------------       ------

For the year ended June 30, 1999...........................    $   1,460     $   1,180    $     (993)    $   1,647
                                                                  ------    -----------  ------------       ------
                                                                  ------    -----------  ------------       ------
</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                                      [INSIDE BACK COVER]


                                      [PICTURE OF RANGER BOAT BEING
                                       USED IN WAL*MART TOURNAMENT]

                                      Ranger is the exclusive boat manufacturer

                                      sponsor of the Wal*Mart FLW Tournaments,

                                      which are broadcast on ESPN and ESPN2.

                                      Also, Fox Television Network will

                                      broadcast the $3.5 million payout Ranger

                                      Millennium Tournament (MI)-SM- event in

                                      November 1999.


              The 1999 Wal*Mart FLW Tour

              Angler of the Year, David

[PICTURE OF   Walker, was featured on the
WHEATIES
BOX]          Wheaties box. David is a

              Ranger Boat Company

            pro-angler.


                                        Unique sponsorship boats are being

                                        manufactured for industry and

                                        non-industry consumer product

                                        companies to also enhance the

                                        sponsor's marketing efforts.


                                     [PICTURE OF LUND BOAT SPONSORED BY MERCURY]

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                6,500,000 SHARES


                                     [LOGO]

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                  ------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                               ------------------

                                 STEPHENS INC.
                           U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY


                                OCTOBER   , 1999


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

    The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the
underwriting discount, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of
the common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC
registration fee, the NASD filing fees and the Nasdaq National Market listing
fee.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AMOUNT TO BE
                                                                                      PAID
                                                                                  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
SEC registration fee............................................................  $     27,800
NASD filing fee.................................................................        10,500
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..............................................        95,000
Legal fees and expenses.........................................................       700,000
Accounting fees and expenses....................................................       250,000
Printing and engraving..........................................................       250,000
Transfer agent fees.............................................................        10,500
Miscellaneous...................................................................       196,200
                                                                                  ------------
      Total.....................................................................  $  1,540,000
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>


ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in effect as of the
date hereof provides that, except to the extent prohibited by the Delaware
General Corporation Law, as amended, our directors shall not be personally
liable to our company or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of
fiduciary duty. Under the DGCL, the directors have a fiduciary duty to our
company which is not eliminated by this provision of the Certificate and, in
appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms
of nonmonetary relief will remain available. In addition, each director will
continue to be subject to liability under the DGCL for breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to our company for acts or omissions which are found by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be not in good faith or involving intentional
misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for actions leading to improper
personal benefit to the director, and for payment of dividends or approval of
stock repurchases or redemptions that are prohibited by the DGCL. This provision
also does not affect the directors' responsibilities under any other laws, such
as the Federal securities laws or state or Federal environmental laws. We have
applied for liability insurance for its officers and directors.

    Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors
and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of
their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that this provision
shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (i) for any breach of
the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) arising under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv)
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit. The DGCL provides further that the indemnification permitted thereunder
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and
officers may be entitled under the corporation's bylaws, any agreement, a vote
of stockholders or otherwise. The amended and restated certificate eliminates
the personal liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Section
102(b)(7) of the DGCL and provides that we may fully indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or
officer, or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise, against

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with
such action, suit or proceeding.

    At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any
director, officer, employee or agent as to which indemnification will be
required or permitted under the amended and restated certificate. We are not
aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for
such indemnification.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES


    Simultaneously with the consummation of this offering, we will issue 916,667
shares of our common stock in exchange for all the remaining outstanding common
stock of Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc. pursuant to Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933.



    In October 1997, in connection with our subordinated term loan credit
facility, we issued warrants to purchase 6,580,638 shares of our common stock.
Simultaneously with the completion of this offering, we will exchange .85 of a
share of our common stock for each share issuable under these warrants, or
5,593,500 shares in the aggregate for all outstanding warrants, pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.


ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    (a) Exhibits.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  NUMBER                                                 DESCRIPTION
- ----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>         <S>
     *1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
     *3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
     *3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws.
     *4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
   ***5.1   Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.
   **10.1   Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets by and among Horizon Marine, LC, Genmar Manufacturing of
            Kansas, L.L.C. and the Sole Member of Horizon Marine, LC, dated December 3, 1998.
   **10.2   Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets by and among Logic Marine Corporation, Genmar Logic LLC and
            the parents and stockholders of Logic Marine Corporation, dated as of May 11, 1998.
   **10.3   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Genmar Holdings, Inc., POS Acquisition Corporation,
            Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc. and the Stockholders of Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc., dated as of
            June 18, 1999.
   **10.4   Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among Genmar Holdings, Inc., the financial institutions
            named therein, The Bank of New York, as Agent and BNY Capital Markets, Inc., dated as of July 30,
            1999.
   **10.5   Subordinated Term Loan Credit Agreement among Genmar Holdings, Inc., the financial institutions named
            therein, The Bank of New York, as Agent, and BNY Capital Markets, Inc. dated as of October 20, 1997.
    *10.6   Genmar Holdings, Inc. Fiscal 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.
    *10.7   Genmar Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors.
    *10.8   Management Services Agreement by and between Genmar Holdings, Inc. and Jacobs Management Corporation,
            dated April 1, 1995.
    *10.9   Amendment No. 1 to Management Services Agreement by and between Jacobs Management Corporation and
            Genmar Holdings, Inc. dated as of August 3, 1999.
    *10.10  Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1998, by and between Jacobs Management Corporation
            and Grant E. Oppegaard.
</TABLE>


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  NUMBER                                                 DESCRIPTION
- ----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>         <S>
    *10.11  Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1998, by and between Jacobs Management Corporation
            and Roger R. Cloutier II.
    *10.12  Capital Contribution Agreement, dated         , 1999, by and between Genmar Industries, Inc. and
            Hatteras Yachts, Inc.
    *10.13  Exchange and Distribution Agreement, dated         , 1999, by and among Genmar Holdings, Inc.,
            Minstar, Inc., Genmar Industries, Inc. and Hatteras Yachts, Inc.
    *10.14  Form of Grant for Senior Executive Officers.
    *21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
    *23.1   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
  ***23.2   Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
   **24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to the Registration Statement).
    *27.1   Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>


- ------------------------


*   Filed herewith.



**  Previously filed.



*** To be supplied by amendment.


    (b) Financial Statement Schedules.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling person of the registrant in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h)
under the Act, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of
the time it was declared effective.

    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.

    (3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements,
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Minneapolis, Minnesota, on this 28th
day of September 1999.



<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.

                                By:  /s/ ROGER R. CLOUTIER, II
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     Name: Roger R. Cloutier, II
                                     Title:Executive Vice President and Chief
                                           Financial Officer
</TABLE>



    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------

<C>                             <S>                         <C>
              *
- ------------------------------  Chairman of the Board of    September 28, 1999
       Irwin L. Jacobs            Directors

                                President, Chief Executive
              *                   Officer and Director
- ------------------------------    (principal executive      September 28, 1999
      Grant E. Oppegaard          officer)

                                Executive Vice President,
   /s/ ROGER R. CLOUTIER II       Chief Financial Officer
- ------------------------------    and Director (principal   September 28, 1999
     Roger R. Cloutier II         financial officer)

              *                 Vice President and
- ------------------------------    Controller (principal     September 28, 1999
        Mark W. Peters            accounting officer)

              *
- ------------------------------           Director           September 28, 1999
        Bjorn Ahlstrom

              *
- ------------------------------           Director           September 28, 1999
       Daniel G. DeVos

              *
- ------------------------------           Director           September 28, 1999
      Daniel T. Lindsay
</TABLE>


                                      S-1
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------

<C>                             <S>                         <C>
              *
- ------------------------------           Director           September 28, 1999
     William W. Nicholson

              *
- ------------------------------           Director           September 28, 1999
        Carl R. Pohlad

              *
- ------------------------------           Director           September 28, 1999
       James O. Pohlad

              *
- ------------------------------           Director           September 28, 1999
      Jerry L. Tubergen

    *By:      /s/ ROGER R.
         CLOUTIER II
- ------------------------------
  Name: Roger R. Cloutier II
   Title: Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>


                                      S-2
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>         <S>
     *1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
     *3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
     *3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws
     *4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
   ***5.1   Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.
   **10.1   Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets by and among Horizon Marine, LC, Genmar Manufacturing of
            Kansas, L.L.C. and the Sole Member of Horizon Marine, LC, dated December 3, 1998.
   **10.2   Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets by and among Logic Marine Corporation, Genmar Logic LLC and
            the parents and stockholders of Logic Marine Corporation, dated as of May 11, 1998.
   **10.3   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Genmar Holdings, Inc., POS Acquisition Corporation,
            Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc. and the Stockholders of Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc., dated as of
            June 18, 1999.
   **10.4   Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among Genmar Holdings, Inc., the financial institutions
            named therein, The Bank of New York, as Agent and BNY Capital Markets, Inc., dated as of July 30,
            1999.
   **10.5   Subordinated Term Loan Credit Agreement among Genmar Holdings, Inc., the financial institutions named
            therein, The Bank of New York, as Agent, and BNY Capital Markets, Inc. dated as of October 20, 1997.
    *10.6   Genmar Holdings, Inc. Fiscal 1999 Stock Incentive Plan
    *10.7   Genmar Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors
    *10.8   Management Services Agreement by and between Genmar Holdings, Inc. and Jacobs Management Corporation,
            dated April 1, 1995
    *10.9   Amendment No. 1 to Management Services Agreement by and between Jacobs Management Corporation and
            Genmar Holdings, Inc., dated as of August 3, 1999.
    *10.10  Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1998, by and between Jacobs Management Corporation
            and Grant E. Oppegaard.
    *10.11  Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1998, by and between Jacobs Management Corporation
            and Roger R. Cloutier II.
    *10.12  Capital Contribution Agreement, dated          , 1999, by and between Genmar Industries, Inc. and
            Halteras Yachts, Inc.
    *10.13  Exchange and Distribution Agreement, dated          , 1999, by and among Genmar Holdings, Inc.,
            Minstar, Inc., Genmar Industries, Inc. and Halteras Yachts, Inc.
    *10.14  Form of Grant for Senior Executive Officers.
    *21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
    *23.1   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
  ***23.2   Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
   **24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to the Registration Statement).
    *27.1   Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>


- ------------------------


*   Filed herewith.



**  Previously filed.



*** To be supplied by amendment.


                                      S-3

<PAGE>

                           GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. DRAFT
                                                                        9-24-99

                                6,500,000 Shares
                                  Common Stock


                              UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                              ----------------------

                                                               __________, 1999


Stephens Inc.
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.
  As Representatives of the several
  Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto.
111 Center Street
Little Rock, Arkansas 72201

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Genmar Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
confirms its agreement with the several underwriters (the "Underwriters") for
whom you are acting as representatives (the "Representatives") to issue and
sell 6,500,000 newly issued shares (the "Underwritten Shares") of the
Company's common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), to
the Underwriters. The Company's Common Stock is more fully described in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus hereinafter mentioned.

         For the sole purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with
the sale of the Underwritten Shares, the Company proposes to grant to the
Underwriters the option (the "Option") described in Section 2 hereof to
purchase all or any part of an aggregate of 975,000 additional shares of
Common Stock (the "Option Shares"). The Underwritten Shares and the Option
Shares purchased pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement (this "Agreement")
are herein collectively called the "Shares" and the proposed offering of the
Underwritten Shares and, if applicable, the Option Shares by the Underwriters
is hereinafter referred to as the "Public Offering."

         The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission"), pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"), and published rules and regulations adopted by the Commission under
the Act (the "Rules"), a registration statement on Form S-1 (the "Form S-1")
(File No. 333-85447), including a preliminary prospectus, relating to the
Shares, and such amendments to such registration statement as may have been
filed with the Commission to the date of this Agreement. The term
"preliminary prospectus" means any preliminary prospectus (as referred to in
Rule 430 or Rule 430A of the Rules) included at any time as a part of the
registration statement. The Company has furnished to the Representatives
copies of such registration statement, each amendment to it filed by the
Company with the Commission and each preliminary prospectus filed by the
Company with the Commission and any other offering materials used by the
Company. If such registration statement has not become effective, a further
amendment (the "Final Amendment") to such registration statement, including a
form of final prospectus, if necessary to permit such registration statement
to become effective, will promptly be filed by the Company with the
Commission. If such registration statement has become effective, a final
prospectus (the "Rule 430A Prospectus") containing information permitted to
be omitted at the time of effectiveness by Rule 430A of the Rules will
promptly be filed by the Company with the Commission in accordance with the
Rules. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes or became
effective (the "Effective Date"), including financial statements and all
exhibits and any information deemed to be included by Rule 430A, is called
the "Registration Statement." The term "Prospectus" means the prospectus as
first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules, or if
no such filing is required, the form of final prospectus included in the
Registration Statement at the Effective Date.
<PAGE>

         Any reference herein to the Registration Statement, any preliminary
prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include any
documents incorporated by reference therein on or before the Effective Date
or the date of such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may
be. Any reference herein to the terms "amend," "amendment" or "supplement"
with respect to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the
Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") after the
Effective Date or the date of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus,
as the case may be, and deemed to be incorporated therein by reference.

         As the Representatives, you have advised the Company (a) that you
are authorized to enter into this Agreement on behalf of the several
Underwriters and (b) the Underwriters are willing, acting severally and not
jointly, to purchase the amounts of the Underwritten Shares set forth
opposite their respective names in Schedule I hereto, plus their pro rata
portion of the Option Shares as set forth in Section 2 hereof, if you elect
to exercise the Option in whole or in part for the accounts of the several
Underwriters.

         In consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and of
the interests of the parties in the transactions contemplated hereby, the
Company and the Underwriters hereby agree as follows:

         1.    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.

         (a)   The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each
Underwriter as follows:

               (i)    The Company has been duly organized, is in compliance
with its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated to date,
and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
the State of Delaware, with full power and authority (corporate and other) to
own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus. Each subsidiary of the Company listed on Schedule
II hereto (each, a "Subsidiary" and collectively, the "Subsidiaries") has
been duly organized or incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation
or other legally authorized entity, in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization, with full power and authority (corporate
and other) to own and lease its properties and conduct its business; the
Company and the Subsidiaries are duly qualified to transact business in all
jurisdictions in which the conduct of their business or the ownership or
lease of their properties requires such qualifications, except where failure
to be so qualified or in good standing as a foreign corporation would not in
the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, or
in the business, properties, business prospects or results of operations of
the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse
Effect"); all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other ownership
interests of each Subsidiary are owned by the Company and have been duly
authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and, except
as set forth in the Prospectus, and except for those securing indebtedness as
described in the Financial Statements to the Registration Statement, are
owned by the Company free and clear of any claim, lien, encumbrance or
security interest.

               (ii)   The outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly
authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the
Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and paid for as
contemplated herein, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
There are no preemptive or other restrictive rights to subscribe for or to
purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of any class of the
Company's stock pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, Bylaws, or other governing documents or any agreement or other
instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which any of them may be bound. Neither the filing of the Registration
Statement nor the offering of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement
gives rise to any rights, other than those which have been waived or
satisfied, for or relating to the registration of any shares of any class of
the Company's capital stock.

               (iii)  The Shares conform to the description thereof contained
in any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement.
As of the Closing Date (as defined below) and any Option Closing Date (as
defined below), if applicable, the Company will have the authorized
capitalization set forth under the captions "Capitalization" and "Description
of Capital Stock" in the Prospectus. No further corporate approval or
authority on behalf of the Company will be required for the issuance and sale
of the Shares to be sold by the Company as contemplated herein.

               (iv)   The Registration Statement has been filed with the
Commission under the Act.
<PAGE>

               (v)    Neither the Commission nor any other agency, body,
authority, court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction has, by order or
otherwise, prohibited or suspended the use of any preliminary prospectus or
the Prospectus relating to the proposed offering of the Shares or instituted
proceedings for that purpose. The Registration Statement, the Prospectus and
any preliminary prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, at the
time they became or become effective (as to the Registration Statement and
any amendment thereto), or at the time they were or are filed with the
Commission (as to the Prospectus and any supplement thereto), conformed or
conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the
Rules. None of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any preliminary
prospectus, as of the applicable effective date (as to the Registration
Statement and any amendment thereto) and as of the applicable filing date (as
to the Prospectus and any supplement thereto) and as of its date (as to any
preliminary prospectus) contain an untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein (in light of the circumstances under which they
were made) not misleading; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company makes no
representations or warranties as to information contained in or omitted from
the Registration Statement or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus,
or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon, and in conformity
with, written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any
Underwriter through the Representatives, expressly for use in the preparation
thereof.

               (vi)   The consolidated financial statements of the Company
and the Subsidiaries, together with related notes and schedules as set forth
in the Registration Statement, present fairly in all material respects the
consolidated financial position, results of operations and changes in cash
flow of the Company and the Subsidiaries, at the indicated dates and for the
indicated periods. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently
applied throughout the periods involved, and all adjustments, consisting only
of normal recurring adjustments or accruals, necessary for a fair
presentation of results for such periods have been made. The Summary
Consolidated Financial Data and the Selected Consolidated Financial Data
included in the Prospectus have been compiled on a basis consistent with that
of the audited and unaudited financial statements from which they were
derived. The Company and its subsidiaries will maintain and keep accurate
books and records and maintain internal accounting controls which provide
reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are executed in accordance with
management's authorization, (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit the preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements and
to maintain accountability for the assets of the Company and its
subsidiaries, (3) access to the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries is
permitted only in accordance with management's authorization, and (4) the
recorded accounts of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries are
compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals.

               (vii)  There is no action or proceeding pending or, to the
knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary
before any court or administrative or governmental agency or other body which
might (A) result in any material adverse change in the financial condition,
or in the business, properties, business prospects or results of operations
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (a "Material Adverse Change"),
whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (B) affect the
performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions herein
contemplated, except in either case as disclosed in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus and , except as otherwise set forth in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, for which the Company maintains a
reserve in an amount which it believes is adequate to cover potential
liabilities.

               (viii) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any
law, ordinance, governmental rule or regulation or court decree to which it
is subject which violation is expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

               (ix)   The Company and each Subsidiary has good and marketable
title to all of the material properties and assets reflected in the financial
statements hereinabove described or as described in the Prospectus as being
owned by them, subject to no lien, mortgage, pledge, charge or other
encumbrance of any kind except those securing indebtedness described in such
financial statements or as described in the Prospectus or which do not
materially affect the present or proposed use of such properties or assets.
The Company and the Subsidiaries occupy their leased properties under valid,
subsisting and binding leases with only such exceptions as are not material
and
<PAGE>

do not interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company. There
exists no default under the provisions of any lease, contract or other
obligation to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party which may result
in a Material Adverse Change.

               (x)    The Company and each Subsidiary have filed all federal,
State and foreign tax returns which have been required to be filed up to the
date hereof, except insofar as the failure to file such returns, individually
or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and have paid
all taxes indicated by said returns and all assessments received by them or
any of them to the extent that such taxes have become due, except for any
state taxes that are being contested in good faith.

               (xi)   Since the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as they may be
amended or supplemented, (A) there has not been any Material Adverse Change
nor to the Company's knowledge is any such change threatened, (B) there has
not been any transaction entered into by the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries that is material to the business, properties, business prospects
or results of operations of the Company or any such Subsidiary, other than
transactions in the ordinary course of business and changes and transactions
contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as they may be
amended or supplemented, and (C) there has not been any material change in
the capital stock, long term debt or liabilities of the Company.

               (xii)  The filing of the Registration Statement and related
Prospectus and the execution and delivery of this Agreement have been duly
authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company; this Agreement
constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable
in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity, and except
insofar as rights to indemnification and contribution contained herein may be
limited by federal or state securities laws or related public policy. Neither
the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries individually or in the aggregate are
in breach or violation of or default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, lease, contract, note or other agreement or instrument to which it is
a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound and which breach,
violation or default would, individually or in the aggregate have a Material
Adverse Effect. The consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and
the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not result in a breach or violation
of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute a default
under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, contract, note or other
agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party, or
of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws
or any law, decree, order, rule, writ, injunction or regulation applicable to
the Company or any Subsidiary of a court or of any regulatory body or
administrative agency or other governmental body having jurisdiction, except
for those violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not result
in a Material Adverse Change.

               (xiii) Each approval, consent, order, authorization,
designation, declaration or filing by or with any regulatory, administrative
or other governmental body necessary in connection with the execution and
delivery by the Company of this Agreement and performance of its obligations
hereunder (except such additional steps, if any, as may be necessary to
qualify the Shares for public offering by the Underwriters under state
securities or Blue Sky laws) have been obtained or made and is in full force
and effect.

               (xiv)  The Company and each Subsidiary hold all material
licenses, authorizations, charters, certificates and/or permits from
governmental authorities which are necessary to the conduct of their
businesses and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received notice of
any proceeding relating to the revocation or modification of any of such
licenses, authorizations, charters, certificates or permits, which,
individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision,
would result in a Material Adverse Change.

               (xv)   Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants,
who have reported on the audited consolidated financial statements of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, filed with the Commission and included as part
of the Registration Statement and Prospectus, are independent public
accountants within the meaning of the
<PAGE>

Act, the Rules and Regulation S-X of the Commission and Rule 101 of the Code
of Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants.

               (xvi)   There are no agreements, contracts or other documents
of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or required by Form S-1 to be filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement or incorporated by reference in the Registration
Statement which are not described, filed or incorporated as required.

               (xvii)  No labor dispute exists or, to the Company's knowledge,
is imminent with the Company's employees or with employees of any Subsidiary
which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (xviii) Except as contemplated by Section 2 hereof and as
disclosed in the Prospectus and permitted by the Rules, the Company has not
taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or
which might reasonably be expected to, cause or result in a violation of
Section 5 of the Act, Rule 10b-6 or Rule 102 of Regulation M under the
Exchange Act, or otherwise in stabilization or manipulation of the price of
the Company's Common Stock.

               (xix)   The Company has delivered to you a true and complete
copy of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Genmar
Holdings, Inc., POS Acquisition Corporation, Pyramid Operating Systems, Inc.
("Pyramid") and the stockholders of Pyramid, dated June 18, 1999, and the
related attachments and exhibits (the "Pyramid Agreements"), which provide
for the acquisition by way of merger (the "Pyramid Merger") by the Company,
through a wholly-owned subsidiary (the "Merger Subsidiary"), of all of the
outstanding capital stock of Pyramid. Neither the Company nor the Merger
Subsidiary is in default under the terms of such Pyramid Agreements and, to
the Company's knowledge, neither Pyramid nor its stockholders are in default
under the terms of such Pyramid Agreements in any respect that is reasonably
likely to result in the Company's failure to consummate the acquisition
contemplated by the Pyramid Agreements on the Closing Date; all of the
material conditions to which the Pyramid Merger is subject have been
fulfilled, and the Company is unconditionally obligated and legally bound to
consummate the Pyramid Merger.

               (xx)    The Company and the Merger Subsidiary have the
requisite power and authority to enter into the Pyramid Agreements and
perform their obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance
of the Pyramid Agreements by the Company and the Merger Subsidiary have been
duly authorized and no further corporate action is necessary to authorize
such execution, delivery and performance. The Pyramid Agreements have been
duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Merger Subsidiary, are in
full force and effect and are valid and legally binding obligations of the
parties thereto enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject, as to
enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of
equity, and have not been amended or modified in any material respect.

               (xxi)   Except as contemplated by or otherwise disclosed in
the Pyramid Agreements: (a) the execution and delivery of the Pyramid
Agreements do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
thereby by the Company and the Merger Subsidiary will not, conflict with or
result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or
constitute a default under, the respective Certificates of Incorporation or
Bylaws of either of the Company or the Merger Subsidiary, or any agreement to
which either of the Company or the Merger Subsidiary is a party to or by
which the Company or the Merger Subsidiary is bound, or any law, statute,
rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree affecting either of the Company
or the Merger Subsidiary; and (b) no consent, authorization, approval, order,
license, certificate or permit of or from, or declaration of filing with, any
federal, state, local or other governmental authority or any court or other
tribunal and no consent, approval or waiver of any party to any agreement to
which the Company or the Merger Subsidiary is subject, is required for the
execution and delivery of the Pyramid Agreements or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated thereby.

               (xxii)  No action or proceedings have been instituted or
threatened before a court or other body or any public authority to restrict
or prohibit any of the transactions contemplated by the Pyramid Agreements.
<PAGE>

               (xxiii) Except for those matters which are specifically
disclosed in the Prospectus or which would not reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Change: (a) each of the Company and its
Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable environmental laws, rules
and regulations ("Environmental Laws"), (b) each of the Company and its
Subsidiaries has all environmental permits and approvals required to operate
their businesses as presently conducted or as reasonably anticipated to be
conducted, (c) neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries has received any
written, or to the Company's knowledge other, communication from a
governmental authority that alleges that such Company or Subsidiary is not in
compliance with all Environmental Laws, (d) to the Company's knowledge, there
are no circumstances that may prevent or interfere with such compliance in
the future, (e) there is no claim regarding environmental matters pending or,
to the Company's knowledge, threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary,
(f) there are no past or present actions, activities, circumstances,
conditions, events or incidents, including, without limitation, the release,
emission, discharge or disposal of any material or substance of environmental
concern, that could form the basis of any environmental claims against any of
the Company or its Subsidiaries; and (g) (1) there are no on-site or off-site
locations in which either of the Company or its Subsidiaries have stored,
disposed or arranged for the disposal of materials or substances of
environmental concern, (2) there are no underground storage tanks located on
property owned or leased by the Company or its Subsidiaries, (3) there is no
friable asbestos contained in or forming part of any building, building
component, structure or office space owned or leased by the Company or its
Subsidiaries, and (4) no polychlorinated biphenyls are used or stored at any
property owned or leased by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

               (xxiv)  Except for those matters which individually or in the
aggregate, have not resulted in or are not reasonably likely to result in a
Material Adverse Change, (a) the Company or its Subsidiaries own and possess
all right, title and interest in and to, or have a valid license to use, all
of their Intellectual Property (as defined below) free and clear of
encumbrances and other interests; (b) the Company or its Subsidiaries own and
possess all right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property
necessary or required for the use and operation of the Company's personal
property; (c) the Company or its Subsidiaries have full ownership rights and
interests in and to all of the trade secrets used in connection with their
personal property; (d) no claim by any third party contesting the validity,
enforceability, use or ownership of any Intellectual Property has been made
or, to the Company's knowledge, is threatened against the Company or any
affiliate of the Company; (e) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has
infringed or misappropriated any Intellectual Property and, to the Company's
knowledge, no such claim has been made or threatened against the Company or
any Subsidiary; (f) the Company has taken reasonable and prudent steps to
protect the Intellectual Property from infringement by any other individual
or entity; and (g) the operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries are not
reasonably likely to result in the infringement or misappropriation of any
Intellectual Property rights of third parties. As used in this Agreement,
"Intellectual Property" means: all patents, patent applications, patent
disclosures and inventions (whether or not patentable and whether or not
reduced to practice); all trade names, trademarks, trade dress, logos and all
goodwill associated therewith; all copyrights, copyrightable work, and mask
works; all registrations and applications and renewals for any of the
foregoing; all trade secrets, manufacturing and production processes and
techniques, technical and computer data, documentation and software, software
licenses, all tangible embodiments thereof. To the Company's knowledge, the
representations and warranties regarding Intellectual Property set forth in
Section 3.9 of the Pyramid Agreements are true and correct as of the date of
this Agreement.

               (xxv)   The Company has taken all requisite corporate and
other action to approve and adopt the spin-off to the Company's current
stockholders of all of the outstanding capital stock of its subsidiary,
Hatteras Yachts Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Hatteras Subsidiary")
which operates the Hatteras Yachts division of the Company (the "Hatteras
Spin-Off"), to be effective immediately prior to the Closing. In this regard,
the Company has delivered to you a true and complete copy of the Distribution
Agreement by and among the Company, Minstar, Inc., Genmar Industries, Inc.
and Hatteras Yachts, Inc.; the Capital Contribution Agreement between Genmar
Industries, Inc., and Hatteras Yachts, Inc.; and the Shareholders' Agreement
by and among Hatteras Yachts, Inc. and the Shareholders of Hatteras Yachts,
Inc., together with all related attachments and exhibits (the "Hatteras
Agreements"), which have been executed and delivered among the parties
thereto, and which provide for the Hatteras Spin-Off and contemplate certain
actions by each of the Company and the Hatteras Subsidiary at and after the
time of the Hatteras Spin-Off. Neither the Company nor the Hatteras
Subsidiary is in default under the terms of
<PAGE>

the Hatteras Agreements, and all of the material conditions to which the
Hatteras Spin-Off is subject have been fulfilled, except for the sale of the
Underwritten Shares by the Underwriters.

               (xxvi)   The Company and the Hatteras Subsidiary have the
requisite power and authority to enter into the Hatteras Agreements and
perform their obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance
of the Hatteras Agreements by the Company and the Hatteras Subsidiary have
been duly authorized and no further corporate action is necessary to
authorize such execution, delivery and performance. The Hatteras Agreements
have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Hatteras
Subsidiary, are in full force and effect and are valid and legally binding
obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms,
subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general
principles of equity, and have not been amended or modified in any material
respect.

               (xxvii)  Except as contemplated by or otherwise disclosed in
the Hatteras Agreements: (a) the execution and delivery of the Hatteras
Agreements do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
thereby by the Company and the Hatteras Subsidiary will not, conflict with or
result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or
constitute a default under, the respective certificates of incorporation or
bylaws of either the Company or the Hatteras Subsidiary, or any agreement to
which either the Company or the Hatteras Subsidiary is a party or by which
the Company or the Hatteras Subsidiary is bound, or any law, statute, rule,
regulation, order, judgment or decree affecting either the Company or the
Hatteras Subsidiary; and (b) no consent, authorization, approval, order,
license, certificate or permit of or from, or declaration of filing with, any
federal, state, local or other governmental authority or any court or other
tribunal and no consent, approval or waiver of any party to any agreement to
which the Company or the Hatteras Subsidiary is subject, is required for the
execution and delivery of the Hatteras Agreements or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated thereby.

               (xxviii) No action or proceedings have been instituted or
threatened before a court or other body or any public authority seeking to
restrict or prohibit any of the transactions contemplated by the Hatteras
Agreements.

               (xxix)   Upon completion of the Hatteras Spin-Off, the assets
and liabilities of the Hatteras Subsidiary will consist only of those assets
used in the operation of the Hatteras Yacht division of the Company, (the
"Hatteras Assets"), and those liabilities assigned to the Hatteras Subsidiary
by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Hatteras Agreements.

         (b)   Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and
delivered to you or counsel for the Representatives shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the
matters covered thereby.

         2.    PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF THE UNDERWRITTEN SHARES. On the
basis of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, and
subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to
sell each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter
agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase, at a price of $_______ per
share, the number of the Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of
each Underwriter in Schedule I attached hereto, subject to adjustment in
accordance with Section 10 hereof.

         Payment for the Underwritten Shares shall be made by wire transfer
of immediately available funds to a designated account of the Company, drawn
to the order of the Company, against delivery of certificates for the Shares
to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters. Delivery
of certificates shall be to the Representatives at 111 Center Street, Little
Rock, Arkansas 72201. Payment will be made at 111 Center Street, Little Rock,
Arkansas 72201, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the
Representatives and the Company, at _______, Central Time, on
________________, 1999 or at such other appropriate time and date as you and
the Company shall agree upon, such time and date of payment being herein
referred to as the "Closing Date." The certificates for the Underwritten
Shares will be delivered in such denominations and in such registrations as
the Representatives request in writing not later than the second full
business day prior to the Closing Date, and will be
<PAGE>

made available for inspection at such place as the Representatives may
reasonably request, at least one full business day prior to the Closing Date.

         In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties,
agreements and covenants herein contained and subject to the terms and
conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an Option to the
several Underwriters to purchase all or any part of the Option Shares at the
price per share as set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 2. The
Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time upon written notice
(or oral notice, subsequently confirmed in writing) given not more than
thirty (30) days following the date of commencement of the Public Offering,
by you, as the Representatives of the several Underwriters, to the Company
setting forth the number of Option Shares as to which the several
Underwriters are exercising the Option and the names and denominations in
which the Option Shares are to be registered. The date of delivery and
payment for the Option Shares (the "Option Closing Date"), if any, shall
occur no later than three business days following the date upon which notice
of exercise of the Option is given to the Company. The number of Option
Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be in the same proportion as
the total number of Underwritten Shares being purchased by such Underwriter
bears to the total number of Underwritten Shares being purchased by all
Underwriters, adjusted by you in such manner to avoid fractional shares. The
Option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the
Underwritten Shares by the Underwriters. You, as the Representatives of the
several Underwriters, may cancel such Option at any time prior to its
expiration by giving written notice (or oral notice, subsequently confirmed
in writing) of such cancellation to the Company. To the extent, if any, that
the Option is exercised, payment for the Option Shares shall be made at such
closing on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to a designated account of the Company, drawn to the order of the
Company. Certificates for the Option Shares shall be delivered in the same
manner and upon the same terms as the Underwritten Shares.

         3.    OFFERING BY THE UNDERWRITERS. It is understood that the Public
Offering of the Underwritten Shares is to be made as soon as the
Representatives deem it advisable to do so after the Registration Statement
has become effective. The Underwritten Shares are to be initially offered to
the public at the public offering price set forth in the Prospectus. The
Representatives may from time to time thereafter change the public offering
price and other selling terms. To the extent, if at all, that any Option
Shares are purchased pursuant to Section 2 hereof, the Underwriters will
offer them to the public on the foregoing terms.

         It is further understood that you will act as the Representatives
for the Underwriters in the offering and sale of the Shares, in accordance
with an Agreement Among Underwriters which has been entered into among you
and the several other Underwriters.

         4.    COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

         (a)   The Company covenants and agrees with each of the several
Underwriters that:

               (i)    The Company will use its best efforts to cause the
Registration Statement to become effective and will not, either before or
after effectiveness, file any amendment thereto or supplement to the
Prospectus (including a Prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) which
differs from the Prospectus on file at the time the Registration Statement
becomes effective) of which the Representatives shall not previously have
been advised and furnished with a copy or to which the Representatives shall
have reasonably objected in writing or which is not in compliance with the
Act or Rules.

               (ii)   The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of
any request of the Commission or other securities regulatory agency ("Other
Securities Regulator") for amendment of the Registration Statement or for
supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, or of the
issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of
the Registration Statement or the use of the Prospectus or of the institution
of any proceedings for that purpose, or comparable action taken or initiated
by any Other Securities Regulator, and the Company will use its best efforts
to prevent the issuance of any such stop order preventing or suspending the
use of the Prospectus and to obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof,
if issued.
<PAGE>

               (iii)  The Company will cooperate with the Representatives in
endeavoring to qualify the Shares for sale under the securities laws of such
jurisdictions (including foreign jurisdictions) as the Representatives
reasonably may have designated in writing, and will make such applications,
file such documents, and furnish such information as may be reasonably
required for that purpose; PROVIDED HOWEVER, the Company shall not be
required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to
service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not so qualified or
required to file such a consent. The Company will, from time to time, prepare
and file such statements, reports, and other documents, as are or may be
reasonably required to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a
period as the Representatives may reasonably request for distribution of the
Shares.

               (iv)   The Company will deliver to, or upon the order of, the
Representatives, from time to time, as many copies of any preliminary
prospectus as the Representatives may reasonably request. The Company will
deliver to, or upon the order of, the Representatives on the Effective Date
and thereafter from time to time during the period when delivery of a
Prospectus is required under the Act as many copies of the Prospectus in
final form, or as thereafter amended or supplemented, as the Representatives
may reasonably request. The Company will deliver to the Representatives at or
before the Closing Date such number of copies of the Registration Statement,
with and without exhibits, and of all amendments thereto, as the
Representatives may reasonably request.

               (v)    During the period of time in which a Prospectus
relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered, the Company shall
comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, as now and hereafter
amended, and by the Rules, as from time to time in force, so far as is
necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Shares as
contemplated by the provisions hereof and the Prospectus. If, during the
period in which a Prospectus is required by law to be delivered, any event
shall occur as a result of which, in the judgment of the Company or in the
opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it becomes necessary to supplement
the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is delivered to a
purchaser, not misleading, or, if it is necessary at any time to amend or
supplement the Prospectus to comply with any law, the Company will promptly
notify the Representatives and, subject to the Representatives' prior review,
prepare and file with the Commission and any appropriate Other Securities
Regulator an appropriate supplement to the Prospectus (at the expense of the
Company) so that the Prospectus as so supplemented will not, in light of the
circumstances when it is so delivered, be misleading, or so that the
Prospectus will comply with the law.

               (vi)   The Company will make generally available (within the
meaning of Section 11(a) of the Act) to its stockholders in the manner
contemplated by Rule 158(b) under the Act, as soon as it is practicable to do
so, but in any event not later than the forty-fifth day after the fiscal
quarter first occurring one year after the Effective Date, an earnings
statement (which need not be audited) in reasonable detail, covering a period
of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the Effective Date,
which earnings statement shall satisfy the requirements of Section 11(a) of
the Act.

               (vii)  During the three year period immediately following the
date hereof, the Company will furnish to its stockholders, as soon as
practicable after the end of each respective period, annual reports
(including consolidated financial statements audited by independent public
accountants) and unaudited quarterly reports of consolidated earnings, and
will furnish to the Representatives: (a) concurrently with furnishing such
reports to its stockholders, consolidated statements of income of the Company
and its Subsidiaries for each period in the form furnished to the Company's
stockholders and certified by the Company's principal financial or accounting
officer; (b) concurrently with furnishing to its stockholders, a consolidated
balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such fiscal year, together with
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the
Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail
and accompanied by a copy of the certificate or report thereon of independent
public accountants; (c) as soon as they are available, copies of all reports
(financial or other) mailed to stockholders; (d) as soon as they are
available, copies of all reports and financial statements furnished to or
filed with the Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. ("NASD") or any securities exchange; (e) every press release released by
the Company; and (f) any additional information of a public nature concerning
the Company or its business which the Representatives may reasonably request.
<PAGE>

               (viii) As soon as the Company is advised thereof, it will
advise the Representatives, and confirm the advice in writing, that the
Registration Statement and any amendments shall have become effective.

               (ix)   The Company will use the net proceeds from the sale of
the Shares in the manner set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Use
of Proceeds" and shall file such reports with the Commission with respect to
the sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may
be required in accordance with Rule 463 under the Act.

               (x)    Other than as permitted by the Act and the Rules, the
Company will not distribute any prospectus or offering materials in
connection with the offering and sale of the Shares and prior to the Closing
Date or, if applicable, the Option Closing Date, will not issue any press
releases or other communications directly or indirectly, and will hold no
press conferences with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the
financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, assets or
liabilities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or the offering of the
Shares, without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

               (xi)   The Company will maintain an independent institutional
transfer agent and, if required by the jurisdiction of incorporation of the
Company, a registrar for its Common Stock and will, as of the Effective Date,
obtain approval for and use its best efforts to maintain the quotation of the
Shares on the Nasdaq National Market.

               (xii)  The Company will not, for a period of 180 days after
the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, offer to sell, contract to
sell, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of the Company's Common Stock
or securities convertible into shares of the Company's Common Stock without
the prior written consent of Stephens Inc. Further, the Company will cause
each officer and director of the Company, and each of the members of the
respective groups of affiliated persons listed as principal stockholders of
the Company under the caption "Principal Stockholders" in the Prospectus to
furnish to the Representatives on or prior to the execution of this
Agreement, a letter or letters in form and substance satisfactory to counsel
for Underwriters, pursuant to which each such person shall agree not to offer
for sale, sell, distribute or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock
of the Company during the 180 days following the Effective Date, except with
the prior written consent of Stephens Inc.

         The foregoing covenants and agreements shall apply to any successor
of the Company, including without limitation, any entity into which the
Company might be converted, consolidated or merged.

         5.    COSTS AND EXPENSES. Whether or not the Registration Statement
becomes effective, the Company will pay all costs, expenses and fees incident
to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement,
including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:
accounting fees of the Company; the fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Company; the cost of printing and delivering to Underwriters copies of the
Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, this
Agreement, the Agreement Among Underwriters, the Selected Dealer Agreement,
the Underwriters' Questionnaire and Power of Attorney, and any blue sky
survey and any supplements thereto; the filing fees of the Commission; the
filing fees and expenses incident to securing any required review by the SEC
and the NASD of the terms of the sale of the Shares; any applicable listing
fees; the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares; the cost and
charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and the expenses, including the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, incurred
in connection with the qualification or exemption of the Shares under
applicable blue sky laws and the laws of any foreign jurisdiction. Any
transfer taxes imposed on the sale of the Shares to the Underwriters will be
paid by the Company. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for
any of the Underwriters' expenses (other than those related to qualification
or exemption under blue sky and foreign laws) except that, if this Agreement
shall not be consummated because the conditions in Section 7 hereof are not
satisfied, or because this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives
pursuant to Section 6 hereof unless such termination results from a failure
to satisfy a condition due to the default or omission of any Underwriter
(including any default under Section 10 hereof), or by reason of any failure,
refusal or inability on the part of the Company to perform any undertaking or
satisfy any condition of this Agreement or to comply with any of the terms
hereof on their part to be performed, unless such failure to satisfy said
condition or to comply with said terms is due to the default or omission
<PAGE>

of any Underwriter (including any default under Section 10 hereof), then the
Company shall reimburse the several Underwriters for all of their
out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and out-of-pocket
expenses, reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, marketing and
proposing to market the Shares or in contemplation of performing their
obligations hereunder, but the Company shall not in any event be liable to
any of the several Underwriters for damages on account of loss of anticipated
profits from the sale by them of the Shares.

         6.    CONDITIONS OF OBLIGATIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS. The obligations
of the several Underwriters are subject to the accuracy, as of the Closing
Date and as of the Option Closing Date, of the representations and warranties
of the Company contained herein, and to the performance by the Company of its
obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

         (a)   The Registration Statement shall have become effective not
later than _________, Central Time, on ____________, 1999, unless a later
time and date is agreed to by the Representatives, and no stop order or other
order suspending the effectiveness thereof or the qualification of the Shares
under any blue sky laws or the laws of any foreign jurisdiction shall have
been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been taken or, to
the knowledge of the Company, shall be contemplated or threatened by the
Commission or any Other Securities Regulator. If the Company has elected to
rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules, the price of the Shares and any
price-related information previously omitted from the effective Registration
Statement pursuant to such Rule 430A shall have been transmitted to the
Commission for filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Act within the
prescribed time period, and prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have
provided evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing,
or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been
promptly filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of
Rule 430A under the Act. All requests for additional information on the part
of the Commission or any other government or regulatory authority with
jurisdiction (to be included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or
otherwise) shall be complied with to the satisfaction of the Commission or
such authorities.

         (b)   The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date
and on the Option Closing Date the opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges, counsel
for the Company, dated the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the
case may be, addressed to the Underwriters in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Giroir, Gregory, Holmes & Hoover, plc, counsel to
Underwriters, to the effect that:

               (i)    The Company is validly existing as a corporation in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with full corporate
power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as
described in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement; each of the
Subsidiaries is validly existing as a corporation or other lawfully organized
entity in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has
corporate and other power and authority to own or lease its properties and
conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and the Registration
Statement; each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly qualified to
transact business in all jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business
or the ownership of the properties requires such qualification; all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of each
Subsidiary are owned by the Company and have been validly authorized and
issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; and except as set forth in the
Prospectus and the Registration Statement no options, warrants or other
rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue or other rights
to convert any obligations into any shares of capital stock or other
ownership interests in the Subsidiaries are outstanding.

               (ii)   The Company has authorized the capital stock set forth
under the caption "Description of Capital Stock" in the Prospectus; the
outstanding shares of its capital stock have been duly authorized and validly
issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; all of the Shares conform to
the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; the Underwritten Shares,
and the portion of the Option Shares, if any, to be sold pursuant to this
Agreement have been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid
and non-assessable when issued and paid for as contemplated by this
Agreement, and free from preemptive rights pursuant to the Company's Restated
Certificate of Incorporation or law.
<PAGE>

               (iii)  The Registration Statement has become effective under
the Act, and such counsel is not aware of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement. To such counsel's knowledge, no
proceedings therefor have been initiated or overtly threatened by the
Commission and any required filing of the Prospectus and any supplement
thereto pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act has been made in the manner and
within the time period required by such Rule.

               (iv)   The Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply as
to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the
Rules (except that such counsel need not express any opinion as to the
financial statements, schedules and notes thereto and the other financial,
statistical and accounting information included therein).

               (v)    The information required to be set forth in the
Registration Statement in answer to each of the Items of Form S-1 is
accurately and adequately set forth in all material respects or no response
is required with respect to such Items. The statements in the Registration
Statement under the captions "The Company - Recent Acquisitions," "Business
Patents and Trademarks," "Business - Regulation and Environmental," "Business
Legal Proceedings," "Management-Director Compensation" "Management-Certain
Stock-Based Compensation," "ManagementRetention Bonus Agreements,"
"Management - Management Incentive Plan," "Management - Senior Executive
Option Grants," "Management -Stock Awards and Plans," "Management -
Retirement Plans and Insurance," "Management Executive Severance Plan,"
"Certain Transactions" and "Description of Capital Stock," in each case
insofar as such statements constitute summaries of the legal matters,
documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present the information
called for with respect to such legal matters, documents and proceedings and
fairly summarize the matters referred to therein in all material respects.

               (vi)   To such counsel's knowledge there are no legal or
governmental proceedings pending or overtly threatened to which the Company
or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject that are required to be
described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so
described. There are no contracts or other documents that are required to be
described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not so described or filed as
required.

               (vii)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding obligation of the Company
enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization,
moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights and remedies
generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of
equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and
fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at
law or in equity) and except that rights to indemnification and contribution
thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws or public
policy relating thereto.

               (viii) The execution and delivery by the Company of this
Agreement and the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder
will not result in the creation of any lien, charge or claim upon any
property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary nor will such actions
conflict with or constitute a default under or violate (i) any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any
certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or its Subsidiaries,
(ii) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any material document,
agreement or other instrument known to such counsel to which the Company or
its Subsidiaries is a party or by which they are bound, (iii) New York,
Delaware or federal law or regulation (other than state securities or blue
sky laws, as to which such counsel need not express any opinion in this
paragraph), or (iv) any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling
known to such counsel of any court or governmental authority binding on the
Company.

               (ix)   No consent, approval, waiver, license or authorization
or other action by or filing with any New York, Delaware or federal
governmental authority is required in connection with the execution and
delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the consummation by the Company of
the transactions contemplated hereby or the performance by the Company of its
obligations hereunder, except for filings and other actions required
<PAGE>

pursuant to the Act and/or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder and state securities or blue sky
laws, as to which such counsel need not express any opinion in this
paragraph, and those already obtained.

               (x)    The Hatteras Agreements have been duly and validly
executed and delivered by the Company and the Hatteras Subsidiary and
(assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by each of
the other parties thereto) constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Company and the Hatteras Subsidiary, enforceable against each of the
Company and the Hatteras Subsidiary in accordance with their terms, subject
to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization,
moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights and remedies
generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of
equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and
fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at
law or in equity and except that (A) rights to indemnification and
contribution thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws or
public policy relating thereto, (B) no opinion is expressed with respect to
Section ________ of the _______ Agreement, and (C) certain remedial
provisions of the Hatteras Agreements are or may be unenforceable in whole or
in part under the laws of the State of New York, but the inclusion of such
provisions does not affect the validity of the Hatteras Agreements, and the
Hatteras Agreements contain adequate provisions for the practical realization
of the rights and benefits afforded thereby.

               (xi)   Except as contemplated by or otherwise disclosed in the
Hatteras Agreements: (a) neither the Company nor the Hatteras Subsidiary is,
or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be in violation
of or in default under, nor will the execution or delivery of the Hatteras
Agreements and the performance of the Company and the Hatteras Subsidiary of
its obligations thereunder, result in a violation of, or constitute a default
under, the respective certificates of incorporation or bylaws of either of
the Company or the Hatteras Subsidiary, or any material agreement known to
such counsel, to which the Company or the Hatteras Subsidiary is a party or
by which either of then is bound or to which any of their properties is
subject, nor will the performance of the Company or the Hatteras Subsidiary
of its obligations under the Hatteras Agreements violate (i) any federal, New
York or Delaware corporate law, rule or administrative regulation or (ii) any
decree of any court or any governmental agency or body having jurisdiction
over the Company, the Hatteras Subsidiary or their properties; and (b) no
approval, consent, order, authorization, designation, declaration or filing
by or with any regulatory administrative or other governmental body is
necessary under federal or New York law or the corporate laws of the State of
Delaware in connection with the execution and delivery of the Hatteras
Agreements (other than required by applicable blue sky laws or the laws of
any foreign jurisdiction, as to which such counsel need not express any
opinion) except such as have been obtained or made, specifying the same.

               (xii)  To the knowledge of such counsel, there are no legal or
governmental proceedings pending or overtly threatened to which the Company
or the Hatteras Subsidiary is a party seeking to restrict or prohibit any of
the transactions contemplated by the Hatteras Agreements.

               (xiii) The transfer by the Company of the Hatteras Assets to
the Hatteras Subsidiary, solely in exchange for the capital stock of the
Hatteras Subsidiary, and the assumption by the Hatteras Subsidiary of the
liabilities of the Company incurred in connection with the Hatteras Yacht
division operated by the Company, followed by the Company's distribution of
the capital stock of the Hatteras Subsidiary to the current stockholders of
the Company, constitute a reorganization with the meaning of Section
368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.

               (xiv)  Each of the Company and Hatteras is a party to a
reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.

               (xv)   The Company, under Section 361(a) of the Code, will
recognize no gain or loss upon or by reason of the transfer of the Hatteras
Assets to the Hatteras Subsidiary, solely in exchange for the stock of the
Hatteras Subsidiary and the assumption by the Hatteras Subsidiary of the
liabilities of the Company incurred in connection with the operations of the
Hatteras Yacht division operated by the Company.

               (xvi)  The Company, under Section 361(c)(1) of the Code, will
recognize no gain or loss upon or by reason of the distribution of all the
Hatteras Subsidiary stock to the Company's stockholders.
<PAGE>

               (xvii)  Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no holders of
Common Stock or other securities of the Company have registration rights with
respect to such securities.

               (xviii) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, any holders of
securities of the Company who have or upon the Closing will have rights to
the registration of shares of Common Stock or other securities because of the
filing of the Registration Statement by the Company, have waived such rights
in writing.

                       In addition to the matters set forth above, such
opinion shall also include a statement to the effect that such counsel has
participated in conferences with directors, officers and other
representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent public
accountants for the Company, representatives of the Underwriters and
representatives of counsel for the Underwriters, at which conferences the
contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and related matters
were discussed, and, although such counsel has not independently verified and
need not pass upon and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy,
completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, no facts have come to its attention which lead it
to believe that the Registration Statement, on the effective date thereof,
contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements contained therein not misleading or that the Prospectus, on the
date thereof or on the date hereof, contained or contains an untrue statement
of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (it
being understood that such counsel need not express any view with respect to
the financial statements and related notes, the financial statement schedules
and the other financial ,statistical and accounting data included in the
Registration Statement or Prospectus).

         Such opinion shall be to such further effect with respect to other
legal matters relating to this Agreement as Giroir, Gregory, Holmes & Hoover,
plc, counsel to the Underwriters, may reasonably request.

         (c)   The Representatives shall have received from Giroir, Gregory,
Holmes & Hoover, plc, counsel to the Underwriters, an opinion dated the
Closing Date, substantially to the effects specified in subparagraphs (iii)
and (iv) of paragraph (b) of this Section 6. In addition to the matters set
forth above, such opinion shall also include a statement to the effect that
such counsel has participated in conferences with directors, officers and
other representatives of the Company, representatives of counsel for the
Company, representatives of the independent public accountants for the
Company and representatives of the Underwriters at which conferences the
contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and related matters
were discussed, and, although such counsel has not independently verified and
need not pass upon and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy,
completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, no facts have come to its attention which lead it
to believe that the Registration Statement, on the effective date thereof,
contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements contained therein not misleading or that the Prospectus, on the
date thereof or on the date hereof, contained or contains an untrue statement
of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (it
being understood that such counsel need not express any view with respect to
the financial statements and related notes, the financial statement schedules
and the other financial, statistical and accounting data included in the
Registration Statement or Prospectus).

         (d)   The Representatives shall have received from Mary P.
McConnell, Esq., Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel for the
Company, an opinion dated the Closing Date, and on the Option Closing Date,
as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Giroir,
Gregory, Holmes & Hoover, plc, counsel to the Underwriters substantially to
the effect specified in subparagraph (xxiii) of paragraph (a) of Section 1
above.

         (e)   The Representatives shall have received from Briggs and
Morgan, P.A., Counsel to the Company, an opinion dated the Closing Date, and
on the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance
<PAGE>

reasonably satisfactory to Giroir, Gregory, Holmes & Hoover, plc, counsel to
the Underwriters, substantially to the effect specified in subparagraphs
(xix)-(xxii), inclusive, of paragraph (a) of Section 1 above.

         (f)   The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date,
and on the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, signed letters from
Arthur Andersen LLP addressed to the Underwriters dated as of the Effective
Date and again dated as of the Closing Date and as of the Option Closing
Date, as the case may be, with respect to the financial statements and
certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus. All such letters shall be in form and substance satisfactory to
the Representatives and Giroir, Gregory, Holmes & Hoover, plc, counsel to the
Underwriters.

         (g)   The Representatives shall have received a signed letter from
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, stating that their
review of the Company's system of internal accounting controls to the extent
they deemed necessary in establishing the scope of their examination of the
Company's consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 1999 did not
disclose any weakness in internal controls that they considered to be a
material weakness.

         (h)   The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date,
and on the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate or
certificates of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer
of the Company to the effect that, as of the Closing Date and on the Option
Closing Date, as the case may be, each of them severally certifies as follows:

               (i)    (A) The representations and warranties of the Company
in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date, and on
the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and (B) the Company has complied
with all the agreements and has satisfied all of the conditions on its part
to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date, and at or prior
to the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

               (ii)   (A) The Registration Statement has become effective
under the Act; (B) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement or the use or effectiveness of the Prospectus has been
issued; (C) no proceedings for such purpose have been taken or, to his
knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission or any Other Securities
Regulator; and (D) all requests for additional information on the part of the
Commission or any Other Securities Regulator have been complied with.

               (iii)  No litigation has been instituted or, to the best of
his knowledge, threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary of a
character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement which is not
so disclosed; there is no contract required to be filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement which is not so filed.

               (iv)   He has carefully examined the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus and in his opinion, on the Effective Date: (A) the
statements contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were
true and correct, (B) such Registration Statement and Prospectus did not omit
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order
to make the statements therein not misleading and (C) since the Effective
Date, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement
to or an amendment to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order
to render any statement contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus
not misleading, which has not been so set forth in such supplement or
amendment.

         (i)   At or prior to the Closing Date, the Board of Directors of the
Company shall have adopted a resolution to the effect that effective upon
completion of the Offering, all material affiliate transactions between the
Company or its Subsidiaries and the Company's officers, directors, principal
stockholders and other affiliates shall be subject to the approval of a
majority of the Company's disinterested directors and shall be on terms no
less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated third
parties.

         (j)   The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such
additional information and further certificates and documents confirming the
representations and warranties contained herein and related matters as the
Representatives may reasonably have requested.
<PAGE>

         (k)   Since the respective dates as of which information is given in
the Prospectus, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Change
whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

         (l)   The Shares shall have been approved for trading on the Nasdaq
National Market.

         (m)   The Company shall have consummated the Hatteras Spin-Off in
compliance with the terms and conditions of the Hatteras Agreements and as
described in the Prospectus.

         (n)   The Company shall have consummated the Pyramid Merger by a
closing into escrow, subject only to the filing of the Certificate of Merger
and release of escrow on the Closing Date, and the Certificate of Merger
shall have been duly filed and the escrow released prior to the Closing.

         (o)   The Representatives shall have received from Merchant & Gould,
Intellectual Property Counsel to the Company, an opinion dated the Closing
Date, and on the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Giroir, Gregory, Holmes & Hoover, plc,
counsel to the Underwriters substantially to the effect specified in
subparagraph (xxiv) of paragraph (a) of Section 1above and to such further
effect as Giroir, Gregory, Holmes & Hoover, plc may reasonably request.

         The opinions and certificates mentioned in this Agreement shall be
deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in all
material respects satisfactory to the Representatives and Giroir, Gregory,
Holmes & Hoover, plc, counsel for the Underwriters.

         If any of the conditions hereinabove provided for in this Section 6
shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement to be
fulfilled, the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be terminated by
the Representatives by notifying the Company of such termination in writing
or by confirmed telefax at or prior to the Closing Date. In such event, the
Company and the Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to each other
(except to the extent provided in Sections 5 and 8 hereof).

         7.    CONDITIONS OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY. The obligations
of the Company to sell and deliver the Shares are subject to the conditions
that (a) at or before __________, Central Time, on _____________, or such
later time and date as the Company and the Representatives may from time to
time consent to in writing or by confirmed telefax, the Registration
Statement shall have become effective, and (b) at the Closing Date no stop
order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have
been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened. If either of the
Conditions hereinabove provided for in this Section 7 shall not have been
fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement to be fulfilled, this
Agreement may be terminated by the Company by notifying the Representatives
of such termination in writing or by confirmed facsimile at or prior to the
Closing Date.
<PAGE>

         8.    INDEMNIFICATION.

         (a)   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Act and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act from
and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or
several, and expenses (including costs of investigation and legal expenses)
to which such Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject under
the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, joint or several, and expenses (or actions or
proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of
the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading; provided, HOWEVER, that the Company will not be liable under this
Section 8(a) to any Underwriter in any such case to the extent that any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arise out of or is based upon an
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission
made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the
Prospectus, or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or through
the Representatives specifically for use in the preparation thereof and
provided, further, that with respect to any preliminary prospectus, such
indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter or controlling
person if the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or expenses purchased the Shares that are the subject thereof from such
Underwriter and if such person was not sent or given a copy of the Prospectus
at or prior to confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person in any
case where such sending or giving is required by the Act and the untrue
statement or omission of a material fact contained in such preliminary
prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus. This indemnity agreement will be
in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

         (b)   Each Underwriter severally, but not jointly, agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its
officers who have signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any,
who controls the Company, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, joint or several, and expenses to which the Company or
any such director, officer, or controlling person may become subject, under
the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and expenses (or actions or proceedings in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement,
any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission
to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of
the circumstance under which they were made) not misleading; provided,
however, that each Underwriter will be liable under this Section 8(b) in any
such case only to the extent that such untrue statement, or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission has been made in the Registration
Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, or such amendment or
supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by or through the Representatives expressly for use
in the preparation thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to
any liability which such Underwriter may otherwise have.

         (c)   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding, such
indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
an indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the
indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have
to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8, and then only
to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by the
omission of such notification. In case any such action or proceeding is
brought against any party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate
therein, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other
indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof with
counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the
indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the
defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses
subsequently
<PAGE>

incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof
other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall,
without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any
settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any
indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been
sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes
an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on
claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. Any indemnified party
shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel
shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment
of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the
indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the
defense and employ counsel, or (iii) the named parties to any such action
(including any impleaded parties) include such indemnified party and the
indemnifying party, as the case may be, and such indemnified party shall have
been advised in writing by such counsel that there may be one or more legal
defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those
available to the indemnifying party, in which case the indemnifying party
shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of
such indemnified party, it being understood, however, that (A) the
indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or
separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same
jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be
liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys
(in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified party, which firm
shall be designated in writing by the indemnified party, and that (B) all
such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Subject to
the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(c), the indemnifying party shall
not be liable for the costs and expenses of any settlement of any action
without the consent of the indemnifying party.

         (d)   In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in
circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
for any reason held to be unavailable to an indemnified party under
subsection (a) or (b) above in respect to any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable
indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the
offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above
is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but
also the relative fault of the parties in connection with the statements or
omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the
Underwriters, on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion
as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and
commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company bears to
the underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The
relative fault of a party shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or
the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by each party and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of
the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall
be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred
by such party in connection with investigating or defending any such action
or claim.

         The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro
rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of
the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding
paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Underwriter
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which
the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the
public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such
Underwriters have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this
subsection (d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to their
respective underwriting obligations and not joint.
<PAGE>

         (e)   In any proceeding relating to the Registration Statement, any
preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any supplement or amendment
thereto, each party against whom contribution may be sought under this
Section 8 hereby consents to the jurisdiction of any court having
jurisdiction over any other contributing party, agrees that process issuing
from such court may be served upon him or it by any other contributing party
and consents to the service of such process and agrees that any other
contributing party may join him or it as an additional defendant in any such
proceeding in which such other contributing party is a party.

         9.    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE
DELIVERY. All representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and
officers of the Company contained herein or in certificates delivered
pursuant hereto, and the indemnity and contribution agreements contained in
Section 8 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriters or
any controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Company or any of its
officers, directors or controlling persons, and shall survive delivery of the
Underwritten Shares and, as applicable, the Option Shares to the
Representatives or termination of this Agreement.

         10.   DEFAULT BY UNDERWRITERS. If any Underwriter shall fail to
purchase and pay for the Shares which such Underwriter has agreed to purchase
and pay for hereunder (otherwise than by reason of any default on the part of
the Company), you, as the Representatives of the Underwriters, shall use your
best efforts to procure within twenty-four hours thereafter one or more of
the other Underwriters, or any others, to purchase from the Company such
amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms set forth herein, the Shares
which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters failed to purchase. If
during such twenty-four hours you, as such Representatives, shall not have
procured such other Underwriters, or any others, to purchase the Shares
agreed to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then
(a) if the aggregate number of Shares that the defaulting Underwriter agreed
to but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the Shares which the
Underwriters are obligated to purchase hereby, the other Underwriters shall
be obligated, severally, in proportion to the respective number of shares
which they are obligated to purchase hereunder, to purchase the Shares which
such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters failed to purchase, or (b) if the
aggregate number of Shares with respect with which such default shall occur
exceeds 10% of the Company's Common Stock covered hereby, the Company or you,
as the Representatives of the Underwriters will have the right, by written
notice given within the next twenty-four hour period to the parties to this
Agreement, to terminate this Agreement without liability on the part of the
non-defaulting Underwriters or of the Company except to the extent provided
in Section 8 hereof. In the event of a default by any Underwriter or
Underwriters, as set forth in this Section 10, the time of closing may be
postponed for such period, not to exceed seven days, as you, as the
Representatives, may determine in order that the required changes in the
Registration Statement or in the Prospectus or in any other documents or
arrangements may be effected. The term "Underwriters" includes any person
substituted for a defaulting Underwriter. Any action taken under this Section
10 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of
any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

         11.   NOTICES. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and,
except as otherwise provided herein, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed
and confirmed as follows: if to the Representatives of the Underwriters, to
Stephens Inc., 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, Attention: W.
Scott Davis, Head of Syndicate & Capital Markets, and to U.S. Bancorp Piper
Jaffray Inc., 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402,
Attention: Rick Hines, with a copy to Giroir, Gregory, Holmes & Hoover, plc,
111 Center Street, Suite 1900, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, Attention: H.
Watt Gregory, III; if to the Company: to Genmar Holdings, Inc., 100 South
Fifth Street, Suite 2400, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, Attention: Mary P.
McConnell, Esq., Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, with a
copy to Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York
10153-0119, Attention: Stephen M. Besen, Esq.

         12.   TERMINATION. This Agreement may be terminated by notice to the
Company as follows:

         (a)   at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the time the Shares
are released by you for sale by notice to the Underwriters, or (ii) ________,
Central Time, on ________________________________________;
<PAGE>

         (b)   at any time prior to the Closing Date if any of the following
has occurred: (i) since the respective dates as of which information is given
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Change
or a development involving a prospective Material Adverse Change, whether or
not arising in the ordinary course of business, which would, in your
reasonable judgment, materially impair the investment quality of the Shares,
(ii) any outbreak of hostilities or other national or international calamity
or crisis or change in economic or political conditions if the effect of such
outbreak, calamity, crisis or change on the financial markets of the United
States would, in your reasonable judgment, make the offering or delivery of
the Shares impracticable, (iii) general suspension of trading or general
trading halts in securities on the New York Stock Exchange, the American
Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq National Market or the over-the-counter market or
limitation on prices (other than limitations on hours or numbers of days or
trading) for securities on either such Exchange, the Nasdaq National Market
or the over-the-counter market, (iv) the enactment, publication, decree or
other promulgation of any federal or state statute, regulation, rule or order
of any court or other governmental authority which in your reasonable opinion
materially and adversely affects or will materially or adversely affect the
business, business prospects or operations of the Company, (v) declaration of
a banking moratorium by either federal or state authorities, or (vi) the
taking of any action by any federal, state or local government or agency in
respect of its monetary or fiscal affairs which in your reasonable opinion
has a material adverse effect on the securities markets in the United States;
or

         (c)   as provided in Sections 6 and 10 of this Agreement.

         13.   SUCCESSORS. This Agreement has been and is made solely for the
benefit of the Underwriters, the Company and their respective successors,
executors, administrators, heirs, and assigns, and the officers, directors
and controlling persons referred to herein, and no other person will have any
right or obligation hereunder The term "Successors" shall not include any
purchaser of the Shares merely because of such purchase.

         14.   MISCELLANEOUS. The reimbursement, indemnification and
contribution agreements contained in this Agreement and the representations,
warranties and covenants of the Company in this Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect regardless of (a) any termination of this Agreement,
(b) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or controlling
person or (c) delivery of any payment for the Shares under this Agreement.

         This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

         This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Arkansas, without giving effect to the choice
of law or conflict of law principles thereof.

         If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicates hereof,
whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Company and the
several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.


                                       Very truly yours,

                                       GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.



                                       By:_____________________________________
                                       Its:____________________________________


<PAGE>

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement
is hereby confirmed and accepted as
of the date first above written.

STEPHENS INC.
U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
  as Representatives of the several Underwriters
  named in Schedule I hereto

By:      STEPHENS INC.

         By: ___________________________
                  Authorized Officer

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                               No. of Underwritten Shares
- ----                               --------------------------
<S>                                <C>
Stephens Inc.
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.

[list additional Underwriters]



Total
- -----

</TABLE>



<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

List of Subsidiaries
- --------------------
<S><C>


</TABLE>



<PAGE>


                                AMENDED AND RESTATED

                            CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                         OF

                               GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.

                              (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


          GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

          A.   The name of the corporation is Genmar Holdings, Inc.  The
corporation was originally incorporated under the name Genmar Holdings, Inc.
and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 29, 1994.

          B.   Pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law and duly adopted in accordance therewith, this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends
the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation.

          C.   The text of the Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore
amended or supplemented is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read
as follows:

          FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is Genmar Holdings, Inc. (the
"Corporation").

          SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in
the State of Delaware is c/o CT Corporation System, 1209 Orange Street, City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.  The name of the registered
agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is CT
Corporation System.

          THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as from time to time amended (the
"DGCL").

          FOURTH:  (a)  The total number of shares of capital stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 202,000,000, 200,000,000 of which
shares shall be common stock having a par value of $0.01 per share ("Common
Stock") and 2,000,000 of which shares shall be preferred stock having a par
value of $0.01 per share.

<PAGE>

          (b)  Upon the filing in the Office of the Secretary of the State of
Delaware of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each
share of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the filing
of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall thereby be
reclassified as, converted to and exchanged for, nine shares of Common Stock.
Only whole shares of Common Stock will be issued.  Stockholders entitled to
receive fractional shares of Common Stock shall receive, in lieu thereof, a
cash payment equal to the fair value of such fractional share of Common Stock.

          (c)  DESIGNATION OF PREFERRED STOCK TERMS.  The Preferred Stock may
be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors is
hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in
series and, by filing a certificate pursuant to the DGCL (hereinafter
referred to as a "Preferred Stock Designation"), to establish from time to
time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the
designation, powers, privileges, preferences and rights of the shares of each
such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon.
The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall
include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

               1.  the designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing
number, letter or title;

               2.  the number of shares of the series, which number the Board of
Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock
Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof
then outstanding) in the manner permitted by law;

               3.  the rate of any dividends (or method of determining the
dividends) payable to the holders of the shares of such series, any conditions
upon which such dividends shall be paid and the date or dates or the method for
determining the date or dates upon which such dividends shall be payable;

               4.  whether dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or
noncumulative, and, in the case of shares of any series having cumulative
dividend rights, the date or dates or method of determining the date or dates
from which dividends on the shares of such series shall cumulate;

               5.  if the shares of such series may be redeemed by the
Corporation, the price or prices (or method of determining such price or prices)
at which, the form of payment of such price or prices (which may be cash,
property or rights, including securities of the Corporation or of another
corporation or other entity) for which, the period or periods within which, and
the other terms and conditions upon which, the shares of such series may be
redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Corporation or at the option
of the holder or holders thereof or upon the happening of a specified event or
events, if any, including the obligation, if any, of the Corporation to purchase
or redeem shares of such series pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise;

                                      2

<PAGE>

               6.  the amount payable out of the assets of the Corporation to
the holders of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the
Corporation;

               7.  provisions, if any, for the conversion or exchange of the
shares of such series, at any time or times, at the option of the holder or
holders thereof or at the option of the Corporation or upon the happening of
a specified event or events, into shares of any other class or classes or any
other series of the same class of capital stock of the Corporation or into
any other security of the Corporation, or into the stock or other securities
of any other corporation or other entity, and the price or prices or rate or
rates of conversion or exchange and any adjustments applicable thereto, and
all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be
made;

               8.  restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or
of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, if any; and

               9.  the voting rights and powers, if any, of the holders of
shares of the series.

          (d)  POWERS, PRIVILEGES AND RIGHTS PERTAINING TO THE COMMON STOCK.
The powers, privileges and rights pertaining to the Common Stock shall be
subject to the powers, privileges, preferences and rights pertaining to the
Preferred Stock and any and all series thereof.  The holders of shares of
Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share upon all
matters and proposals presented to the stockholders on which the holders of
Common Stock are entitled to vote.  Except as otherwise provided by law or by
another provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or
by a Preferred Stock Designation, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive
right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters or
proposals presented to the stockholders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
holders of shares of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on
any amendment of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation
(including any amendment of any provision of a Preferred Stock Designation)
that solely relates to the powers, privileges, preferences or rights
pertaining to one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock, or the
number of shares of any such series, and does not affect the number of
authorized shares of Preferred Stock or the powers, privileges and rights
pertaining to the Common Stock, if the holders of any of such series of
Preferred Stock are entitled, separately or together with the holders of any
other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon pursuant to the certificate
of incorporation of the Corporation (including any Preferred Stock
Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL, unless a vote of holders of shares of
Common Stock is otherwise required by any provision of the Preferred Stock
Designation for any such series or any other provision of the certificate of
incorporation of the Corporation fixing the powers, privileges, powers and
rights of any such series or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereon or is otherwise required by law.  Holders of shares of Preferred
Stock (of any series) shall not be entited to receive notice of any meeting
of stockholders at which they are not entitled

                                    3

<PAGE>

to vote, except as may be explicitly provided by any Preferred Stock
Designation.  The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be
increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then
outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred
Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is
required pursuant to another provision of the certificate of incorporation of
the Corporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation).

          FIFTH:  The name and mailing address of the incorporator are Stephen
M. Besen, c/o Weil, Gotshal & Manges, 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York
10153.

          SIXTH:  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers
conferred by law, subject to any limitations on the percentage vote required
contained elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws of the
Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors of
the Corporation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, subject to any limitations on the
percentage vote required contained elsewhere in this Certificate of
Incorporation, any By-laws adopted by the Board of Directors may be amended
or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

          SEVENTH:  (a)  Notwithstanding that approval by a lesser percentage
vote may be permitted by law or by any other Article hereof, this Certificate
of Incorporation shall not be amended or repealed without the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of all then
outstanding Common Stock, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that an amendment to this
Article SEVENTH and Articles NINTH and TENTH hereof shall require the
affirmative vote of a two-thirds of the combined voting power of all then
outstanding Common Stock.

          (b)  Notwithstanding that approval by a lesser percentage vote may
be permitted by law or by any other Article hereof, and subject to the
proviso contained in Article SIXTH hereof, the By-laws of the Corporation
shall not be amended or repealed without either (i) the affirmative vote of
at least a majority of all of the directors of the Corporation or (ii) the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the combined voting
power of all then outstanding Common Stock.

          EIGHTH:  Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

          NINTH:  For the management of the business and for the conduct of the
affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and
regulation of the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders:

          (a)  The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from
time to time by affirmative vote a majority of the Directors then in office.
The Directors shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they
severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as
possible, as shall be provided in the manner specified in the By-laws of the
Corporation, one class to be originally elected for a term

                                   4

<PAGE>

expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000, another
class to be originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2001, and another class to be originally elected
for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2002,
with each class to hold office until its successor is elected and qualified.
At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation after fiscal
year 1999, the successors of the class of Directors whose term expires at
that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the
annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of
their election.

          (b)  Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the
number of directors and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting
from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then
in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  Any
Director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office
for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new
directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until Director's
successor shall have been elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number
of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of
any incumbent director.

          TENTH:  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the
stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or
special meeting of such holders.  Any such action may not be effected by consent
in writing.  At any annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders of the
Corporation, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought
before such meeting in the manner provided by the By-laws of the Corporation.

          ELEVENTH:  The Corporation shall indemnify, to the full extent
permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant
thereto.

          TWELFTH:  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation
or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for any matter in respect of which such director shall be
liable under Section 174 of the DGCL or shall be liable by reason that, in
addition to any and all other requirements for such liability, such director
(i) shall have breached his or her duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) shall not have acted in good faith or, in failing to act,
shall not have acted in good faith, (iii) shall have acted in a manner
involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or, in failing
to act, shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law or (iv) shall have derived an improper personal
benefit.  Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article nor the adoption
of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this
Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of
any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for
this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or
adoption of an inconsistent provision.

                                     5

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the __th day of __________, 1999.

                                   ____________________
                                   Mary P. McConnell
                                   Secretary












                                      6

<PAGE>

                                AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                      BY-LAWS

                                         OF

                               GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.

                              (a Delaware corporation)

                                      ARTICLE I

                                    STOCKHOLDERS


          SECTION 1.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The annual meeting of stockholders
for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business
as may properly come before the meeting shall be held each year at such date
and time, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors
shall determine.

          SECTION 2.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of stockholders for
the transaction of such business as may properly come before the meeting may
be called (i) by order of the Board of Directors or, (ii) by stockholders
holding together at least a majority of all the shares of the Corporation
entitled to vote at the meeting.  Special meetings shall be held at such date
and time, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be specified by
such order.

          SECTION 3.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Written notice of all meetings of
the stockholders shall be mailed or delivered to each stockholder not less
than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the meeting.  Notice of any special
meeting shall state in general terms the purpose or purposes for which the
meeting is to be held.

          SECTION 4.  STOCKHOLDER LISTS.  The officer who has charge of the
stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days
before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders
entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing
the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the
name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any
stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, either at a place within
the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in
the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the
meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time
and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected
by any stockholder who is present.



<PAGE>

          The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the
stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this
section or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at
any meeting of stockholders.

          SECTION 5.  QUORUM.  Except as otherwise provided by law or the
Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting of stockholders shall consist of the holders of
record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person
or by proxy.  At all meetings of the stockholders at which a quorum is
present, all matters, except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate
of Incorporation, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority
of the shares entitled to vote thereat present in person or by proxy.  If
there be no such quorum, the holders of a majority of such shares so present
or represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without further
notice, until a quorum shall have been obtained.  When a quorum is once
present it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholder.

          SECTION 6.  ORGANIZATION.  Meetings of stockholders shall be
presided over by the Chairman, if any, or if none or in the Chairman's
absence the Vice-Chairman, if any, or if none or in the Vice-Chairman's
absence the President, if any, or if none or in the President's absence a
Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is present, by a chairman to be
chosen by the stockholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by
proxy at the meeting.  The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the
Secretary's absence an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every
meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present,
the presiding officer of the meeting shall appoint any person present to act
as secretary of the meeting.

          SECTION 7. VOTING; PROXIES; REQUIRED VOTE.  At each meeting of
stockholders, every stockholder shall be entitled to vote in person or by
proxy appointed by instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or
by such stockholder's duly authorized attorney-in-fact, and, unless the
Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise, shall have one vote for each
share of stock entitled to vote registered in the name of such stockholder on
the books of the Corporation on the applicable record date fixed pursuant to
these By-laws.  At all elections of directors the voting may but need not be
by ballot and a plurality of the votes cast there shall elect.  Except as
otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, any other
action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast.

          SECTION 8:  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATIONS.

          (a)  ANNUAL MEETINGS. (i) Nominations of persons for election to
          the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by the
          stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (A)
          pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (B) by or at the
          direction of the Board or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation
          who was a stockholder of

                                       2
<PAGE>

          record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-law,
          who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the
          notice procedures set forth in this By-law.

               (ii)  For nominations or other business to be properly brought
          before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of
          paragraph (a)(i) of this By-law, the stockholder must have given
          timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation
          and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for
          stockholder action.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be
          delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the
          Corporation not later than the close of business on the 60th day nor
          earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the first
          anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, provided, however,
          that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30
          days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice
          by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than
          the close of business on the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and
          not later than the close of business on the later of (a) the 60th day
          prior to such annual meeting, or (b) the 10th day following the day on
          which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by
          the Corporation.  In no event shall the public announcement of an
          adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the
          giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.  Such
          stockholder's notice shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the
          stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a
          director all information relating to such person that is required to
          be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in
          an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant
          to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended (the "Exchange Act") and Rule 14a-11 thereunder (including
          such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as
          a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any
          other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the
          meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought
          before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the
          meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder
          and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is
          made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the
          beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal
          is made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear
          on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (2) the
          class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned
          beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial
          owner.

               (iii)  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of
          paragraph (a)(ii) of the By-law to the contrary, in the event that the
          number of

                                       3
<PAGE>

          directors to be elected to the Board of the Corporation is
          increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation
          naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the
          increased Board at least 70 days prior to the first anniversary of the
          preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by
          this By-law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to
          nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall
          be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of
          the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day
          following the day on which such public announcement is first made by
          the Corporation.

          (b)  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Only such business shall be conducted at a
special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting
pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for
election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at
which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's notice of
meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) provided that the
Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any
stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of
giving of notice provided for in this By-law, who shall be entitled to vote
at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this
By-law.  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders
for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such
stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for
election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation's notice of
meeting, if the stockholder's notice required by paragraph (a)(ii) of the
By-law shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices
of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day
prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the
later of the 60th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following
the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special
meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such
meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a
special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's
notice as described above.

          (c)  GENERAL.  (i)  Only such persons who are nominated in
          accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-law shall be
          eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be
          conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought
          before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in
          this By-law.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of
          the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a
          nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the
          meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance
          with the procedures set forth in this By-law and, if any proposed
          nomination or business is not in compliance with this By-law, to
          declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be
          disregarded.

                                       4
<PAGE>

               (ii)  For purposes of this By-law, "public announcement" shall
          mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News
          Service, Associated Press or comparable national news-service or in a
          document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the
          Exchange Act.

               (iii)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-law, a
          stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the
          Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to
          the matters set forth in this By-law.  Nothing in this By-law shall be
          deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion
          of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule
          14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any series of
          Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.


          SECTION 9.  INSPECTORS.  The Board of Directors, in advance of any
meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act
at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If an inspector or inspectors are
not so appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not,
appoint one or more inspectors.  In case any person who may be appointed as
an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment
made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the
person presiding thereat.  Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the
discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to
execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and
according to the best of his ability.  The inspectors, if any, shall
determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of
each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a
quorum, and the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes,
ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising
in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots
or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct
the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the
person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall
make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by
such inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact found by
such inspector or inspectors.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                 BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          SECTION 1.  GENERAL POWERS.  The business, property and affairs of
the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of
Directors.

                                       5
<PAGE>

          SECTION 2.  QUALIFICATION; NUMBER; TERM; REMUNERATION.  (a)  Each
director shall be at least 18 years of age.  A director need not be a
stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of
Delaware.  The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be
between six (6) and eighteen (18), the exact number fixed from time to time
by affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, one of
whom may be selected by the Board of Directors to be its Chairman.  The use
of the phrase "entire Board" herein refers to the total number of directors
which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

          (b)  The Directors shall be classified, with respect to the time
for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in
number as possible, one class to be originally elected for a term expiring at
the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000, another class to be
originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders
to be held in 2001, and another class to be originally elected for a term
expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2002, with each
class to hold office until its successor is elected and qualified.  At each
annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation after fiscal year 1999,
the successors of the class of Directors whose term expires at that meeting
shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of
stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election.

          (c)  Directors who are elected at an annual meeting of
stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies
and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual
meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified
or until their earlier resignation or removal.  Any Director elected in
accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of
the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was
created or the vacancy occurred and until Director's successor shall have
been elected and qualified.

          (d)  Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at
each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for
attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as
director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation
for attending committee meetings.

          SECTION 3.  QUORUM AND MANNER OF VOTING.  Except as otherwise
provided by law, a majority of the entire Board shall constitute a quorum.  A
majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may
adjourn a meeting from time to time to another time and place without notice.
 Except as otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting
at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

                                       6
<PAGE>

          SECTION 4.  PLACES OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of the Board of Directors
may be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware, as may from
time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, or as may be
specified in the notice of meeting.

          SECTION 5.  ANNUAL MEETING.  Following the annual meeting of
stockholders, the newly elected Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose
of the election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may
properly come before the meeting.  Such meeting may be held without notice
immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders at the same place at
which such stockholders' meeting is held.

          SECTION 6.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors
shall from time to time by resolution determine.

          SECTION 7.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board or the
President or by a majority of the directors then in office.

          SECTION 8.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  A notice of the place, date and
time and the purpose or purposes of each meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be given to each director by mailing the same at least two days before
the meeting, or by telegraphing or telephoning the same or by delivering the
same personally not later than the day before the day of the meeting.

          SECTION 9.  ORGANIZATION.  At all meetings of the Board of
Directors, the Chairman, if any, or if none or in the Chairman's absence or
inability to act the President, or in the President's absence or inability to
act any Vice-President who is a member of the Board of Directors, or in such
Vice-President's absence or inability to act a chairman chosen by the
directors, shall preside.

          SECTION 10.  RESIGNATION.  Any director may resign at any time upon
written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon
receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in
the resignation.  Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without
cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock outstanding and
entitled to vote for the election of directors.

          SECTION 11.  VACANCIES.  Unless otherwise provided in these
By-laws, vacancies on the Board of Directors, whether caused by resignation,
death, disqualification, removal, an increase in the authorized number of
directors or otherwise, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole
remaining director, or at a special meeting of the stockholders, by the
holders of shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

                                       7
<PAGE>

          SECTION 12.  ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken
without a meeting if all the directors consent thereto in writing, and the
writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of
Directors.

                                    ARTICLE III

                                     COMMITTEES

          SECTION 1.  APPOINTMENT.  From time to time the Board of Directors
by a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board may appoint any
committee or committees for any purpose or purposes, to the extent lawful,
which shall have powers as shall be determined and specified by the Board of
Directors in the resolution of appointment.

          SECTION 2.  PROCEDURES, QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.  Each
committee shall fix its own rules of procedure, and shall meet where and as
provided by such rules or by resolution of the Board of Directors.  Except as
otherwise provided by law, the presence of a majority of the then appointed
members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business by that committee, and in every case where a quorum is present the
affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the committee present shall
be the act of the committee.  Each committee shall keep minutes of its
proceedings, and actions taken by a committee shall be reported to the Board
of Directors.

          SECTION 3.  ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of any committee of the Board of
Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the committee
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the committee.

          SECTION 4.  TERM; TERMINATION.  In the event any person shall cease
to be a director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously
therewith cease to be a member of any committee appointed by the Board of
Directors.


                                    ARTICLE IV

                                      OFFICERS

          SECTION 1.  ELECTION AND QUALIFICATIONS.  The Board of Directors
shall elect the officers of the Corporation, which shall include a President
and a Secretary, and may include, by election or appointment, one or more
Vice-Presidents (any one or more of whom may be given an additional
designation of rank or function), a Treasurer and

                                       8
<PAGE>

such assistant secretaries, such Assistant Treasurers and such other officers
as the Board may from time to time deem proper.  Each officer shall have such
powers and duties as may be prescribed by these By-laws and as may be assigned
by the Board of Directors or the President. Any two or more offices may be held
by the same person except the offices of President and Secretary.

          SECTION 2.  TERM OF OFFICE AND REMUNERATION.  The term of office of
all officers shall be one year and until their respective successors have
been elected and qualified, but any officer may be removed from office,
either with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any
vacancy in any office arising from any cause may be filled for the unexpired
portion of the term by the Board of Directors.  The remuneration of all
officers of the Corporation may be fixed by the Board of Directors or in such
manner as the Board of Directors shall provide.

          SECTION 3.  RESIGNATION; REMOVAL.  Any officer may resign at any
time upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take
effect upon receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, unless otherwise
specified in the resignation.  Any officer shall be subject to removal, with
or without cause, at any time by vote of a majority of the entire Board.

          SECTION 4.  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Chairman of the Board of
Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of
Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to
time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

          SECTION 5.  PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  The President
shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have such
duties as customarily pertain to that office.  The President shall have
general management and supervision of the property, business and affairs of
the Corporation and over its other officers; may appoint and remove assistant
officers and other agents and employees; and may execute and deliver in the
name of the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other
obligations and instruments.

          SECTION 6.  VICE-PRESIDENT.  A Vice-President may execute and
deliver in the name of the Corporation contracts and other obligations and
instruments pertaining to the regular course of the duties of said office,
and shall have such other authority as from time to time may be assigned by
the Board of Directors or the President.

          SECTION 7.  TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall in general have all
duties incident to the position of Treasurer and such other duties as may be
assigned by the Board of Directors or the President.

          SECTION 8.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall in general have all the
duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be
assigned by the Board of Directors or the President.

                                       9
<PAGE>

          SECTION 9.  ASSISTANT OFFICERS.  Any assistant officer shall have
such powers and duties of the officer such assistant officer assists as such
officer or the Board of Directors shall from time to time prescribe.


                                     ARTICLE V

                                 BOOKS AND RECORDS

          SECTION 1.  LOCATION.  The books and records of the Corporation may
be kept at such place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as
the Board of Directors or the respective officers in charge thereof may from
time to time determine.  The record books containing the names and addresses
of all stockholders, the number and class of shares of stock held by each and
the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof shall be
kept by the Secretary as prescribed in the By-laws and by such officer or
agent as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.

          SECTION 2.  ADDRESSES OF STOCKHOLDERS.  Notices of meetings and all
other corporate notices may be delivered personally or mailed to each
stockholder at the stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the
Corporation.

          SECTION 3.  FIXING DATE FOR DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD.
(a)  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,
the Board of Directors may fix a record date which record date shall not be
more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting.  If no
record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders
shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which
notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day
next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however,
that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

          (b)  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the
Board of Directors may fix a record date which date shall not be more than 10
days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is
adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date has been fixed by the
Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior
action by the Board of Directors is required, shall be the first date on
which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to
be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office
in this State, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the
Corporation having custody of the book in which

                                       10
<PAGE>

proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the
Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date has been
fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors
is required by this chapter, the record date for determining stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall
be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors
adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

          (c)  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose
of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date
which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action.  If no
record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any
such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board
of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.


                                    ARTICLE VI

                          CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

          SECTION 1.  CERTIFICATES; SIGNATURES.  The shares of the
Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of
Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that
some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be
uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares
represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the
Corporation.  Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board
of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon
request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a
certificate, signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or
Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or Vice-President,
and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, representing the number of shares
registered in certificate form.  Any and all signatures on any such
certificate may be facsimiles.  In case any officer, transfer agent or
registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a
certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar
before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with
the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at
the date of issue. The name of the holder of record of the shares represented
thereby, with the number of such shares and the date of issue, shall be
entered on the books of the Corporation.

          SECTION 2.  TRANSFERS OF STOCK.  Upon compliance with provisions
restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if
any, shares of capital stock shall be transferable on the books of the
Corporation only by the holder of record thereof in person, or by duly
authorized attorney, upon surrender and cancellation

                                       11
<PAGE>


of certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed, and the payment
of all taxes due thereon.

          SECTION 3.  FRACTIONAL SHARES.  The Corporation may, but shall not
be required to, issue certificates for fractions of a share where necessary
to effect authorized transactions, or the Corporation may pay in cash the
fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to
receive such fractions are determined, or it may issue scrip in registered or
bearer form over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the
Corporation or of its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full
shares, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a
stockholder except as therein provided.

          The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make all
such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue,
transfer and registration of certificates representing shares of the
Corporation.

          SECTION 4.  LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES.  The
Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any certificate,
theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and
the Board of Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen or destroyed
certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond
sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made
against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such
certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.


                                    ARTICLE VII

                                     DIVIDENDS

          Subject always to the provisions of law and the Certificate of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have full power to determine
whether any, and, if any, what part of any, funds legally available for the
payment of dividends shall be declared as dividends and paid to stockholders;
the division of the whole or any part of such funds of the Corporation shall
rest wholly within the lawful discretion of the Board of Directors, and it
shall not be required at any time, against such discretion, to divide or pay
any part of such funds among or to the stockholders as dividends or
otherwise; and before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of
any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the
Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks
proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing
dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation,
or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to
the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or
abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.


                                    ARTICLE VIII

                                       12
<PAGE>

                                    RATIFICATION

          Any transaction, questioned in any law suit on the ground of lack
of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of director,
officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, or the application of
improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified before or
after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and if so
ratified shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned
transaction had been originally duly authorized.  Such ratification shall be
binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar
to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned
transaction.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                   CORPORATE SEAL

          The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
Corporation and the year of its incorporation, and shall be in such form and
contain such other words and/or figures as the Board of Directors shall
determine.  The corporate seal may be used by printing, engraving,
lithographing, stamping or otherwise making, placing or affixing, or causing
to be printed, engraved, lithographed, stamped or otherwise made, placed or
affixed, upon any paper or document, by any process whatsoever, an
impression, facsimile or other reproduction of said corporate seal.


                                     ARTICLE X

                                    FISCAL YEAR

          The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be
subject to change, by the Board of Directors.  Unless otherwise fixed by the
Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar
year.


                                     ARTICLE XI

                                  WAIVER OF NOTICE

          Whenever notice is required to be given by these By-laws or by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by law, a written waiver thereof, signed by
the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the
time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE XII

                       BANK ACCOUNTS, DRAFTS, CONTRACTS, ETC.

          SECTION 1.  BANK ACCOUNTS AND DRAFTS.  In addition to such bank
accounts as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, the primary
financial officer or any person designated by said primary financial officer,
whether or not an employee of the Corporation, may authorize such bank
accounts to be opened or maintained in the name and on behalf of the
Corporation as he may deem necessary or appropriate, payments from such bank
accounts to be made upon and according to the check of the Corporation in
accordance with the written instructions of said primary financial officer,
or other person so designated by the Treasurer.

          SECTION 2.  CONTRACTS.  The Board of Directors may authorize any
person or persons, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter
into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts
and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.

          SECTION 3.  PROXIES; POWERS OF ATTORNEY; OTHER INSTRUMENTS.  The
Chairman, the President or any other person designated by either of them
shall have the power and authority to execute and deliver proxies, powers of
attorney and other instruments on behalf of the Corporation in connection
with the rights and powers incident to the ownership of stock by the
Corporation.  The Chairman, the President or any other person authorized by
proxy or power of attorney executed and delivered by either of them on behalf
of the Corporation may attend and vote at any meeting of stockholders of any
company in which the Corporation may hold stock, and may exercise on behalf
of the Corporation any and all of the rights and powers incident to the
ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or otherwise as specified in the
proxy or power of attorney so authorizing any such person.  The Board of
Directors, from time to time, may confer like powers upon any other person.

          SECTION 4.  FINANCIAL REPORTS.  The Board of Directors may appoint
the primary financial officer or other fiscal officer or any other officer to
cause to be prepared and furnished to stockholders entitled thereto any
special financial notice and/or financial statement, as the case may be,
which may be required by any provision of law.


                                    ARTICLE XIII

                                     AMENDMENTS

          The By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by either
(i) the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all of the directors of
the Company or (ii) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a
majority of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation.


                                      14

<PAGE>
         COMMON STOCK                                      COMMON STOCK

                                     [LOGO]

              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
                      NW

                                     SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
                                              CUSIP 372305 10 2

       THIS CERTIFIES THAT

       IS THE OWNER OF

       FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01 PER
                                       SHARE, OF
       ______________________ GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC. _____________________
       TRANSFERABLE ON THE BOOKS OF THE CORPORATION BY THE HOLDER HEREOF
       IN PERSON OR BY DULY AUTHORIZED ATTORNEY UPON SURRENDER OF THIS
       CERTIFICATE PROPERLY ENDORSED. THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT VALID
       UNLESS COUNTERSIGNED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTERED BY THE
       REGISTRAR.
           WITNESS THE FACSIMILE SIGNATURES OF THE CORPORATION'S DULY
       AUTHORIZED OFFICERS.
       DATED:

                   [SIG]
                                        SECRETARY           PRESIDENT
                    [SIG]
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.
    TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
      BY
      AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
<PAGE>
       The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face
   of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in
   full according to applicable laws or regulations:

<TABLE>
  <S>         <C>                                  <C>                   <C>
  TEN COM     -- as tenants in common              UNIF GIFT MIN ACT --                 Custodian
  TEN ENT     -- as tenants by the entireties                                  (Cust)               (Minor)
  JT TEN      -- as joint tenants with right of                               under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                survivorship and not as tenants                                            Act
                in common                                                                (State)
</TABLE>

    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
                   For value received,____ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
       PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
           IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- ----------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF
                                   ASSIGNEE)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_____________________________________                                     Shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate,
and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
_______________________________________________________________________ Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named
Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated  _____________________________
                                                   _____________________________
                                 NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST
                                 CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE
                                 FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR
                                 WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE
                                 WHATEVER.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY:

<PAGE>

                               GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.

                          FISCAL 1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

          1.   PURPOSE.  The Genmar Holdings, Inc. Fiscal 1999 Stock Incentive
Plan (the "Plan") is intended to provide incentives which will attract, retain
and motivate highly competent persons as officers and key employees of, and
consultants to, Genmar Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries and
affiliates, by providing them opportunities to acquire shares of the Company's
common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), or to receive
monetary payments based on the value of such shares pursuant to the Benefits (as
defined below) described herein.  Additionally, the Plan is intended to assist
in further aligning the interests of the Company's officers, key employees and
consultants to those of its other stockholders.

          2.   ADMINISTRATION.

          (a)  The Plan will be administered by a committee (the "Committee")
appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company from among its members (which
may be the Compensation Committee) and shall be comprised, unless otherwise
determined by the Board of Directors, solely of not less than two members who
shall be (i) "Non-Employee Directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) (or
any successor rule) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act") and (ii) "outside directors" within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(3) under Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  The Committee is authorized,
subject to the provisions of the Plan, to establish such rules and regulations
as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and to make such
determinations and interpretations and to take such action in connection with
the Plan and any Benefits granted hereunder as it deems necessary or advisable.
All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding
and conclusive on all participants and their legal representatives.  No member
of the Committee and no employee of the Company shall be liable for any act or
failure to act hereunder, except in circumstances involving his or her bad
faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct, or for any act or failure to act
hereunder by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in
connection with the administration of this Plan have been delegated.  The
Company shall indemnify members of the Committee and any agent of the Committee
who is an employee of the Company, a subsidiary or an affiliate against any and
all liabilities or expenses to which they may be subjected by reason of any act
or failure to act with respect to their duties on behalf of the Plan, except in
circumstances involving such person's bad faith, gross negligence or willful
misconduct.

          (b)  The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members, or to
one or more agents, such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the
Committee, or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid, may
employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility
the Committee or such person may have under the Plan.  The Committee may employ
such legal or other counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for
the administration of the


<PAGE>

Plan and may rely upon any opinion or computation received from any such
counsel, consultant or agent.  Expenses incurred by the Committee in the
engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company,
or the subsidiary or affiliate whose employees have benefited from the Plan,
as determined by the Committee.

          3.   PARTICIPANTS.  Participants will consist of such officers and key
employees of, and such consultants to, the Company and its subsidiaries and
affiliates as the Committee in its sole discretion determines to be
significantly responsible for the success and future growth and profitability of
the Company and whom the Committee may designate from time to time to receive
Benefits under the Plan.  Designation of a participant in any year shall not
require the Committee to designate such person to receive a Benefit in any other
year or, once designated, to receive the same type or amount of Benefit as
granted to the participant in any other year.  The Committee shall consider such
factors as it deems pertinent in selecting participants and in determining the
type and amount of their respective Benefits.

          4.   TYPE OF BENEFITS.  Benefits under the Plan may be granted in any
one or a combination of (a) Stock Options, (b) Stock Appreciation Rights, (c)
Stock Awards, (d) Performance Awards and (e) Stock Units (each as described
below, and collectively, the "Benefits").  Stock Awards, Performance Awards, and
Stock Units may, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, constitute
Performance-Based Awards, as described in Section 11 hereof.  Benefits shall be
evidenced by agreements (which need not be identical) in such forms as the
Committee may from time to time approve; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event of
any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and any such agreements, the
provisions of the Plan shall prevail.

     5.   COMMON STOCK AVAILABLE UNDER THE PLAN.  The aggregate number of shares
of Common Stock that may be subject to Benefits, including Stock Options,
granted under this Plan shall be 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock, which may be
authorized and unissued or treasury shares, subject to any adjustments made in
accordance with Section 13 hereof.  The maximum number of shares of Common Stock
with respect to which Benefits may be granted or measured to any individual
participant under the Plan during the term of the Plan shall not exceed 200,000,
provided, however, that the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with
respect to which Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to
an individual participant under the Plan during the term of the Plan shall not
exceed 200,000 (in each case, subject to adjustments made in accordance with
Section 13 hereof).  Any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option or
Stock Appreciation Right which for any reason is cancelled or terminated without
having been exercised, any shares subject to Stock Awards, Performance Awards or
Stock Units which are forfeited, any shares subject to Performance Awards
settled in cash or any shares delivered to the Company as part or full payment
for the exercise of a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall again be
available for Benefits under the Plan.  The preceding sentence shall apply only
for purposes of determining the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
subject to Benefits but shall not apply for purposes of determining the maximum
number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Benefits (including the
maximum number of

                                    2
<PAGE>

shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Options and Stock Appreciation
Rights) that may be granted to any individual participant under the Plan.

          6.   STOCK OPTIONS.  Stock Options will consist of awards from the
Company that will enable the holder to purchase a number of shares of Common
Stock, at set terms.  Stock Options may be "incentive stock options" ("Incentive
Stock Options"), within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or Stock Options
which do not constitute Incentive Stock Options ("Nonqualified Stock Options").
The Committee will have the authority to grant to any participant one or more
Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock
Options (in each case with or without Stock Appreciation Rights).  Each Stock
Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as
the Committee may impose from time to time, subject to the following
limitations:

               (a)  EXERCISE PRICE.  Each Stock Option granted hereunder shall
          have such per-share exercise price as the Committee may determine at
          the date of grant; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, subject to subsection (d) below,
          that the per-share exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the
          Fair Market Value (as defined below) of the Common Stock on the date
          the Stock Option is granted.

               (b)  PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE.  The option exercise price may be
          paid in cash or, in the discretion of the Committee, by the delivery
          of shares of Common Stock of the Company then owned by the
          participant, or by delivery to the Company of (x) irrevocable
          instructions to deliver directly to a broker the stock certificates
          representing the shares for which the Option is being exercised, and
          (y) irrevocable instructions to such broker to sell such shares for
          which the Option is being exercised, and promptly deliver to the
          Company the portion of the proceeds equal to the Option exercise price
          and any amount necessary to satisfy the Company's obligation for
          withholding taxes, or any combination thereof.  For purposes of making
          payment in shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be valued at
          their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Option and
          shall have been held by the Participant for at least six months.  To
          facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for
          coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms.  The
          Committee may prescribe any other method of paying the exercise price
          that it determines to be consistent with applicable law and the
          purpose of the Plan, including, without limitation, in lieu of the
          exercise of a Stock Option by delivery of shares of Common Stock of
          the Company then owned by a participant, providing the Company with a
          notarized statement attesting to the number of shares owned, where
          upon verification by the Company, the Company would issue to the
          participant only the number of incremental shares to which the
          participant is entitled upon exercise of the Stock Option.  The
          Committee may, at the time of grant, provide for the grant of a
          subsequent Restoration Stock Option if the exercise price is paid for
          by delivering previously owned shares of Common Stock of the


                                       3
<PAGE>


          Company. Restoration Stock Options (i) may be granted in respect of
          no more than the number of shares of Common Stock tendered in
          exercising the predecessor Stock Option, (ii) shall have an
          exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value on the date the
          Restoration Stock Option is granted, and (iii) may have an exercise
          period that does not extend beyond the remaining term of the
          predecessor Stock Option.  In determining which methods a
          participant may utilize to pay the exercise price, the Committee
          may consider such factors as it determines are appropriate.

               (c)  EXERCISE PERIOD.  Stock Options granted under the Plan shall
          be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and
          conditions as shall be determined by the Committee; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
          that no Stock Option shall be exercisable later than ten years after
          the date it is granted except in the event of a participant's death,
          in which case, the exercise period of such participant's Stock Options
          may be extended beyond such period but no later than one year after
          the participant's death.  All Stock Options shall terminate at such
          earlier times and upon such conditions or circumstances as the
          Committee shall in its discretion set forth in such option agreement
          at the date of grant; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Committee may, in its
          sole discretion, later waive any such condition.

               (d)  LIMITATIONS ON INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  Incentive Stock
          Options may be granted only to participants who are employees of the
          Company or one of its subsidiaries (within the meaning of Section
          424(f) of the Code) at the date of grant.  The aggregate Fair Market
          Value (determined as of the time the Stock Option is granted) of the
          Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are
          exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar
          year (under all option plans of the Company and of any parent
          corporation or subsidiary corporation (as defined in Sections 424(e)
          and (f) of the Code, respectively)) shall not exceed $100,000.  For
          purposes of the preceding sentence, Incentive Stock Options will be
          taken into account in the order in which they are granted.
          The per-share exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be
          less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the
          date of grant, and no Incentive Stock Option may be exercised later
          than ten years after the date it is granted; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
          Incentive Stock Options may not be granted to any participant who, at
          the time of grant, owns stock possessing (after the application of
          the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10%
          of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
          Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company,
          unless the exercise price is fixed at not less than 110% of the Fair
          Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the
          exercise of such option is prohibited by its terms after the
          expiration of five years from the date of grant of such option.  In
          addition, no Incentive Stock Option may be issued to a participant
          in tandem with a Nonqualified Stock Option.


                                       4
<PAGE>


               (e)  POST-EMPLOYMENT EXERCISES.  The exercise of any Stock Option
          after termination of employment of a participant with the Company, a
          subsidiary of the Company or with any company providing consulting
          services to the Company shall be subject to such conditions as imposed
          by the Committee at the time of the grant and satisfaction of the
          conditions precedent that the participant neither (i) competes with,
          or takes other employment with or renders services to a competitor of,
          the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates without the written
          consent of the Company; provided that this clause (i) shall not apply
          to consultants of the Company, nor (ii) conducts himself or herself in
          a manner adversely affecting the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
          Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive any conditions imposed in
          the grant letter or as set forth in (i) and (ii) above relating to the
          exercise of options after the date of termination of employment during
          the term of the option.

     7.   STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

               (a)  The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Stock
          Appreciation Rights to the holders of any Stock Options granted
          hereunder.  In addition, Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted
          independently of, and without relation to, Stock Options.  A Stock
          Appreciation Right means a right to receive a payment in cash, Common
          Stock or a combination thereof, in an amount equal to the excess of
          (x) the Fair Market Value, or other specified valuation, of a
          specified number of shares of Common Stock on the date the right is
          exercised over (y) the Fair Market Value, or other specified valuation
          (which shall be no less than the Fair Market Value) of such shares of
          Common Stock on the date the right is granted, all as determined by
          the Committee; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a Stock Appreciation Right
          is granted in tandem with or in substitution for a Stock Option, the
          designated Fair Market Value in the award agreement may be the Fair
          Market Value on the date such Stock Option was granted.  Each Stock
          Appreciation Right shall be subject to such terms and conditions as
          the Committee shall impose from time to time.

               (b)  Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be
          exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and
          conditions as shall be determined by the Committee; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
          that no Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable later than ten
          years after the date it is granted except in the event of a
          participant's death, in which case, the exercise period of such
          participant's Stock Appreciation Rights may be extended beyond such
          period but no later than one year after the participant's death.  All
          Stock Appreciation Rights shall terminate at such earlier times and
          upon such conditions or circumstances as the Committee shall in its
          discretion set forth in such right at the date of grant.


                                       5
<PAGE>

               (c)  The exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right after
          termination of employment of a participant with the Company, a
          subsidiary of the Company or with any company providing consulting
          services to the Company shall be subject to satisfaction of the
          conditions precedent that the participant neither (i) competes with,
          or takes other employment with or renders services to a competitor of,
          the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates without the written
          consent of the Company; provided that this clause (i) shall not apply
          to consultants of the Company, nor (ii) conducts himself or herself in
          a manner adversely affecting the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
          Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive any conditions imposed in
          the grant letter or as set forth in (i) and (ii) above relating to the
          exercise of options after the date of termination of employment during
          the term of the option.

          8.   STOCK AWARDS.  The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Stock
Awards (which may include mandatory payment of bonus incentive compensation in
stock) consisting of Common Stock issued or transferred to participants with or
without other payments therefor.  Stock Awards may be subject to such terms and
conditions as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without
limitation, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of such shares, the
right of the Company to reacquire such shares for no consideration upon
termination of the participant's employment within specified periods, and may
constitute Performance-Based Awards, as described in Section 11 hereof.  The
Committee may require the participant to deliver a duly signed stock power,
endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such an Award.  The
Committee may also require that the stock certificates evidencing such shares be
held in custody or bear restrictive legends until the restrictions thereon shall
have lapsed.  The Stock Award shall specify whether the participant shall have,
with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award, all of the
rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock of the Company, including the right
to receive dividends and to vote the shares.

     9.   PERFORMANCE AWARDS.

          (a)  Performance Awards may be granted to participants at any time and
from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.  Performance Awards
may constitute Performance-Based Awards, as described in Section 11 hereof.  The
Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number, amount and
timing of awards granted to each participant.  Such Performance Awards may be in
the form of shares of Common Stock or Stock Units.  Performance Awards may be
awarded as short-term or long-term incentives.  Performance targets may be based
upon, without limitation, Company-wide, divisional and/or individual
performance.

          (b)  With respect to those Performance Awards that are not intended to
constitute Performance-Based Awards, the Committee shall have the authority at
any time to make adjustments to performance targets for any outstanding
Performance Awards which the Committee deems necessary or desirable unless at
the time of

                                       6
<PAGE>

establishment of such targets the Committee shall have precluded its
authority to make such adjustments.

          (c)  Payment of earned Performance Awards shall be made in accordance
with terms and conditions prescribed or authorized by the Committee.  The
participant may elect to defer, or the Committee may require or permit the
deferral of, the receipt of Performance Awards upon such terms as the Committee
deems appropriate.

     10.  STOCK UNITS.

          (a)  The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Stock Units to
participants hereunder.  The Committee shall determine the criteria for the
vesting of Stock Units.  Stock Units may constitute Performance-Based Awards, as
described in Section 11 hereof.  A Stock Unit granted by the Committee shall
provide payment in shares of Common Stock at such time as the award agreement
shall specify.  Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to this Section 10 may be
issued with or without other payments therefor as may be required by applicable
law or such other consideration as may be determined by the Committee.  The
Committee shall determine whether a participant granted a Stock Unit shall be
entitled to a Dividend Equivalent Right (as defined below).

          (b)  Upon vesting of a Stock Unit, unless the Committee has determined
to defer payment with respect to such unit or a participant has elected to defer
payment under subsection (c) below, shares of Common Stock representing the
Stock Units shall be distributed to the participant unless the Committee
provides for the payment of the Stock Units in cash or partly in cash and partly
in shares of Common Stock equal to the value of the shares of Common Stock which
would otherwise be distributed to the participant.

          (c)  Prior to the year with respect to which a Stock Unit may vest,
the participant may elect not to receive a distribution upon the vesting of such
Stock Unit and for the Company to continue to maintain the Stock Unit on its
books of account.  In such event, the value of a Stock Unit shall be payable in
shares of Common Stock pursuant to the agreement of deferral.

          (d)  A "Stock Unit" means a notional account representing one share of
Common Stock.  A "Dividend Equivalent Right" means the right to receive the
amount of any dividend paid on the share of Common Stock underlying a Stock
Unit, which shall be payable in cash or in the form of additional Stock Units.

          11.  PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS.  Certain Benefits granted under the
Plan may be granted in a manner such that the Benefits qualify for the
performance-based compensation exemption of Section 162(m) of the Code
("Performance-Based Awards").  As determined by the Committee in its sole
discretion, either the granting or vesting of such Performance-Based Awards
shall be based on achievement of hurdle rates and/or growth rates in one or more
business criteria that apply to the individual participant, one or more business
units or the Company as a whole.  The business criteria shall be as


                                       7
<PAGE>

follows, individually or in combination: (i) net earnings; (ii) earnings per
share; (iii) net sales growth; (iv) market share; (v) net operating profit;
(vi) expense targets; (vii) working capital targets relating to inventory
and/or accounts receivable; (viii) operating margin; (ix) return on equity;
(x) return on assets; (xi) planning accuracy (as measured by comparing
planned results to actual results); (xii) market price per share; and (xiii)
total return to stockholders.  In addition, Performance-Based Awards may
include comparisons to the performance of other companies, such performance
to be measured by one or more of the foregoing business criteria.  With
respect to Performance-Based Awards, (i) the Committee shall establish in
writing (x) the performance goals applicable to a given period, and such
performance goals shall state, in terms of an objective formula or standard,
the method for computing the amount of compensation payable to the
participant if such performance goals are obtained and (y) the individual
employees or class of employees to which such performance goals apply no
later than 90 days after the commencement of such period (but in no event
after 25% of such period has elapsed) and (ii) no Performance-Based Awards
shall be payable to or vest with respect to, as the case may be, any
participant for a given period until the Committee certifies in writing that
the objective performance goals (and any other material terms) applicable to
such period have been satisfied.  With respect to any Benefits intended to
qualify as Performance-Based Awards, after establishment of a performance
goal, the Committee shall not revise such performance goal or increase the
amount of compensation payable thereunder (as determined in accordance with
Section 162(m) of the Code) upon the attainment of such performance goal.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may reduce or eliminate
Benefits payable upon the attainment of such performance goal.

          12.  FOREIGN LAWS.  The Committee may grant Benefits to individual
participants who are subject to the tax laws of nations other than the United
States, which Benefits may have terms and conditions as determined by the
Committee as necessary to comply with applicable foreign laws.  The Committee
may take any action which it deems advisable to obtain approval of such Benefits
by the appropriate foreign governmental entity; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such
Benefits may be granted pursuant to this Section 12 and no action may be taken
which would result in a violation of the Exchange Act, the Code or any other
applicable law.

     13.  ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS; CHANGE IN CONTROL.

          (a)  If there shall be any change in the Common Stock of the Company
or the capitalization of the Company through merger, consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock
split, split up, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend
in kind or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than
normal cash dividends) to stockholders of the Company in order to prevent
dilution or enlargement of participants' rights under the Plan, the Committee,
in its sole discretion, shall adjust, in an equitable manner, as applicable, the
number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan, the number and kind
of shares subject to outstanding Benefits, the exercise price applicable to
outstanding Benefits, and the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock and other
value determinations applicable to outstanding Benefits; provided, however, that
any such

                                       8
<PAGE>

arithmetic adjustment to a Performance-Based Award shall not cause the
amount of compensation payable thereunder to be increased from what otherwise
would have been due upon attainment of the unadjusted award.  Appropriate
adjustments may also be made by the Committee in the terms of any Benefits under
the Plan to reflect such changes or distributions and to modify any other terms
of outstanding Benefits on an equitable basis, including modifications of
performance targets and changes in the length of performance periods; provided,
however, that any such arithmetic adjustment to a Performance-Based Award shall
not cause the amount of compensation payable thereunder to be increased from
what otherwise would have been due upon attainment of the unadjusted award.  In
addition, other than with respect to Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights,
and other awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Awards, the Committee
is authorized to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of, and the
criteria included in, Benefits in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events
affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or in response
to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) each such adjustment with respect to an
Incentive Stock Option shall comply with the rules of Section 424(a) of the
Code, and (ii) in no event shall any adjustment be made which would render any
Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder other than an incentive stock option
for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.  The determination of the Committee as
to the foregoing adjustments, if any, shall be conclusive and binding on
participants under the Plan.

          (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if there is a
Change in Control of the Company, all then outstanding Stock Options and Stock
Appreciation Rights shall immediately vest and become exercisable.  For purposes
of this Section 14(b), a "Change in Control" of the Company shall be deemed to
have occurred upon any of the following events:

               (i)       a change in control of the Company that would be
          required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of
          Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act; or

               (ii)      during any period of two (2) consecutive years, the
          individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the
          Company's Board of Directors or any individuals who would be
          "Continuing Directors" (as hereinafter defined) cease for any reason
          to constitute at least a majority thereof; or

               (iii)     the Company's Common Stock shall cease to be publicly
          traded after initially being publicly traded; or

               (iv)      the Company's Board of Directors shall approve a sale
          of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, and such
          transaction shall have been consummated; or

               (v)       the Company's Board of Directors shall approve any
          merger, consolidation, or like business combination or reorganization
          of


                                       9
<PAGE>

          the Company, the consummation of which would result in the
          occurrence of any event described in Section 13(b)(i) above, and such
          transaction shall have been consummated.

          For purposes of this Section 13(b), "Continuing Directors" shall mean
(x) the directors of the Company in office on the Effective Date (as defined
below) and (y) any successor to any such director and any additional director
who after the Effective Date was nominated or selected by a majority of the
Continuing Directors (or the Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors of
the Company) in office at the time of his or her nomination or selection.

          The Committee, in its discretion, may determine that, upon the
occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company, each Stock Option and Stock
Appreciation Right outstanding hereunder shall terminate within a specified
number of days after notice to the holder, and such holder shall receive, with
respect to each share of Common Stock subject to such Stock Option or Stock
Appreciation Right, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of
such shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change
in Control over the exercise price per share of such Stock Option or Stock
Appreciation Right; such amount to be payable in cash, in one or more kinds of
property (including the property, if any, payable in the transaction) or in a
combination thereof, as the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine.  The
provisions contained in the preceding sentence shall be inapplicable to a Stock
Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted within six (6) months before the
occurrence of a Change in Control if the holder of such Stock Option or Stock
Appreciation Right is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of
the Exchange Act and no exception from liability under Section 16(b) of the
Exchange Act is otherwise available to such holder.

          14.  NONTRANSFERABILITY.  Each Benefit granted under the Plan to a
participant shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable, during the participant's
lifetime, only by the participant.  In the event of the death of a participant,
each Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right theretofore granted to him or her
shall be exercisable during such period after his or her death as the Committee
shall in its discretion set forth in such option or right at the date of grant
and then only by the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased
participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased participant's rights
under the Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall pass by will or the
laws of descent and distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the
discretion of the Committee, an award of a Benefit other than an Incentive Stock
Option may permit the transferability of a Benefit by a participant solely to
the participant's spouse, siblings, parents, children and grandchildren or
trusts for the benefit of such persons or partnerships, corporations, limited
liability companies or other entities owned solely by such persons, including
trusts for such persons, subject to any restriction included in the award of the
Benefit.

          15.  USE OF PROCEEDS.  The cash proceeds of the sale of Shares subject
to the Options granted hereunder are to be added to the general funds of the
Company and used for its general corporate purposes as the Board of Directors
shall determine.

                                       10
<PAGE>

          16.  OTHER PROVISIONS.  The award of any Benefit under the Plan may
also be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to the
Benefit awarded to any other participant) as the Committee determines
appropriate, including, without limitation, for the installment purchase of
Common Stock under Stock Options, for the installment exercise of Stock
Appreciation Rights, to assist the participant in financing the acquisition of
Common Stock, for the forfeiture of, or restrictions on resale or other
disposition of, Common Stock acquired under any form of Benefit, for the
acceleration of exercisability or vesting of Benefits in the event of a change
in control of the Company, for the payment of the value of Benefits to
participants in the event of a change in control of the Company, or to comply
with federal and state securities laws, or understandings or conditions as to
the participant's employment in addition to those specifically provided for
under the Plan.  The Committee shall  have full discretion to interpret and
administer the Plan.

          17.  FAIR MARKET VALUE.  For purposes of this Plan and any Benefits
awarded hereunder, Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of the Company's
Common Stock on the date of calculation (or on the last preceding trading date
if Common Stock was not traded on such date) if the Company's Common Stock is
readily tradeable on a national securities exchange or other market system, and
if the Company's Common Stock is not readily tradeable, Fair Market Value shall
mean the amount determined in good faith by the Committee as the fair market
value of the Common Stock of the Company.

          18.  WITHHOLDING.  All payments or distributions of Benefits made
pursuant to the Plan shall be net of any amounts required to be withheld
pursuant to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements.
If the Company proposes or is required to distribute Common Stock pursuant to
the Plan, it may require the recipient to remit to it or to the corporation that
employs such recipient an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax withholding
requirements prior to the delivery of any certificates for such Common Stock.
In lieu thereof, the Company or the employing corporation shall have the right
to withhold the amount of such taxes from any other sums due or to become due
from such corporation to the recipient as the Committee shall prescribe.  The
Committee may, in its discretion and subject to such rules as it may adopt
(including any as may be required to satisfy applicable tax and/or non-tax
regulatory requirements), permit an optionee or award or right holder to pay all
or a portion of the federal, state and local withholding taxes arising in
connection with any Benefit consisting of shares of Common Stock by electing to
have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value
equal to the amount of tax to be withheld, such tax calculated at rates required
by statute or regulation.

          19.  TENURE.  A participant's right, if any, to continue to serve the
Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as an officer, employee, or
otherwise, shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her designation
as a participant under the Plan.

          20.  UNFUNDED PLAN.  Participants shall have no right, title, or
interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid
it in meeting

                                       11
<PAGE>

its obligations under the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action
taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a
trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any
participant, beneficiary, legal representative or any other person.  To the
extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company
under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured
general creditor of the Company.  All payments to be made hereunder shall be
paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund
shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure
payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan.  The Plan
is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended.

          21.  NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall
be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Benefit.  The Committee shall
determine whether cash, or Benefits, or other property shall be issued or paid
in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights
thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

          22.  DURATION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  No Benefit shall be granted
more than ten years after the Effective Date.  The Committee may amend the Plan
from time to time or suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  No amendment of
the Plan may be made without approval of the stockholders of the Company if the
amendment will: (i) disqualify any Incentive Stock Options granted under the
Plan; (ii) increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be
delivered through Stock Options under the Plan; (iii) increase either of the
maximum amounts which can be paid to an individual participant under the Plan as
set forth in Section 5 hereof; (iv) change the types of business criteria on
which Performance-Based Awards are to be based under the Plan; or (v) modify the
requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan.

          23.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Plan, Benefits granted hereunder and actions
taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the law that might otherwise
govern under applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

     24.  EFFECTIVE DATE.

          (a)  The Plan shall be effective as of [         ], the date on which
the Plan was adopted by the Committee (the "Effective Date"), provided that the
Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company at an annual meeting, any
special meeting or by written consent of stockholders of the Company within 12
months of the Effective Date, and such approval of stockholders shall be a
condition to the right of each participant to receive any Benefits hereunder.
Any Benefits granted under the Plan prior to such approval of stockholders shall
be effective as of the date of grant (unless, with respect to any Benefit, the
Committee specifies otherwise at the time of grant), but no such Benefit may be
exercised or settled and no restrictions relating to any Benefit may lapse prior
to such stockholder approval, and if stockholders fail to approve the Plan as
specified hereunder, any such Benefit shall be cancelled.


                                       12
<PAGE>


          (b)  This Plan shall terminate on [          ] (unless sooner
terminated by the Committee).





                                       13


<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 10.7

                               GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.

                 1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

1.   PURPOSES.

          Genmar Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") desires to attract and retain
the services of outstanding non-employee directors by affording them an
opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through automatic,
non-discretionary awards of options ("Options") exercisable to purchase shares
of Common Stock (as defined below), and thus to create in such directors an
increased interest in and a greater concern for the welfare of the Company and
its subsidiaries.

          The Options offered pursuant to this Genmar Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock
Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the "Plan") are a matter of separate
inducement and are not in lieu of any other compensation for the services of any
director.

          The Options granted under the Plan are intended to be options that do
not meet the requirements for incentive stock options within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

          As used in the Plan, the term "parent corporation" and "subsidiary
corporation" shall mean a corporation coming within the definition of such terms
contained in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively.

2.   AMOUNT OF STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

          Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable for shares of the
Company's common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock").

          The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance
under the Plan upon the exercise of Options (the "Shares"), shall not exceed, in
the aggregate, 150,000 of the currently authorized shares of Common Stock of the
Company, such number to be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 13
of the Plan.

          Shares which may be acquired under the Plan may be either authorized
but unissued Shares, Shares of issued stock held in the Company's treasury, or
both.  If and to the extent that Options granted under the Plan expire or
terminate without having been exercised, the Shares covered by such expired or
terminated Options may again be subject to a later-granted Option under the
Plan.

3.   EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

          The Plan shall become effective on ____________, 1999 (the "Effective
Date"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Plan is not approved by a vote of the
stockholders of the Company at an annual meeting, any special meeting or by
written consent of stockholders within 12 months after the Effective Date, the
Plan and any Options granted under the Plan shall terminate.  The Plan shall
terminate at the close of business on

<PAGE>

________, 2009 (the "Termination Date"), unless sooner terminated in
accordance with its terms.

4.   ADMINISTRATION

          The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the
Company (the "Board of Directors"), which may designate from among its members a
committee to exercise all power and authority of the Board of Directors at any
time and from time to time to administer the Plan.  (References herein to the
Board of Directors shall be deemed to include references to any such committee,
except as the context otherwise requires.)  Subject to the express provisions of
the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have authority to construe the Plan and
the Options granted hereunder, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
regulations relating to the Plan and to make all other ministerial
determinations necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.  However, the
timing of grants of Options under the Plan and the determination of the amounts
and prices of such Options shall be effected automatically in accordance with
the terms and provisions of the Plan without further action by the Board of
Directors.

          The determination of the Board of Directors on matters referred to in
this Section 4 shall be conclusive.

5.   ELIGIBILITY.

          Each member of the Board of Directors who is not an employee of the
Company or any subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company (or
of any management company providing management services for the Company) shall
be eligible to be granted Options under the Plan (the "Eligible Directors").

          The Plan does not create a right in any person to participate in, or
be granted Options under, the Plan.

6.   OPTION GRANTS.

          On the Effective Date, each Eligible Director then in office shall
automatically be granted an Option to purchase 12,500 Shares (subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 13).  Thereafter, following each subsequent
annual meeting of stockholders of the Company during the term of the Plan, each
Eligible Director then in office shall automatically be granted an Option to
purchase 5,000 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13).  Each
Option granted to an Eligible Director pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced
by a written agreement between the Company and such Eligible Director.  Any
Eligible Director entitled to receive an Option grant pursuant to the Plan may
elect to decline the Option.

7.   NO VESTING

          All options granted hereunder shall be fully vested and immediately
exercisable as of the date of the grant.

                                       2
<PAGE>

8.   OPTION PRICE AND PAYMENT.

          The price for each Share purchasable upon exercise of any Option
granted hereunder shall be an amount equal to the fair market value per Share on
the date of grant.  For purposes of the Plan, fair market value per Share shall
be the closing price for Common Stock on the date of determination (or the last
preceding trading date if Common Stock was not traded on such date) if the
Common Stock is readily tradeable on a national securities exchange or other
market system, and if the Common Stock is not readily tradeable, fair market
value per Share shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

          The option exercise price may be paid in cash or, in the discretion of
the Board of Directors, by the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company
then owned by the option holder or by delivery to the Company of (x) irrevocable
instructions to deliver directly to a broker the stock certificates representing
the shares for which the Option is being exercised, and (y) irrevocable
instructions to such broker to sell such shares for which the Option is being
exercised, and promptly deliver to the Company the portion of the proceeds equal
to the Option exercise price and any amount necessary to satisfy the Company's
obligation for withholding taxes, or any combination thereof.  For purposes of
making payment in shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be valued at their
Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Option and shall have been held
by the Participant for at least six months.  To facilitate the foregoing, the
Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more
brokerage firms.  The Committee may prescribe any other method of paying the
exercise price that it determines to be consistent with applicable law and the
purpose of the Plan, including, without limitation, in lieu of the exercise of a
Stock Option by delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company then owned by
a participant, providing the Company with a notarized statement attesting to the
number of shares owned, where upon verification by the Company, the Company
would issue to the participant only the number of incremental shares to which
the participant is entitled upon exercise of the Stock Option.

9.   TERMS OF OPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON THE RIGHT OF EXERCISE.

          To the extent that an Option is not exercised within the exercise
period specified therein, it shall expire as to the then unexercised part.

          In no event shall an Option granted hereunder be exercised for a
fraction of a Share or for less than one hundred Shares (unless the number
purchased is the total balance for which the Option is then exercisable).

          A person entitled to receive Shares upon the exercise of an Option
shall not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares until the
date of issuance of a stock certificate to him or her for such Shares; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that until such stock certificate is issued, any holder of an Option
using previously acquired shares of Common Stock in payment of an option
exercise price shall continue to have the rights of a stockholder with respect
to such previously acquired shares of Common Stock.


                                       3
<PAGE>

10.  OPTION PERIOD AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.

          Any Option granted to an Eligible Director shall be exercisable for a
period beginning on the date of grant and ending ten (10) years from the date of
grant of such Option, except to the extent such exercise is further limited or
restricted pursuant to the provisions hereof.

          Each Eligible Director shall agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of
Shares acquired pursuant to an Option for a period of six (6) months following
the date of grant of such Option; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for purposes of this
sentence only, any Option granted to an Eligible Director on the Effective Date
shall be deemed to have been granted on the date the Plan is approved by the
shareholders of the Company.

          Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, Options granted under
the Plan shall be exercised by the optionee as to all or part of the Shares
covered thereby by the giving of written notice of the exercise thereof to the
Corporate Secretary of the Company at the principal business office of the
Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased, the proposed form of
payment and specifying a business day not more than ten (10) days from the date
such notice is given for the payment of the purchase price against delivery of
the Shares being purchased.  Subject to the terms of Sections 16, 17 and 18
hereof, the Company shall cause certificates for the Shares so purchased to be
delivered at the principal business office of the Company, against payment of
the full purchase price, on the date specified in the notice of exercise.

11.  TERMINATION OF DIRECTORSHIP.

          If an Eligible Director's service as a director of the Company is
terminated, including for Cause (as defined below), any Option previously
granted to such Eligible Director shall, to the extent not theretofore
exercised, terminate and become null and void; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

          (a)  If an Eligible Director holding an outstanding Option dies,
including during the three (3) month period, whichever is applicable, specified
in clause (b) immediately below, such Option shall, to the extent not
theretofore exercised, remain exercisable for six (6) months after such Eligible
Director's death, by such Eligible Director's legatee, distributee, guardian or
legal or personal representative;

          (b)  If the service of an Eligible Director holding an outstanding
Option is terminated by reason of (1) such Eligible Director's disability (as
described in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), (2) voluntary retirement from
service as a director of the Company or (3) failure of the Company to nominate
for re-election such Eligible Director who is otherwise eligible, except if such
failure to nominate for re-election is due to any act of (A) fraud or
intentional misrepresentation or (B) embezzlement, misappropriation or
conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company (in which case, such Option
shall terminate and no longer be exercisable), or (4) a merger, consolidation or
other form of restructuring in which the Board of Directors ceases to exist,
such Option shall, to the extent not theretofore exercised, remain exercisable
at any time up to and including three (3) months after the date of such
termination of service.

                                       4
<PAGE>

          If an Option granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal
representative of a deceased Eligible Director or former Eligible Director, or
by a person who acquired an Option granted hereunder by bequest or inheritance
or by reason of the death of any Eligible Director or former Eligible Director,
written notice of such exercise shall be accompanied by a certified copy of
letters testamentary or equivalent proof of the right of such legal
representative or other person to exercise such Option.

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10,
in no event shall any person be entitled to exercise any Option after the
expiration of the period of exercisability of such Option, as specified therein.

          For purposes of this Plan, "Cause" shall mean: (a) your violation of
any non-competition and/or confidentiality provisions agreed to at any time
between you and the Company or its affiliates; (b) your commission of an
intentional act of fraud, embezzlement, theft or dishonesty against the Company
or its affiliates; (c) your conviction of, or pleading of NOLO CONTENDERE to,
any crime which constitutes a felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or
which might, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, cause embarrassment to
the Company; or (d) the gross neglect or willful failure by you to perform your
duties and responsibilities in all material respects with respect to services
rendered to the Company, if such breach of duty is not cured within 30 days
after written notice thereof to you by the Board.  For purposes of clause (d),
no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be deemed "willful" unless done,
or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief
that such act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Company.

12.  USE OF PROCEEDS.

          The cash proceeds of the sale of Shares subject to the Options granted
hereunder are to be added to the general funds of the Company and used for its
general corporate purposes as the Board of Directors shall determine.

13.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

          An Option granted hereunder shall not be transferable, whether by
operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution.  Except to the extent provided above, Options also may not be
assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way (whether
by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution,
attachment or similar process.

14.  ANTI-DILUTION; ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

          Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, in the event of
any change in the Shares subject to the Plan or the capitalization of the
Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock
dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, combination of
shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind or other like change in capital
structure of the Company, or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to
stockholders of the Company in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of
participants' rights under the Plan, the Board of Directors shall adjust, in

                                       5
<PAGE>

its sole discretion, in an equitable manner as applicable, the form of and
the maximum number of Shares which may be acquired under the Plan pursuant to
the exercise of Options, the maximum number of Shares for which Options may
be granted to any one Eligible Director and the number of Shares and price
per Share subject to outstanding Options.  The determination of the Board of
Directors as to these matters shall be conclusive and binding on the optionee.

15.  RIGHT TO TERMINATE SERVICE

          The Plan shall not impose any obligation on the Company or on any
subsidiary corporation or parent corporation thereof to continue the service of
any Eligible Directors holding Options and shall not impose any obligation on
the part of any Eligible Director holding Options to remain in the service of
the Company or of any subsidiary corporation or parent corporation thereof.

16.  PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT

          Except as hereinafter provided, the Board of Directors may require the
holder of an Option granted hereunder, as a condition to the exercise of such
Option in the event the Shares subject to such Option are not registered
pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and
applicable state securities laws, to execute and deliver to the Company a
written statement, in form satisfactory to the Board of Directors, in which such
holder (a) represents and warrants that such holder is purchasing or acquiring
the Shares acquired thereunder for such holder's own account for investment only
and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof in violation of any
federal or state securities laws and (b) agrees that any subsequent resale or
distribution of any of such Shares shall be made only pursuant to either (1) an
effective registration statement covering such Shares under the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws or (2) specific exemptions from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state
securities laws, based on a written opinion of counsel, in form and substance
satisfactory to counsel for the Company, as to the application thereto of any
such exemptions.

          Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Company to register
Shares subject to any Option under the Securities Act or any state securities
law and, to the extent deemed necessary by the Company, Shares issued upon
exercise of an Option may contain a legend to the effect that registration
rights have not been granted with respect to such Shares.

17.  ISSUANCE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES; LEGENDS; PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

          The Company may endorse such legend or legends upon the certificates
for Shares issued upon exercise of Options granted pursuant to the Plan and may
issue such "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent in respect of such
Shares as the Board of Directors in its discretion, determines to be necessary
or appropriate to (a) prevent a violation of, or to perfect an exemption from,
the registration requirements of

                                       6
<PAGE>

the Securities Act or (b) implement the provisions of the Plan and any
agreement between the Company and the optionee or grantee with respect to
such Shares.

          The Company shall pay all issue or transfer taxes with respect to the
issuance or transfer of Shares, as well as all fees and expenses necessarily
incurred by the Company in connection with such issuance or transfer, except
fees and expenses that may be necessitated by the filing or amending of a
registration statement under the Securities Act, which fees and expenses shall
be borne by the recipient of the Shares unless such registration statement has
been filed by the Company for its own corporate purpose (and the Company so
states) in which event the recipient of the Shares shall bear only such fees and
expenses as are attributable solely to the inclusion of the Shares an optionee
receives in the registration statement.

          All Shares issued as provided herein shall be fully paid and
nonassessable to the extent permitted by law.

18.  LISTING OF SHARES AND RELATED MATTERS

          If at any time the listing, registration or qualification of the
Shares subject to such Option on any securities exchange or under any applicable
law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is
necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of an Option,
or the issuance of Shares thereunder, such Option may not be exercised in whole
or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval
shall have been effected or obtained.

19.  AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

          The Board of Directors may, from time to time, amend the Plan.

20.  TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN

          The Board of Directors may at any time suspend or terminate the Plan.
Options may not be granted while the Plan is suspended or after it is
terminated.  Rights and obligations under any Option granted while the Plan is
in effect shall not be altered or impaired by suspension or termination of the
Plan, except upon the consent of the person to whom the Option was granted.  The
ministerial power of the Board of Directors to construe and administer any
Options under Section 4 that are granted prior to the termination or the
suspension of the Plan shall continue after such termination or during such
suspension.

21.  SAVINGS PROVISION

          With respect to all participants in the Plan, transaction under the
Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 (or any
successor provision) under the Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of the
Plan or action by the Board of Directors fails to so comply, it shall be deemed
null and void to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board
of Directors.

                                       7
<PAGE>


22.  GOVERNING LAW

          The Plan, such Options as may be granted hereunder and all related
matters shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the
laws of the State of Delaware from time to time in effect.

23.  PARTIAL INVALIDITY

          The invalidity or illegality of any provision herein shall not be
deemed to affect the validity of any other provision.



                                       8


<PAGE>

                          MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT




         THIS MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT made and entered into this 1st day
of April, 1995, by and between JACOBS MANAGEMENT CORP., a Minnesota corporation
(hereinafter referred to as "JMC"), and GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware
corporation (hereinafter referred to as ("Holdings").

                  WHEREAS, JMC, through its officers, employees and staff, has
considerable knowledge and experience relating to the organization and financial
aspects of managing business enterprises and desires to aid and assist Holdings
by providing certain advisory and other managerial services to Holdings; and

                  WHEREAS, JMC has access through its officers to numerous
business opportunities, some of which may be desirable for Holdings to entertain
as additional businesses for it to pursue; and

                  WHEREAS, Holdings desires to engage JMC and both parties
desire to set forth their understandings and agreements pertaining to the
engagement of JMC.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1. ENGAGEMENT OF JMC. Pursuant to the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth, Holdings does hereby appoint and engage JMC, and JMC
hereby accepts its appointment and engagement by Holdings, as Holdings'
management consultant and advisor with respect to the matters specified in
paragraph 2 hereof.

                  2. SERVICES OF JMC. JMC shall provide managerial and advisory
services and recommendations to Holdings regarding Holdings' management,
including general management, direction and planning; financial management,
analysis and planning; general accounting and administration; marketing and
sales assistance; facilities management; insurance administration; tax
preparation and consulting; and personnel administration and public relations.
It is further agreed that JMC shall make available as often as requested by
Holdings, qualified personnel to assist Holdings with any problems or questions
Holdings may have in any of the above described areas. In addition, qualified
JMC personnel shall monitor, examine and review the operations of Holdings on a
regular basis and shall periodically report the results of such operations to
its Board of Directors.

                  3. RESPONSIBILITIES OF OFFICERS. The parties acknowledge that
Holdings has duly elected corporate officers. It is the parties intention that
except for the salaried officer positions of Holdings specified on Exhibit I to
the Agreement, substantially all of the responsibilities which would normally be
carried out by officers of Holdings will be carried out

<PAGE>

by employees of JMC acting in their capacity as an employee of JMC. The
parties further intend that, except at the written direction of the Holdings
Board of Directors, and individual who is an officer of Holdings and JMC
shall provide only limited administrative services, without compensation, to
Holdings in his capacity as an officer of Holdings. Such limited
administrative services shall include such things as signing formal
documents, as well as any other action required by law of a Holdings officer.

                  4. HOLDINGS' RESPONSIBILITIES. Holdings shall cooperate with
JMC personnel in the review and evaluation of Holdings' operating procedures and
shall provide such reports and other material as JMC may reasonably request.

                  5. CONFIDENTIALITY. It is understood that in the course of
performing its duties under this Agreement, JMC, its officers and personnel,
will become aware of certain financial information which Holdings considers to
be proprietary and confidential. JMC shall maintain all such information in the
strictest confidence and shall not disclose such information to any third party
without the prior consent of Holdings' Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as restricting or
prohibiting JMC, its officers and personnel, from offering the same or similar
services to other corporations or enterprises, whether or not such other
business enterprises could be considered to be competitive with the business of
Holdings.

                  6. CONSIDERATION. In consideration of JMC's services under
this Agreement, Holdings shall pay to JMC a management fee of $1,800,000 per
annum payable in twelve (12) equal monthly installments. Such monthly
installments are due and payable in advance of the first business day of each
month. If the agreement is renewed under Section 9 hereof such management fees
may be at the option of JMC, increased in each year following the current year
by an inflationary adjustment based on the CPI.

                  7. INVOICES FOR EXPENSES. JMC shall submit to Holdings all
invoices for expenses incurred by JMC personnel in connection with rendering
managerial services to Holdings under this Agreement. Within thirty (30) days
after receipt of any or all such invoices, Holdings shall reimburse JMC for such
expenses incurred. It is understood that reimbursement of such expenses shall be
in addition to the fee set forth in paragraph 6 above.

                  8. SPECIAL FEES FOR BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES. It is understood
that JMC may present to Holdings for its consideration certain business
opportunities which come to the attention of JMC and which may be appropriate
for Holdings to consider and pursue. Alternatively, Holdings may request of JMC
that it investigate certain business opportunities that may come before
Holdings. The consideration and engagement heretofore described is not to be
considered to have covered such activity, and in the event that JMC is involved
in the evaluation or implementation of such a business opportunity, a fee in
addition to that set forth in paragraph 6 above will be charged.

                                     2
<PAGE>

                  9. TERM OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall remain in effect
for a period of one (1) year commencing as of the date hereof, and shall be
renewable for two additional one (1) year terms unless otherwise specified and
agreed to in writing.

                  10 SEVERABILITY. Any provisions of this Agreement which is
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such
prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions
hereof.

                  11. AMENDMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and no amendment,
modification, termination or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and no
consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all parties, and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the given instance and for the
specific purpose for which given.

                  12. ASSIGNMENT PROHIBITED. The parties rights and obligations
under this Agreement may not be assigned to any third party without the written
consent of all the parties.

                  13. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed under the laws of the State of Minnesota.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement the day and year first written above.

                             JACOBS MANAGEMENT CORP.

                             By  /s/ David A. Mahler
                                 --------------------------------
                             Its   VP
                                 --------------------------------


                              GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.

                              By   /s/ James B. Farrell
                                 --------------------------------
                              Its    VP
                                 --------------------------------


                                     3
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 1




                              GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Position                                       Individual
- --------                                       ----------
<S>                                            <C>
President                                      Kenneth J. Severinson

Vice President, Secretary,
   General Counsel                             James B. Farrell

Vice President, Controller                     John S. Rosendahl

Vice President, Assistant
         General Counsel                       Mary McConnell
</TABLE>


                                     4


<PAGE>

                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                          MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

     This Amendment is entered into as of August 3, 1999 between Jacobs
Management Corp., a Minnesota corporation ("JMC") and Genmar Holdings, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Holdings").

     WHEREAS, JMC and Holdings entered into that certain Management Services
Agreement dated April 1, 1995 (the "Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, JMC and Holdings now wish to amend the Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

1.   Except as specified in this Amendment, all terms of the Agreement remain
unchanged and in full force and effect. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment
and not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

2.   The last sentence of Section 2 is deleted and replaced with the following:

     In addition, qualified JMC personnel shall monitor, examine and review the
operations of Holdings on a regular basis and shall periodically report the
results of such operations to the Board of Directors of Holdings.

3.   Section 3 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and is not replaced.

4.   The first sentence of Section 6 is deleted and replaced with the following:

     In consideration of JMC's services under this Agreement, Holdings shall pay
to JMC a management fee of $1,950,000 per annum payable in twelve (12) equal
monthly installments.

5.   Section 9 of the Agreement is amended in its entirety as follows:

     9.   TERM OF AGREEMENT. The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of
one (1) year commencing April 1, 1998. Thereafter, the Agreement shall be
automatically extended for successive one (1) year periods unless either party
provides to the other party written notice of termination at least two (2)
months prior to the end of the then-current term.

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date
first above written.

                              JACOBS MANAGEMENT CORP.


                              By:   /s/ David A. Mahler
                                   ----------------------------
                              Its:   VP
                                   ----------------------------


                              GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.


                              By:   /s/ Mary P. McConnell
                                   ----------------------------
                              Its:   Senior VP
                                   ----------------------------



                                     2


<PAGE>

                            RETENTION BONUS AGREEMENT


     This Agreement made as of the 31st day of October, 1998, by and between
JACOBS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("JMC") and GRANT E.
OPPEGAARD ("OPPEGAARD");

     WHEREAS, JMC provides management services to Genmar Holdings, Inc.
("GENMAR") pursuant to a management agreement with Genmar; and

     WHEREAS, Oppegaard has accomplished significant results as the President
and Chief Executive Officer of Genmar; and

     WHEREAS, JMC and Genmar consider that Oppegaard's continued employment as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Genmar is critical to the successful
conduct of Genmar's business during the period ending August 4, 1999; and

     WHEREAS, JMC has agreed to make the payment to Oppegaard as hereafter
provided in order to retain his services for Genmar during the period ending
August 4, 1999; and

     WHEREAS, Oppegaard has agreed to remain employed as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Genmar at least until August 4, 1999 on the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth,

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
hereinafter stated, the parties agree as follows:

1.   JMC agrees to pay Oppegaard a retention bonus (the "RETENTION BONUS") in
the amount of $2,860,000 on August 4, 1999 (the "PERFORMANCE DATE") on the
express condition that he has acted continuously from the date hereof to the
Performance Date as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Genmar;
provided, however, if Oppegaard is not employed as President and Chief Executive
Officer on the Performance Date because his

<PAGE>

employment was terminated by Genmar without cause, as hereafter defined,
prior to the Performance Date or because of his death or physical or mental
disability, JMC agrees to pay Oppegaard the Retention Bonus on the
Performance Date. If Oppegaard is deceased on the Performance Date, the
payment shall be made to the personal representative of his estate or to such
other party as Oppegaard may designate by written notice to JMC.

     For purposes of this Retention Bonus Agreement, the occurrence of any of
the following shall constitute termination of employment without cause:

          (a)  the assignment of Oppegaard of any duties that are inconsistent
     in any respect with his authority, duties, responsibilities or position as
     President and Chief Executive Officer of Genmar (including status, office,
     title or reporting relationships to or by Oppegaard);

          (b)  requiring Oppegaard to be based or spend significant time at any
     office or location other than that at which he was based as of the date
     hereof, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of his
     duties; or

          (c)  any other action which results in the diminution in Oppegaard's
     authority, duties, responsibilities or position.

     2.   If Oppegaard is in fact paid the Retention Bonus as set forth in
paragraph 1 hereof, Oppegaard agrees that such payment is in lieu of and a
substitution for any and all benefits that he would otherwise be eligible for or
entitled to under the Genmar Executive Severance Pay Plan which became effective
on March 17, 1998 unless he remains employed by Genmar for at least one year
after the Performance Date. If, for any reason Oppegaard is not paid the
Retention Bonus as set forth in paragraph 1 hereof, Oppegaard shall be eligible
for and entitled to the benefits, if any, provided to him under the provisions
of the Genmar Executive Severance Pay Plan which became effective March 17,
1998.

     3.   In consideration of the receipt of the Retention Bonus amount
specified in paragraph 1, Oppegaard agrees that upon termination of his
employment for any reason he will

                                     2
<PAGE>

not for a period of three years after termination of his employment engage in
the business of building recreational boats of any type or description either
as a consultant, employee, partner, shareholder, or otherwise and that he
will hold in a fiduciary capacity, for the benefit of Genmar, all secret,
confidential, or proprietary information, knowledge or data related to Genmar
and its respective subsidiaries which shall have been obtained by Oppegaard
during his employment by Genmar and which shall not be or become public
knowledge, including, but not limited to, information regarding vendors,
consultants, customers, dealers and agents of Genmar.

     4.   Other than as specifically and expressly provided herein, this
Agreement shall not constitute a contract of employment for a term and Oppegaard
acknowledges that he is and remains an employee of Genmar at will. Nothing
herein is intended to alter or affect the terms and conditions of employment
currently in effect regarding his duties, compensation or other benefits.

     5.   For the purpose of this Agreement, cause is defined as:

          (a)  Oppegaard's willful failure to perform his duties as President
     and Chief Executive Officer in the manner he was performing as of the date
     hereof; or

          (b)  any willful act or omission by Oppegaard constituting dishonesty,
     fraud or other malfeasance, and any act or omission by Oppegaard
     constituting immoral conduct, which in any such case is materially
     injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of Genmar or
     any of its subsidiaries or Oppegaard's indictment of a felony under the
     laws of the United States or any state thereof or any other jurisdiction in
     which Genmar conducts business.

          (c)  For purposes of this definition, no act or failure to act shall
     be deemed "willful" unless effected by Oppegaard not in good faith and
     without a reasonable belief that such action or failure to act was in or
     not opposed to Genmar's best interests.

                                     3
<PAGE>

     6.   The parties hereto agree that Genmar is a third party beneficiary of
     this Agreement and entitled to seek enforcement of the terms hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement the day
and year first above written. JACOBS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


                                    By: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                       --------------------------------
                                        Its: Ex V.P. Finance
                                            ---------------------------

                                    /s/ Grant E. Oppegaard
                                    -----------------------------------
                                    GRANT E. OPPEGAARD


                                   4


<PAGE>

                            RETENTION BONUS AGREEMENT


     This Agreement made as of the 31st day of October, 1998, by and between
JACOBS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("JMC") and ROGER R.
CLOUTIER, II ("CLOUTIER");

     WHEREAS, JMC provides management services to Genmar Holdings, Inc.
("GENMAR") pursuant to a management agreement with Genmar; and

     WHEREAS, Cloutier has accomplished significant results as Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Genmar; and

     WHEREAS, JMC and Genmar consider that Cloutier's continued employment as
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Genmar is critical to
the successful conduct of Genmar's business during the period ending August 4,
1999; and

     WHEREAS, JMC has agreed to make the payment to Cloutier as hereafter
provided in order to retain his services for Genmar during the period ending
August 4, 1999; and

     WHEREAS, Cloutier has agreed to remain employed as Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer of Genmar at least until August 4, 1999 on the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth,

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
hereinafter stated, the parties agree as follows:


     1.   JMC agrees to pay Cloutier a retention bonus (the "RETENTION BONUS")
in the amount of $2,860,000 on August 4, 1999 (the "PERFORMANCE DATE") on the
express condition that he has acted continuously from the date hereof to the
Performance Date as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Genmar; provided, however, if Cloutier is not


<PAGE>

employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on the
Performance Date because his employment was terminated by Genmar without
cause, as hereafter defined, prior to the Performance Date or because of his
death or physical or mental disability, JMC agrees to pay Cloutier the
Retention Bonus on the Performance Date. If Cloutier is deceased on the
Performance Date, the payment shall be made to the personal representative of
his estate or to such other party as Cloutier may designate by written notice
to JMC.

     For purposes of this Retention Bonus Agreement, the occurrence of any of
the following shall constitute termination of employment without cause:

          (a)  the assignment of Cloutier of any duties that are inconsistent in
     any respect with his authority, duties, responsibilities or position as
     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Genmar (including
     status, office, title or reporting relationships to or by Cloutier);

          (b)  requiring Cloutier to be based or spend significant time at any
     office or location other than that at which he was based as of the date
     hereof, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of his
     duties; or

          (c)  any other action which results in the diminution in Cloutier's
     authority, duties, responsibilities or position.

     2.   If Cloutier is in fact paid the Retention Bonus as set forth in
paragraph 1 hereof, Cloutier agrees that such payment is in lieu of and a
substitution for any and all benefits that he would otherwise be eligible for or
entitled to under the Genmar Executive Severance Pay Plan which became effective
on March 17, 1998 unless he remains employed by Genmar for at least one year
after the Performance Date. If, for any reason Cloutier is not paid the
Retention Bonus as set forth in paragraph 1 hereof, Cloutier shall be eligible
for and entitled to the benefits, if any, provided to him under the provisions
of the Genmar Executive Severance Pay Plan which became effective March 17,
1998.

                                     2
<PAGE>

     3.   In consideration of the receipt of the Retention Bonus amount
specified in paragraph 1, Cloutier agrees that upon termination of his
employment for any reason he will not for a period of three years after
termination of his employment engage in the business of building recreational
boats of any type or description either as a consultant, employee, partner,
shareholder, or otherwise and that he will hold in a fiduciary capacity, for the
benefit of Genmar, all secret, confidential, or proprietary information,
knowledge or data related to Genmar and its respective subsidiaries which shall
have been obtained by Cloutier during his employment by Genmar and which shall
not be or become public knowledge, including, but not limited to, information
regarding vendors, consultants, customers, dealers and agents of Genmar.

     4.   Other than as specifically and expressly provided herein, this
Agreement shall not constitute a contract of employment for a term and Cloutier
acknowledges that he is and remains an employee of Genmar at will. Nothing
herein is intended to alter or affect the terms and conditions of employment
currently in effect regarding his duties, compensation or other benefits. 5. For
the purpose of this Agreement, cause is defined as:

          (a)  Cloutier's willful failure to perform his duties as Executive
     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; or

          (b)  any willful act or omission by Cloutier constituting dishonesty,
     fraud or other malfeasance, and any act or omission by Cloutier
     constituting immoral conduct, which in any such case is materially
     injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of Genmar or
     any of its subsidiaries or Cloutier's indictment of a felony under the laws
     of the United States or any state thereof or any other jurisdiction in
     which Genmar conducts business.

          (c)  For purposes of this definition, no act or failure to act shall
     be deemed "willful" unless effected by Cloutier not in good faith and
     without a reasonable belief that such action or failure to act was in or
     not opposed to Genmar's best interests.

                                     3
<PAGE>

     6.   The parties hereto agree that Genmar is a third party beneficiary of
this Agreement and entitled to seek enforcement of the terms hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement the day
and year first above written.

                                   JACOBS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


                                   By:  [ILLEGIBLE]
                                      ------------------------------
                                       Its: Ex V.P. Finance
                                           -------------------------


                                   /s/ Roger R. Cloutier, II
                                   ---------------------------------
                                   ROGER R. CLOUTIER, II


                                     4



<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12

                            CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


     THIS CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made this _______ day
of _________________, 1999, to become effective as of _____________, 1999 (the
"Effective Date") by and between GENMAR INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation
(the "Contributor") and HATTERAS YACHTS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (the
"Company").

                                       RECITALS

     A.   Contributor has a business division (among other enterprises) which it
operates under the name Hatteras Yachts (the "Hatteras Yachts Division"), which
designs, manufactures and distributes premium luxury yachts.

     B.   Company has recently been incorporated for the specific purpose of
effecting the contribution, exchange and distribution transaction described in
Recitals C through F below.

     C.   Contributor and Company will become parties to an exchange and
distribution agreement by and among Genmar Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Genmar"), Minstar, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Minstar"),
Contributor and Company (the "Distribution Agreement"), pursuant to which
substantially all of the assets and all of the liabilities of the  Hatteras
Yachts Division are to be transferred to the Company in exchange for 2,358,470
shares of Company common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (the "Hatteras
Stock").

     D.   Genmar is the corporate parent of Minstar, and Minstar is the
corporate parent of Contributor.

     E.   Upon and after receipt of the Hatteras Stock, Contributor will,
pursuant to the terms of the Distribution Agreement, distribute the Hatteras
Stock to Minstar and Minstar will thereafter distribute the Hatteras Stock to
Genmar.

     F.   Genmar will, pursuant to the terms of the Distribution Agreement,
exchange and distribute the Hatteras Stock to its shareholders on a pro-rata
basis in accordance with the exchange terms (the "Distribution").


                                    1
<PAGE>


     G.   This Agreement sets forth the basic terms and conditions by which
Contributor will transfer to the Company the business and operations of the
Hatteras Yachts Division, including substantially all of its assets and all of
its liabilities.

     H.   This Agreement and the terms hereof are proscribed and governed by the
terms of the Distribution Agreement, which Distribution Agreement shall govern
in the event any term or terms of this Agreement conflict with any term or the
terms of the Distribution Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, specific terms and
provisions hereof or the Distribution Agreement, as applicable, shall prevail
over general terms and provisions set forth herein or in the Distribution
Agreement, as applicable, in the event of any such conflict no matter in which
agreement such provisions or terms appear.

     I.   Contributor and the Company wish to effect the transfers described
herein pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and applicable terms of the
Distribution Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual
covenants and agreements made herein, and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
intending to be legally bound agree as follows:

     1.   CONTRIBUTION AND EXCHANGE.  Subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein, the Company shall issue the Hatteras Stock to Contributor and
Contributor shall receive the Hatteras Stock from the Company.

     2.   CONSIDERATION.  On the Effective Date, Contributor, in full
consideration for the Hatteras Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement,
shall deliver to the Company, together with this Agreement, the assets of the
Hatteras Yachts Division (the "Hatteras Assets") which are limited specifically
to (i) the assets and interests transferred pursuant to the Bill of Transfer in
substantially the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
Contributor does not hereby or thereby transfer any interest in the assets and
interests owned, used or useful to Contributor which are identified on EXHIBIT B
hereto (the "Excluded Assets"), (ii) the intellectual property of the Hatteras
Yachts Division transferred pursuant to the Intellectual Property Assets listing
(and its attached assignment) in substantially the form attached hereto as
EXHIBIT C and (iii) other intangible property of Contributor with respect to the
business and operations of the Hatteras Yachts Division transferred pursuant to
the Assignment and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form attached
hereto as EXHIBIT D.  All the Hatteras Assets to be transferred to the Company
under and pursuant to this Agreement may also be referred to collectively herein
as the "Contributed Assets."


                                       2

<PAGE>


     3.   ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES; EXCLUDED LIABILITIES.  (a)  Subject to the
Excluded Liabilities described in Section 3(b) hereof, the Company hereby agrees
to assume from and after the Effective Date any and all Liabilities (as defined
below) of (i) Contributor arising from, in connection with or pursuant to the
operation of the Hatteras Yachts Division, including all Liabilities and
obligations under any intangible contract or agreement set forth in EXHIBIT D
hereto and (ii) AMF Incorporated arising from, in connection with or pursuant to
any environmental claims or investigations and any retiree benefits obligations
of the Hatteras Yachts Division or its predecessor operations or entities
(collectively the "Liabilities").   The term "Liabilities" as used hereunder
shall also mean any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, absolute or
contingent, mature or unmature, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or
unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising (unless otherwise specified in
this Agreement or the Distribution Agreement), including all trade accounts
payable, accrued liabilities, liabilities and obligations arising under any law,
rule, regulation, action (including any action, suit, arbitration, inquiry,
proceeding or investigation by or before any court, any governmental or other
regulatory or administrative agency or commission or any arbitration tribunal,
including the actions set forth in EXHIBIT E hereto), threatened action, order
or consent decree of any governmental entity or any award of any arbitrator of
any kind, liabilities arising under any contract, commitment or undertaking, the
tax and indemnification liability, if any, arising under Section 7 hereof, tax
paid or payable, loss of tax credits or net operating losses (valued at face at
the time of any determination), and shall also include all (i) intercompany debt
associated with, arising from or incurred in connection with the Hatteras Yachts
Division (which the parties have agreed equals or approximates $20 million) and
(ii) any tax or transfer fee arising from, in connection with or incident to the
transfer of any assets or Liabilities hereunder.

          (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(a) above, the Company
shall NOT assume any liability or claim arising from or in connection with (i)
that certain Agreement of Sale dated July 20, 1998 by and between Genmar
Industries, Inc. and C & M Investments of High Point, Inc. with respect to that
certain property known as Kivett Drive, Highpoint, North Carolina PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the obligations (x) under the lease of such Kivett Drive property
shall be a Liability hereunder and such lease is and all obligations thereunder
are transferred to the Company by this Agreement and (y) for any waste disposal
claims or Liabilities associated with the Kivett Drive property shall be the
responsibility of Company, (ii) income tax Liabilities arising from the
operations of the Hatteras Yachts Division through the Effective Date, (iii) any
Liability of Genmar or its Affiliates that does not arise from, was not incurred
in connection with or which was not associated with the Hatteras Yachts Division
or its predecessor operations or entities or (iv) any Tax that arises out of, in
connection with or incident to a final determination (that may no longer be
appealed) by a federal or state taxing authority that Section 355 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") (or any state
counterpart) may not be applied to the transactions contemplated by the
Distribution Agreement and such determination arises


                                       3

<PAGE>

solely from the acts or omissions of Genmar, Minstar, Contributor or their
affiliates (collectively, the "Excluded Liabilities").

     4.   FURTHER ACTION.

          (a)  The Company and Contributor shall make reasonable efforts to
cooperate, execute such documents and instruments and take such actions as are
required to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.  At any time and
from time to time after the Effective Date, at the Company's request and without
further consideration, Contributor will execute and deliver such other
instruments of sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and confirmation and take
such action as the Company may reasonably request in order to (i) more
effectively transfer, convey and assign to the Company and to confirm the
Company's title to and right to use and exploit the Contributed Assets, (ii) put
the Company in actual possession and operating control thereof, and (iii) assist
the Company in exercising all rights with respect thereto.

          (b)  To the extent that any transfers or other actions contemplated by
this Agreement shall not have been consummated prior to the Effective Date, the
parties shall cooperate to effect such transfers or other actions as promptly
following the Effective Date as shall be practicable, it nonetheless being
agreed and understood by the parties that neither party shall be liable in any
manner to any other party for any failure of any of the transfers or assumptions
contemplated by this Section 4 to be consummated prior to the Effective Date.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the transfer of any Contributed
Assets or the assumption of any Liabilities which by their terms or operation of
law cannot be transferred or assumed; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the parties shall
cooperate to seek to obtain any necessary consents or approvals for the transfer
of all Contributed Assets and assumption of all Liabilities contemplated to be
transferred or assumed pursuant to this Agreement and EXHIBIT E hereto.

          (c)  The transfers of the Hatteras Stock contemplated by this
Agreement and the Distribution Agreement shall be effected by means of delivery
of stock certificates and executed stock powers, notation on the stock record
books of the applicable corporation or other legal entities involved and
compliance with the additional requirements of Section 5 below.

     5.   ISSUANCE AND REISSUANCE OF HATTERAS STOCK.  The Company agrees that
upon delivery of this Agreement and the ancillary documents contemplated hereby,
it shall issue the Hatteras Stock to Contributor in one or more certificates (or
other appropriate documentation) as requested by Contributor.  Further, upon
request by Contributor, the Company will reissue the Hatteras Stock originally
issued to Contributor to Contributor's designee upon (i) tender of the Hatteras
Stock certificate to be reissued, duly endorsed for transfer, (ii) receipt of
written instructions from Contributor as to the identity of the

                                       4

<PAGE>

individual(s) and entities to whom such Hatteras Stock shall be reissued, and
(iii) receipt or evidence of written investment representations from each
transferee individual or entity.  The foregoing covenant to reissue shall at
all times be subject to applicable federal and state securities laws
regulating the sale and distribution of securities.  The stock legend set
forth in Section 5.3 of the Distribution Agreement shall be affixed to each
certificate of Hatteras Stock so reissued.  In order to properly effect the
Distribution, Genmar shall also provide to Hatteras prior to the Distribution
mailing and other address and contact information necessary for Hatteras to
comply with all notice and other requirements with respect to such
shareholders.

     6.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each of the parties hereto
understands and agrees that Contributor is not, in this Agreement or in any
other agreement or document contemplated by this Agreement representing or
warranting in any way (i) as to the value or freedom from encumbrance of, or
any other matter concerning any Contributed Assets or (ii) as to the legal
sufficiency to convey title to any Contributed Assets pursuant to this
Agreement or any agreement, including, without limitation, any conveyancing
and assumption instruments, it being agreed and understood that all such
Contributed Assets are being transferred "as is, where is" and that the
Company shall bear the economic and legal risk that any conveyances of such
Contributed Asset(s) shall prove to be insufficient or that Contributor's
title to any such Contributed Asset(s) shall be other than good and
marketable and free from encumbrances. Similarly, each party hereto
understands and agrees that no party hereto is, in this Agreement or in any
other agreement or document contemplated by this Agreement, representing or
warranting in any way that the obtaining of any consents or approvals, the
execution and delivery of any agreements or the making of any filings or
applications contemplated by this Agreement will satisfy the provisions of
any or all applicable agreements or the requirements of, without limitation,
any or all applicable laws, regulations, orders or judgments (collectively
"Laws"), it being agreed and understood that the Company shall bear the
economic and legal risk that any necessary consents or approvals are not
obtained or that any requirements of Laws are not complied with.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties shall use reasonable efforts to
obtain all consents and approvals, to enter into all agreements and to make
all filings and applications which may be required for the consummation of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without
limitation, all applicable regulatory filings or consents under federal or
state laws and all necessary consents, approvals, agreements, filings and
applications.

     7.   INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a)  Company shall be liable for any and all claims and Liabilities
described in Section 3(a) herein above, including (i) any and all claims and
Liabilities incurred by it subsequent to the date of its formation; (ii) any and
all claims and Liabilities, including all contractual and tax liabilities,
arising out of or in connection with the ownership, operation or transfer of
assets or Liabilities of the Hatteras Yachts Division prior or subsequent to the

                                       5

<PAGE>

Effective Date (but excluding those claims and liabilities described as Excluded
Liabilities in Section 3(b) hereof); (iii) any product warranty given by the
Hatteras Yachts Division prior to the Effective Date, and (iv) in particular,
but not by way of limitation, any and all corporate level taxes incurred by or
charged to Genmar arising out of or imposed as a result of the exchange or
distribution transactions if such tax so incurred or charged arises in
connection with or incident to a final determination (that may no longer be
appealed) by a federal or state taxing authority that (x) Section 355 of the
Code (or any state counterpart) does not apply to the transactions contemplated
by the Distribution Agreement or (y) the application of Section 355(e) of the
Code results in a tax to Genmar and/or its affiliates by reason of an equity
change of control of Hatteras after the distribution date.  Company hereby
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Genmar, Minstar, Contributor and their
affiliates from and against such claims and Liabilities (excluding the Excluded
Liabilities described in Section 3(b) hereof), including any contractual
breaches.  In the event Genmar, Minstar, Contributor or their affiliates suffer
or incur any Liability or expense to be borne by Company hereunder, Company
irrevocably agrees to reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless Genmar, Minstar,
Contributor and their affiliates for any expense or Liability associated
therewith.

          (b)  Genmar, Minstar, Contributor and their affiliates shall be NOT
liable for (i) any claims and Liabilities arising out of or in connection with
the ownership or operation of the Hatteras Yachts Division prior or subsequent
to the Effective Date, except for the Excluded Liabilities described in Section
3(b) hereof; (ii) any breach of any contract or agreement entered into or
warranty given in connection with the Hatteras Yachts Division by Genmar,
Minstar, Industries or their Affiliates in connection with the Distribution; and
(iii) the taxes described in Section 7(a)(iv) above.   In the event Company
suffers or incurs any Liability or expense to be borne by Genmar, Minstar,
Contributor or their affiliates solely as set forth in this Agreement (including
any claims with respect to the Excluded Liabilities described in Section 3(b)
hereof) or the Distribution Agreement, Contributor agrees to reimburse,
indemnify and hold harmless Company for any such expense or Liability.

     8.   ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND SERVICES.

          (a)  Upon Company's request, Contributor shall arrange as soon as
practicable following the Effective Date for the delivery to Company of active
agreements and corporate records in the possession of Genmar, Minstar,
Contributor or any of their affiliates relating to the assets, Liabilities,
business and operations of the Hatteras Yachts Division, except to the extent
such items (i) are already in the possession of Company or (ii) are to be
maintained by Genmar or Jacobs Management Corporation pursuant to a management
services agreement.  Such records shall be the property of the Company, but
shall be available to Genmar, Minstar, Contributor or any of their affiliates
for review and

                                       6

<PAGE>

duplication until Company shall dispose of such records as permitted by the
Distribution Agreement.

          (b)  From and after the Effective Date:

               (i)       Company shall afford to Contributor and its authorized
               accountants, counsel and other designated representatives
               reasonable access (including using reasonable efforts to give
               access to persons or firms possessing information) and
               duplicating rights during normal business hours to all records,
               books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and
               information (collectively, "Information") within the Company's
               possession relating to the Contributed Assets, Liabilities,
               business and operations of the Company or the Hatteras Yachts
               Division, insofar as access is reasonably required by Contributor
               or its affiliates.

               (ii)      Contributor shall afford to the Company and its
               authorized accountants, counsel and other designated
               representatives reasonable access (including using reasonable
               efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing
               Information) and duplicating rights during normal business hours
               to Information within its possession relating to the assets,
               Liabilities, business and operations of the Hatteras Yachts
               Division as constituted prior to the Effective Date, insofar as
               such access is reasonably required by the Company.

     Information may be requested under this Section 8(b) for, without
limitation, audit, accounting, claims, litigation and tax purposes, as well as
for purposes of fulfilling disclosure and reporting obligations and for
performing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     9.   MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by the internal
laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of comity or the
conflicts of laws provisions of any jurisdiction.

          (b)  CONSTRUCTION.  Each provision of this Agreement shall be
interpreted in a manner to be effective and valid to the fullest extent
permissible under applicable law.  The Recitals to this Agreement are
incorporated to this Agreement by reference.  The invalidity or unenforceability
of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other
provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.

                                       7

<PAGE>


          (c)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.

          (d)  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the other agreements and
documents referred to herein, shall constitute the entire agreement between the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all
previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject
matter.

          (e)  TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated and abandoned at
any time prior to the Effective Date by and in the sole discretion of
Contributor.  In the event of such termination, no party shall have any
liability of any kind to any other party.

          (f)  EXPENSES.  Contributor and the Company shall each be responsible
for their own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions
contemplated under this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company
acknowledges and agrees that Contributor will expend funds or accrue payables on
the Company's behalf in order to effect the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and, if such funds are spent or such payables are accrued, the Company
shall reimburse to Contributor a maximum amount of [$_____] for such
expenditures or payables to the extent such costs and expenses are (i) required
to be recorded as liabilities on the books of Hatteras in accordance with this
Agreement or the Distribution Agreement, (ii) constitute a tax or other similar
transfer fee on or relating to the transfer of any Contributed Asset or (iii)
pre-authorized by Hatteras.

          (g)  AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.  This Agreement may be amended or modified
only in writing executed on behalf of the parties hereto.  No waiver shall
operate to waive any further or future act and no failure to object of
forbearance shall operate as a waiver.

          (h)  NOTICES.  Notices hereunder shall be effective if given in
writing and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified
mail to:

     If to Contributor:       Genmar Industries, Inc.
                              100 South Fifth Street
                              Suite 2400
                              Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402
                              Attention:  General Counsel

     If to Company:           Hatteras Yachts, Inc.
                              110 N. Glenburnie Road
                              New Bern, North Carolina  28560
                              Attention:  President

                                       8

<PAGE>


or to such other address as may be designated by a party in writing upon at
least fifteen (15) days prior notice which was given in accordance with this
Section 9(h).

          (i)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors
and assigns, provided that this Agreement and the rights and obligations
contained herein or in any exhibit or schedule hereto shall not be assignable by
Company, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Contributor
and any attempt to effect any such assignment without such consent shall be
void.

          (j)  THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  Except as specifically set forth in
this Agreement or the Distribution Agreement there are not, and shall not be
determined to be, any intended or incidental third party beneficiaries to this
Agreement.  No Genmar shareholder shall have any rights or interest in this
Agreement prior to, and in any event only on completion of, the Distribution.


                             [SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]







                                       9

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date
first above written.

                                   GENMAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                   By:___________________________

                                   Title:________________________




                                   HATTERAS YACHTS, INC.


                                   By:___________________________

                                   Title:________________________











                                       10




<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.13


                        EXCHANGE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                                    BY AND AMONG

                               GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.,

                                   MINSTAR, INC.,

                              GENMAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                        AND

                               HATTERAS YACHTS, INC.







                            ______________________, 1999

<PAGE>

                         EXCHANGE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
<S>                                                                         <C>
RECITALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

ARTICLE I

       DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
       1.1    General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

ARTICLE II

       ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF MATERIAL FACTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
       2.1    Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
       2.2    Authority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
       2.3    Schedule of Genmar Shareholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

ARTICLE III

       PRELIMINARY ACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
       3.1    Cooperation Prior to the Distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
       3.2    Transfers Not Effected Prior to Distribution: Transfers Deemed
              Effective as of the Distribution Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
       3.3    No Representations or Warranties; Consents . . . . . . . . . . .6
       3.4    Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments. . . . . . . . . . . . .7

ARTICLE IV

       CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION OF INDUSTRIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
       4.1    Capital Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

ARTICLE V

       THE EXCHANGE AND DISTRIBUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
       5.1    Hatteras Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
       5.2    Genmar Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
       5.3    Stock Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8


                                       i
<PAGE>

ARTICLE VI

       MISCELLANEOUS LIABILITIES AND INDEMNIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
       6.1    Hatteras Yachts Division Liabilities; Indemnification. . . . . .9
       6.2    Genmar, Minstar and Industries Liabilities; Indemnification. . .9

ARTICLE VII

       ADDITIONAL ASSURANCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
       7.1    Mutual Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

ARTICLE VIII

       CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS OF DISTRIBUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
       8.1    Board Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       8.2    Taxation and Securities Laws Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       8.3    Contribution Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       8.4    Management Services Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       8.5    Shareholders' Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       8.6    Hatteras Loan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       8.7    Genmar Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       8.8    Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       8.9    Other Instruments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       8.10   Legal Proceedings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       8.11   Material Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ARTICLE IX

       ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
       9.1    Provision of Corporate Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
       9.2    Access to Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
       9.3    Provision of Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
       9.4    Production of Witnesses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
       9.5    Reimbursement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
       9.6    Retention of Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
       9.7    Confidentiality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ARTICLE X

       TAX MATTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
       10.1   Tax Indemnification by Genmar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
       10.2   Tax Indemnity and Covenant by Hatteras . . . . . . . . . . . . 14


                                       ii
<PAGE>

       10.3   Allocation of Income Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
       10.4   Filing Responsibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
       10.5   Refunds and Carrybacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
       10.6   Cooperation and Exchange of Information. . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ARTICLE XI

       ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
       11.1   Consents; Transfer of Assets and Assumption of  Liabilities. . 19
       11.2   Collection of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
       11.3   Hatteras Payment of Intercompany Debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
       11.4   Physical Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
       11.5   Genmar Inventory and Supply Buying Group . . . . . . . . . . . 19

ARTICLE XII

       MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
       12.1   Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
       12.2   Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       12.3   Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       12.4   Complete Agreement; Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       12.5   Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       12.6   Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       12.7   Amendments; Waivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       12.8   Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
       12.9   Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
       12.10  Third Party Beneficiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
</TABLE>

EXHIBITS

       Exhibit A - Contribution Agreement (Section 4.1)
       Exhibit B - Management Services Agreement (Section 8.4)
       Exhibit C - Shareholders' Agreement (Section 8.5)


                                       iii
<PAGE>

                        EXCHANGE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


       THIS EXCHANGE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and
entered into as of the ___ day of ______________, 1999 to be effective as of the
____ day of __________, 1999 (the "Effective Date") by and among GENMAR
HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Genmar"), MINSTAR, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Minstar"), GENMAR INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation
("Industries") and HATTERAS YACHTS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Hatteras").

                                     RECITALS

       A.     Genmar is planning an initial public offering (the "IPO") of its
common stock pursuant to a registration statement that is anticipated to become
effective in 1999.

       B.     Genmar's Board of Directors has determined that the product lines
offered by the Hatteras Yachts division operated by Genmar through its Affiliate
Industries (the "Hatteras Yachts Division") are inconsistent with (i) the Genmar
business and strategic plan and (ii) the other marine industry product lines
offered by Genmar and its Affiliates.

       C.     Genmar is the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares
of capital stock of Minstar, which owns all of the issued and outstanding shares
of capital stock of Industries.

       D.     Genmar has caused Industries to organize Hatteras and, pursuant to
this Agreement, will cause Industries to contribute certain assets and transfer
certain liabilities to Hatteras, which are presently associated with the
operation of the Hatteras Yachts Division business, in exchange for all of the
issued and outstanding common stock of Hatteras, par value $0.0001 (the
"Hatteras Stock").

       E.     It is the intention of Genmar to cause Industries to distribute to
Minstar the Hatteras Stock immediately following its contribution and transfer
of the assets and Liabilities of the Hatteras Yacht Division referred to in
Recital D above.

       F.     It is the intention of Genmar to cause Minstar to distribute the
Hatteras Stock to Genmar immediately following receipt and distribution of the
contribution referred to in Recital E above.

       G.     It is the intention of Genmar to offer an exchange of stock to its
shareholders whereby one (1) share of Hatteras Stock will be exchanged for one
(1) share of Genmar common stock held by such Genmar shareholders on the Record
Date; PROVIDED, that the number of shares of Genmar common stock that each
holder of Genmar common stock will


<PAGE>

exchange for Hatteras Stock shall be equal to ten percent (10%) of the number
of shares of Genmar common stock held by each holder of Genmar common stock
on the Record Date (the "Exchange").

       H.     In connection with the transactions described above, Hatteras will
borrow $25 million from a third party lendor for use as working capital and to
repay $20 million of intercompany debt owed to Genmar.

       I.     In connection with the borrowing transaction described in Recital
H above, it is Genmar's intention to guarantee approximately $5 million of
Hatteras' debt to the third party lendor.

       J.     The transactions described in the Recitals above will occur prior
to the IPO.

       K.     The transactions described herein are intended to constitute a
plan which will qualify, without limitation, under Sections 351, 355 and/or 368
(a) (1) (D) of the Code.

       NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, the mutual
covenants and agreements made herein, and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
intending to be legally bound agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

       1.1    GENERAL.  As used in this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, the
following terms shall have the following meanings:

       ACTION:  any action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or
investigation by or before any court, any governmental or other regulatory or
administrative agency or commission or any arbitration tribunal.

       AFFILIATE:  a legal entity or association which, directly or indirectly,
is controlled by, is in control of, or under common control with the legal
entity or association with reference to which the term "affiliate" is used.

       ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS:  all of the agreements, instruments,
understandings, assignments or other arrangements entered into in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation the
Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments, the Contribution Agreement, the
Management Services Agreement and the Shareholders' Agreement.


                                       2
<PAGE>

       ASSUMED LIABILITIES:  all of the Liabilities associated with the Hatteras
Yachts Division business.

       CODE:  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or, as the context
may require, the Internal Revenue Code applicable to the pre-Distribution year
in question.

       CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1
of this Agreement.

       CONVEYANCING AND ASSUMPTION INSTRUMENTS:  collectively, the various
agreements, instruments and other documents to be entered into to effect the
transfer, effective on, prior or subsequent to the Distribution Date, in the
manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

       DETERMINATION:  means a "determination" as defined by Section 1313(a) of
the Code.

       DISTRIBUTION:  the distribution effected in accordance with the Exchange
to all holders of Genmar common stock on the Record Date of the Hatteras Stock
owned by Genmar.

       DISTRIBUTION DATE: the date of effecting the Distribution.

       EFFECTIVE DATE:  shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Agreement.

       EXCHANGE: shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this
Agreement.

       GENMAR:  shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Agreement.

       HATTERAS:  shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Agreement.

       HATTERAS LOAN:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6 of this
Agreement.

       HATTERAS STOCK:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this
Agreement.

       HATTERAS YACHTS DIVISION:  shall have the meaning set forth in the
Recitals to this Agreement.

       INCOME TAXES:  means all Taxes based upon or measured by income.

       INDUSTRIES:  shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Agreement.

       INFORMATION:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 of this
Agreement.


                                       3
<PAGE>

       IPO:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

       IRS:  means the Internal Revenue Service.

       JMC:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4 of this Agreement.

       LIABILITIES:  any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, absolute or
contingent, mature or unmature, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or
unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising (unless otherwise specified in
this Agreement), including all costs and expenses relating thereto, and those
debts, liabilities and obligations arising under any law, rule, regulation,
Action, threatened Action, order or consent decree of any governmental entity or
any award of any arbitrator of any kind, and those arising under any contract,
commitment or undertaking.  In the case of Hatteras, Liabilities shall include
all intercompany debt designated by Genmar to be associated with or arising in
connection with the Hatteras Yachts Division; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that such
determination by Genmar shall be final and binding.

       MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT:  shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 8.4 of this Agreement.

       MINSTAR:  shall have meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

       RECORD DATE:  the date determined by the board of directors of Genmar as
the "Record Date" to establish the Genmar shareholders who will receive the
Exchange offer and may participate in the Distribution.

       RETURNS:  means returns, reports and forms required to be filed with
respect to Taxes.

       SECURITY ACT:  means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

       SERVICES:  shall have meaning set forth in Section 9.4 of this Agreement.

       SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5
of this Agreement.

       TAX LAWS:  means the Code, and any other federal, state, county, local,
or foreign laws relating to Taxes and any regulations or official administrative
pronouncements released thereunder.

       TAXES:  means all taxes (whether federal, state, local or foreign) based
upon or measured by income and any other tax whatsoever, including, without
limitation, gross receipts, profits, sales, use, occupation, value added, ad
valorem, transfer, franchise, capital


                                       4
<PAGE>

stock, net worth, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, or property
taxes, together with any interest or penalties imposed with respect thereto.

       TAXING AUTHORITY: means any governmental authority, domestic or foreign,
having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection, or other
imposition of Tax.

                                   ARTICLE II

                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF MATERIAL FACTS

       2.1    ORGANIZATION.  The parties acknowledge that each is duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware, as applicable, with requisite corporate power to own their properties
and assets and to carry on their respective businesses as presently conducted or
contemplated. Genmar will, on the Distribution Date, be the owner of all of the
Hatteras Stock, and all other issued and outstanding interests in capital stock
of Hatteras.

       2.2    AUTHORITY.  The parties acknowledge that each have the full power
and authority to enter into this Agreement, to carry out the transactions
contemplated hereby, and all proceedings and other actions required to be taken
to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreements have been properly taken and this Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreements constitute valid and binding obligations of each of the
parties hereto, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their
respective terms.

       2.3    SCHEDULE OF GENMAR SHAREHOLDERS.  SCHEDULE 1 to this Agreement
sets forth the Genmar Shareholders and the number of shares of Hatteras Stock to
be received on the Distribution Date.

                                 ARTICLE III

                             PRELIMINARY ACTION

       3.1    COOPERATION PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION.

              (a)    COMPILATION OF HATTERAS YACHTS DIVISION DILIGENCE MATERIALS
AND SCHEDULES.  Hatteras, Genmar and Industries shall cooperate in compiling,
preparing and scheduling such due diligence information and records as shall be
deemed necessary or appropriate to enable the parties to properly and completely
prepare this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and all Conveyancing and
Assumption Instruments which may be necessary or desirable to effect the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                       5
<PAGE>

              (b)    BENEFIT PLANS AND INSURANCE.  All parties shall cooperate
in preparing, approving and implementing any agreements or other actions which
are appropriate to separate benefit plans or insurance of Genmar and Industries
from benefit plans of Hatteras and the Hatteras Yachts Division, if necessary.
In the event any such benefit plans or insurance coverage applicable to Hatteras
continues under a contractual obligation of Genmar or any Genmar Affiliate,
Hatteras shall be obligated to remit to Genmar any monies due which relate to
Hatteras' coverage under such plans or policies, prior to or upon its due date.

              (c)    SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE AND BLUE SKY.  The parties shall
take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate under the Securities Act
and the securities (or blue sky laws) of states or other political subdivisions
of the United States in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

              (d)    HATTERAS STOCK.  The parties acknowledge and agree that the
Hatteras Stock (i) will not be registered under the Securities Act or under any
state law counterpart and (ii) may not be transferred except in accordance with
applicable federal and state securities laws.

       3.2    TRANSFERS NOT EFFECTED PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION: TRANSFERS DEEMED
EFFECTIVE AS OF THE DISTRIBUTION DATE.  To the extent that any transfers or
other actions contemplated by this Article III and Article IV hereof shall not
have been consummated prior to the Distribution Date, the parties shall
cooperate to effect such transfers or other actions as promptly following the
Distribution Date as shall be practicable, it nonetheless being agreed and
understood by the parties that neither party shall be liable in any manner to
any other party for any failure of any of the transfers or assumptions
contemplated by this Article III or Article IV hereof to be consummated prior to
the Distribution Date. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the transfer
of any assets or the assumption of any Liabilities which by their terms or
operation of law cannot be transferred or assumed; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
parties shall cooperate to seek to obtain any necessary consents or approvals
for the transfer of all assets and assumption of all Liabilities contemplated to
be transferred or assumed pursuant to this Article III and Article IV or any
Ancillary Agreement.

       3.3    NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES; CONSENTS. Each of the parties
hereto understands and agrees that no party hereto is, in this Agreement or in
any Ancillary Agreement or in any other agreement or document contemplated by
this Agreement, representing or warranting in any way (i) as to the value or
freedom from encumbrance of, or any other matter concerning any assets of such
party or (ii) as to the legal sufficiency to convey title to any asset pursuant
to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, including, without limitation, any
Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments, it being agreed and understood that all
such assets are being transferred "as is, where is" and that the party to which
such assets are to be transferred hereunder shall bear the economic and legal
risk that


                                      6
<PAGE>

any conveyances of such assets shall prove to be insufficient or that such
party's title to any such assets shall be other than good and marketable and
free from encumbrances. Similarly, each party hereto understands and agrees
that no party hereto is, in this Agreement or in any other agreement or
document contemplated by this Agreement, representing or warranting in any
way that the obtaining of any consents or approvals, the execution and
delivery of any agreements or the making of any filings or applications
contemplated by this Agreement will satisfy the provisions of any or all
applicable agreements or the requirements of any or all applicable laws or
judgments, it being agreed and understood that the party to which any assets
are transferred shall bear the economic and legal risk that any necessary
consents or approvals are not obtained or that any requirements of laws or
judgments are not complied with. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties
shall use reasonable efforts to obtain all consents and approvals, to enter
into all agreements and to make all filings and applications which may be
required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, including, without limitation, all applicable regulatory filings
or consents under federal or state laws and all necessary consents,
approvals, agreements, filings and applications.

       3.4    CONVEYANCING AND ASSUMPTION INSTRUMENTS.  In connection with the
transfer of assets (other than capital stock) and the transfer and assumption of
Liabilities between Industries and Hatteras as contemplated by this Agreement
and the Ancillary Agreements, the parties shall execute or cause to be executed
by the appropriate entities the Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments in such
form as the parties shall agree. The transfer of the Hatteras Stock shall be
effected by means of delivery of stock certificates and executed stock powers
and notation on the stock record books of the applicable corporation or other
legal entities involved.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                       CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION OF INDUSTRIES

       4.1    CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION.  Prior to the Distribution Date, Industries
will contribute cash and other assets (including unamortized goodwill) of the
Hatteras Yachts Division to Hatteras in an amount based upon the book value of
the assets contributed. Such contribution will be accomplished through the
following steps (with such modifications as the parties may deem necessary or
desirable to qualify the Distribution for non-recognition treatment under Code
Sections 368(a) (1) (D), 355(a) (1) and 351: (i) Industries will transfer the
assets and Liabilities of the Hatteras Yachts Division to Hatteras, in exchange
for the Hatteras Stock, pursuant to a capital contribution agreement
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A hereto (the "Contribution Agreement"),
(ii) Industries will distribute to Minstar the Hatteras Stock, and (iii) Minstar
will distribute to Genmar the Hatteras Stock. Such steps are intended to be
accomplished without any recognition of gain or loss pursuant to various
Sections of the Code, including Sections 351, 355, 357, 361, 368 and 1032, and
the


                                       7
<PAGE>

Distribution is intended to qualify under Section 355 of the Code. All of
such steps and the Distribution shall be reported on all Genmar and Hatteras tax
returns and other statements in accordance with such intentions, unless
otherwise indicated by Genmar.  Genmar and Hatteras acknowledge and agree that
all of the Hatteras Stock held by Genmar will be distributed to the holders of
outstanding shares of Genmar common stock in accordance with the Exchange.

                                  ARTICLE V

                         THE EXCHANGE AND DISTRIBUTION

       5.1    HATTERAS ACTIONS.  Hatteras shall take all steps required by
Genmar to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the
Ancillary Agreements. Prior to the Distribution, and after completion of the
transactions contemplated in Article IV hereof, Hatteras shall cause to be
issued to Genmar a certificate or certificates representing 2,358,470 shares of
Hatteras common stock.

       5.2    GENMAR ACTIONS.  In order to properly effect the Distribution,
Genmar shall provide to Hatteras prior to the Distribution the SCHEDULE 1 list
of Genmar shareholders and the number of shares of Hatteras Stock to which each
such shareholder is entitled pursuant to the Exchange, as well as the mailing
and other address and contact information necessary for Hatteras to comply with
all notice and other requirements with respect to such shareholders.

       5.3    STOCK LEGEND.  Each certificate representing shares of Hatteras
Stock issued to the Genmar shareholders, and any successor, shall have the
following legend imprinted on the reverse of such certificate:

       The shares represented by this certificate were issued without
       registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
       "Act"), and without registration under state securities laws, in
       reliance upon exemptions contained in the Act and such laws. No
       transfer of these shares or any interest therein may be made
       except pursuant to an effective registration statement under said
       laws unless Hatteras Yachts, Inc. has received an opinion of
       counsel satisfactory to it that such transfer or disposition does
       not require registration under said laws and, for any sales under
       Rule 144 of the Act, such evidence as it shall request for
       compliance with that rule.


                                       8
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                   MISCELLANEOUS LIABILITIES AND INDEMNIFICATION

       6.1    HATTERAS YACHTS DIVISION LIABILITIES; INDEMNIFICATION. Subject to
the provisions of Article X below, Hatteras shall be liable for any and all
claims and Liabilities described in the Contribution Agreement, including (i)
any and all claims and Liabilities incurred by Hatteras subsequent to the date
of its formation; (ii) any and all claims and Liabilities, including all
contractual and Tax Liabilities (including without limitation those described in
Section 10.1(c) hereof), arising out of or in connection with the ownership or
operation of the Hatteras Yachts Division prior or subsequent to the date the
Hatteras Yachts Division assets are contributed to Hatteras (but excluding those
claims and Liabilities described as Excluded Liabilities in the Contribution
Agreement), and (iii) any product warranty given by the Hatteras Yachts Division
prior or subsequent to the Distribution. Hatteras hereby agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless Genmar, Minstar, Industries and their Affiliates from and
against such claims and Liabilities, including any contractual breaches. In the
event Genmar, Minstar, Industries and their Affiliates suffer or incur any
Liability or expense to be borne by Hatteras hereunder, Hatteras agrees to
reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless Genmar, Minstar, Industries and their
Affiliates for any expense or Liability associated therewith.

       6.2    GENMAR, MINSTAR AND INDUSTRIES LIABILITIES; INDEMNIFICATION.
Subject to the provisions of Article X below, Genmar, Minstar, Industries and
their Affiliates shall be NOT liable for any claims and Liabilities described in
the Contribution Agreement, including (i) any and all claims and Liabilities
incurred by Hatteras subsequent to the date of its formation, (ii) any and all
claims and Liabilities, including all contractual and Tax liabilities arising
out of or in connection with the ownership or operation of the Hatteras Yachts
Division prior or subsequent to the date the Hatteras Yachts Division assets are
contributed to Hatteras (with the exception of the Excluded Liabilities
described in the Contribution Agreement) and (iii) any breach of any contract
entered into or warranty given in connection with the Hatteras Yachts Division
by Genmar, Minstar, Industries or their Affiliates in connection with the
Distribution.  In the event Hatteras suffers or incurs any Liability or expense
to be borne by Genmar, Minstar, Industries or their Affiliates as set forth in
this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, Genmar agrees to reimburse,
indemnify and hold harmless Hatteras for such expense or Liability.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                             ADDITIONAL ASSURANCES

       7.1    MUTUAL ASSURANCES.  The parties agree to cooperate with respect to
the implementation of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and to execute
such further


                                       9
<PAGE>

documents and instruments as may be necessary to (i) confirm the transfer of
the Hatteras Yachts Division assets and the Liabilities and (ii) to effect
transactions contemplated hereby. Such cooperation may include joint meetings
with corporate partners, suppliers, customers and others to the extent
necessary to assure the orderly transition of the business and operations of
the Hatteras Yachts Division as contemplated hereby; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any of the parties to take any
action or reach any understandings which may violate any applicable laws. The
parties agree that they will not take any action inconsistent with this
Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements in connection with the contribution and
the Distribution and, if any of the parties shall take any such inconsistent
action, or fail to use such best efforts, it will indemnify the other parties
for any expense or Liability incurred as a consequence thereof. The parties
acknowledge and agree that no tax or securities opinions have been or are
anticipated to be obtained in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereunder. Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 12.6 of this
Agreement, the parties shall bear their own expenses associated with the
contribution of the Hatteras Yachts Division and the Distribution.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                    CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS OF DISTRIBUTION

       The Distribution shall be subject to the implementation of the portions
of this Agreement which are contemplated to become effective prior to the
Distribution and to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

       8.1    BOARD APPROVAL.  This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements
(including exhibits and schedules) shall have been approved by the Board of
Directors of all parties and shall have been executed and delivered by
appropriate officers of all parties.

       8.2    TAXATION AND SECURITIES LAWS COMPLIANCE.  The transactions
contemplated hereby shall be in compliance with applicable federal and state
taxation and securities laws and, if determined necessary by Genmar, Genmar
shall have received a satisfactory determination with regard to exemptions from
taxation and compliance with securities laws in connection with the
contribution, the Distribution and related matters.

       8.3    CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT.  Industries and Hatteras shall have
entered into the Contribution Agreement and shall have performed all of their
respective obligations thereunder required to be performed on or before the
Distribution Date.

       8.4    MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT.  Each of Hatteras, Genmar and
Jacobs Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("JMC") shall on or before
the Distribution Date enter into a management services agreement substantially
in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto (the "Management Services Agreement") pursuant
to which Genmar and


                                       10
<PAGE>

JMC shall provide advisory, management, administrative, legal, environmental,
financial, accounting and other such services to and on behalf of Hatteras
for a period of one (1) year following the Distribution Date.

       8.5    SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT.  Each of the following shareholders of
Genmar (i) Irwin L. Jacobs, (ii) Jacobs Management Corporation, (iii) Miramar
Equity Holdings Partnership, (iv) Jacobs Industries, Inc., (v) Carl R. Pohlad,
as Trustee of Revocable Trust No. 2 of Carl R. Pohlad created U/A dated 5/28/93,
(vi) PEP Partnership, (vii) RDV Capital Management L.P. II, (viii) Orekeon
Holdings AB, (ix) the State of Wisconsin Investment Board, (x) all other
shareholders of Genmar and their Affiliates who will receive Distribution of
Hatteras Stock hereunder, and (xi) Hatteras shall enter into a shareholders'
agreement effective on and after the Distribution Date substantially in the form
of Exhibit C hereto (the "Shareholders' Agreement") pursuant to which such
shareholders and Hatteras shall agree to, among other things, certain transfer
restrictions, purchase obligations and capital stock registration rights.

       8.6    HATTERAS LOAN.  On or prior to the Distribution Date, Hatteras
shall have obtained and have the right to draw upon a third party lender loan
(the "Hatteras Loan") in an amount not less than $25 million to be used for
repayment of intercompany debt of the Hatteras Yachts Division and for working
capital purposes.

       8.7    GENMAR GUARANTEE.  On or prior to the Distribution Date, Genmar
shall have guaranteed the due performance of Hatteras under the Hatteras Loan,
in an amount not to exceed $5 million, pursuant to a guarantee in form and
substance mutually acceptable to Genmar and its counsel, Hatteras and the
lending institution issuing the Hatteras Loan.

       8.8    CONSENTS.  The parties shall have received such consents, and
shall have received executed copies of such agreements or amendments of
agreements, as deemed necessary in connection with the completion of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

       8.9    OTHER INSTRUMENTS.  All actions and other Conveyancing and
Assumption Instruments deemed necessary or advisable in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby shall have been taken or executed, as the case
may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the parties.

       8.10   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.  No legal proceedings affecting or arising out
of the transactions contemplated hereby or which could otherwise affect in a
materially adverse manner shall have been commenced or threatened against any of
the parties or the directors or officers of any of the parties.


                                       11
<PAGE>

       8.11   MATERIAL CHANGES.  No material adverse change shall have occurred
with respect to any of the parties, the securities markets or general economic
or financial conditions which shall, in the reasonable judgment of Genmar, make
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement inadvisable.

                                 ARTICLE IX

                       ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND SERVICES

       9.1    PROVISION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.  Upon Hatteras' request, Genmar
and Industries shall arrange as soon as practicable following the Distribution
Date for the delivery to Hatteras of active agreements and corporate records in
the possession of Genmar, Minstar, Industries or any of their Affiliates
relating to the assets, Liabilities, business and operations of the Hatteras
Yachts Division, except to the extent such items (i) are already in the
possession of Hatteras, (ii) are "Excluded Liabilities" or "Excluded Assets"
under the Contribution Agreement or (iii) are to be maintained by Genmar or JMC
pursuant to the Management Services Agreement. Such records shall be the
property of Hatteras, but shall be available to Genmar, Minstar, Industries or
any of their Affiliates for review and duplication until Hatteras shall dispose
of such records as permitted by Section 9.7 hereof.

       9.2    ACCESS TO INFORMATION.  From and after the Distribution Date,
Hatteras shall afford to Genmar and its authorized accountants, counsel and
other designated representatives reasonable access (including using reasonable
efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information) and
duplicating rights during normal business hours to all records, books,
contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information
(collectively, "Information") within Hatteras' possession relating to the
assets, Liabilities, business and operations of Hatteras or the Hatteras Yachts
Division, insofar as such access is reasonably required by Genmar. Genmar shall
afford to Hatteras and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated
representatives reasonable access (including using reasonable efforts to give
access to persons or firms possessing Information) and duplicating rights during
normal business hours to Information within Genmar's and its Affiliates'
possession relating to the assets, Liabilities, business and operations of the
Hatteras Yachts Division as constituted prior to the Distribution, insofar as
such access is reasonably required by Hatteras. Information may be requested
under this Article IX for, without limitation, audit, accounting, claims,
litigation and tax purposes, as well as for purposes of fulfilling disclosure
and reporting obligations and for performing the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

       9.3    PROVISION OF SERVICES.  Each party to this Agreement, upon written
request, shall make available to any other party, during normal business hours
and in a manner that will not unreasonably interfere with such party's business,
its financial, tax, accounting, legal, personnel, employee benefits and similar
staff services (collectively "Services")


                                       12
<PAGE>

whenever and to the extent that they may be reasonably required in connection
with the preparation of tax returns, audits, claims, litigation or
administration of employee benefit plans, and otherwise to assist in
effecting an orderly transition following the Distribution.

       9.4    PRODUCTION OF WITNESSES.  At all times from and after the
Distribution Date, each of the parties shall use reasonable efforts to make
available to the other, upon written request, its officers, directors, employees
and agents as witnesses to the extent that such persons may reasonably be
required in connection with legal, administrative or other proceedings in which
the requesting party may from time to time be involved.

       9.5    REIMBURSEMENT.  A party providing Information, Services or
witnesses to any other party under this Article IX shall be entitled to receive
from the recipient, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, payment for
providing such Information, Services or witnesses corresponding to a reasonable
pro rata share of the salary and benefits of the officers, directors, employees
and agents involved, and the supplies, disbursements and other out-of- pocket
expenses as may be reasonably incurred in providing such Information or Services
or producing such witnesses; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that there shall be no charge
for such salary and benefits for a party's participation in an existing and
known lawsuit (as determined on the Effective Date).

       9.6    RETENTION OF RECORDS.  Following the Distribution Date, each of
the parties shall retain all Information relating to any other party, except as
otherwise required by law or set forth in an Ancillary Agreement or except to
the extent that such Information is in the public domain or in the possession of
the other party, for the period specified for such types of Information as set
forth in Industries' record retention policy (or that of its parent).

       9.7    CONFIDENTIALITY.  Subject to any contrary requirement of law and
the right of each party to enforce its rights hereunder in any legal action or
other claim or proceeding, each party shall keep strictly confidential, and
shall cause its employees and agents to keep strictly confidential, any
Information of or concerning the other party which it or any of its agents or
employees may acquire pursuant to, or in the course of performing its
obligations under, any provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such obligation to maintain confidentiality shall not
apply to Information which (i) at the time of disclosure was in the public
domain, not as a result of improper acts by the receiving party, (ii) was
already independently in the possession of the receiving party at the time of
disclosure, (iii) is received by the receiving party from a third party who did
not receive such Information from the disclosing party under an obligation of
confidentiality, or (iv) is required by law or regulation (including Tax Laws)
to be disclosed, but only in the context and to the extent required by such law
or regulation.


                                       13
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE X

                                  TAX MATTERS

       10.1   TAX INDEMNIFICATION BY GENMAR.  Genmar shall indemnify and hold
Hatteras and any successor entity thereto or Affiliate thereof harmless from and
against the following Taxes arising from or attributable to the business or
operations of Genmar and its Affiliates:

              (a)    any and all Taxes arising in or attributable to any taxable
period ending (or deemed, pursuant to Section 10.3, to end) on or before the
Distribution Date except for state, local or foreign Taxes (not based on income)
of the Hatteras Yacht Division which are (i) payable or (ii) not yet due and
payable as of the Distribution Date, and are Liabilities of the Hatteras Yachts
Division;

              (b)    any several liability of such entities under Treasury
Regulations Section 1.1502-6 or under any comparable or similar provision under
state, local or foreign laws or regulations for periods ending on or prior to
the Distribution Date; and

              (c)    any and all corporate level Taxes arising out of or imposed
in connection with the Exchange or Distribution or any of the transactions
arising out of or incident to the Exchange or Distribution; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
(i) that neither Genmar, nor any of its Affiliates, shall be liable for any such
corporate level Tax if such Tax arises out of, in connection with or incident to
a final determination (that may no longer be appealed) by a federal or state
taxing authority that (x) Section 355 of the Code (or any state counterpart)
does not apply to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such
determination arises directly or indirectly from the acts or omissions of
Hatteras or (y) the application of Section 355(e) of the Code results in a Tax
to Genmar and/or its Affiliates by reason of an equity change of control of
Hatteras after the Distribution Date, and (ii) that Genmar shall be indemnified
at the time of such determination by Hatteras for any Tax paid and/or loss of
Tax benefits by use of its credits or net operating losses resulting from any
Tax incurred pursuant to the determination described in sentence (i) immediately
above.

       10.2   TAX INDEMNITY AND COVENANT BY HATTERAS.  Hatteras shall indemnify
and hold Genmar, Minstar, Industries and their Affiliates and any successor
entities thereto and any Affiliates thereof harmless from and against, the
following Taxes arising from or attributable to the business or operations of
Hatteras:

              (a)    any and all Taxes arising in or attributable to any taxable
period beginning (or deemed pursuant to Section 10.3 to begin) after the
Distribution Date and Taxes and other similar transfer fees which are incurred
in connection with the transfer of assets or Liabilities of the Hatteras Yachts
Division;


                                       14
<PAGE>

              (b)    any and all Taxes not incurred in the ordinary course of
business attributable to the acts or omissions of Hatteras or its Affiliates
occurring after the Distribution Date, including any Tax arising in connection
with an equity change of control of Hatteras after the Distribution Date under
the provisions of Section 355(e) of the Code and, FURTHER, Hatteras shall also
indemnify Genmar, Minstar, Industries and their Affiliates for any loss of Tax
benefits as described in Section 10.1 (c) herein above; and

              (c)    state, local or foreign Taxes (not based on income) arising
in or attributable to any taxable period ending (or deemed pursuant to Section
10.3 to end) on or before the Distribution Date to the extent such Taxes (i)
payable or (ii) not yet due and payable as of the Effective Date, and are
Liabilities of the Hatteras Yachts Division.

       10.3   ALLOCATION OF INCOME TAXES.

              (a)    The parties agree that if they are permitted but not
required under applicable foreign, state or local Tax laws to treat the
Effective Date as the last day of a taxable period, they shall treat such day as
the last day of a taxable period. The parties agree that they will treat
Hatteras as if it ceased to be part of Genmar's affiliated group, within the
meaning of Section 1504 of the Code, as of the close of business on the
Effective Date.

              (b)    Genmar shall be entitled to use and utilize any and all net
operating losses incurred by Genmar and its Affiliates on and prior to the
Distribution Date.  Hatteras acknowledges and agrees that it shall not receive
as an asset under the Contribution Agreement, and therefore shall not be
entitled to utilize, net operating losses of the Hatteras Yachts Division.

       10.4   FILING RESPONSIBILITY.

              (a)    Genmar shall prepare and file or shall cause to have
prepared and filed the following Returns with respect to such entities:

                     (i)    all income and franchise Tax Returns for any taxable
period ending on or before the Distribution Date; and

                     (ii)   all other Returns required to be filed on or before
the Distribution Date.

              (b)    Hatteras shall, subject to the provisions of Section
10.4(c), prepare and file all other Returns with respect to Hatteras required to
be filed (taking into account extensions) after the Distribution Date (unless
such Returns will be filed by Genmar pursuant to the Management Services
Agreement).


                                       15
<PAGE>

              (c)    With respect to any Return for taxable periods beginning
before the Distribution Date and ending after the Distribution Date, Hatteras
shall consult with Genmar concerning each such Return and shall report all items
with respect to the period ending on the Distribution Date in accordance with
the instructions of Genmar, unless otherwise agreed by Genmar and Hatteras.
Hatteras shall provide Genmar with a copy of each proposed Return at least 30
days prior to the filing of such Return, and Genmar may provide comments to
Hatteras, which comments shall be delivered to Hatteras within fifteen days of
receiving such copies from Hatteras.

       10.5   REFUNDS AND CARRYBACKS.

              (a)    Genmar shall be entitled to any refunds or credits of Taxes
attributable to taxable periods ending on or before the Distribution Date.

              (b)    Hatteras shall be entitled to any refunds or credits of
Taxes with respect to  Hatteras attributable to taxable periods beginning after
the Distribution Date.

              (c)    Hatteras shall promptly forward to Genmar or reimburse
Genmar for any refunds or credits due Genmar (pursuant to the terms of this
Article X) after receipt thereof, and Genmar shall promptly forward to Hatteras
(pursuant to the terms of this Article X) or reimburse Hatteras for any refunds
or credits due Hatteras after receipt thereof.

              (d)    Hatteras agrees that with respect to any Tax, Hatteras
shall not have the right to carry back any item or loss, deduction or credit
which arises in any taxable period ending after the Distribution Date
("SUBSEQUENT LOSS") into any taxable period ending on or before the Distribution
Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if a Subsequent Loss with respect
to any Tax is carried back into any taxable period ending on or before the
Distribution Date, Genmar shall be entitled to any refund or credit of Taxes
realized by Hatteras as a result thereof.

              (e)    (i)    If any adjustment is made to any Return relating
to Genmar or any of its Affiliates (including the Hatteras Yachts Division)
for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the
Distribution Date (whether such adjustment is a result of or in settlement of
any audit, other administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding or the
filing of an amended return to reflect the consequences of any determination
made in connection with any such audit or proceeding or otherwise) the
benefit or detriment of such adjustment shall accrue to or be incurred by, as
applicable, Genmar.

                     (ii)   If any adjustment is made to any Return relating to
Hatteras or any of its Affiliates for any taxable period (or portion thereof)
ending after the Distribution Date (whether as a result of or in settlement of
any audit, other administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding or the filing
of an amended Return to reflect the consequences of any


                                       16
<PAGE>

determination made in connection with any such audit or proceeding or
otherwise) the benefit or detriment of such adjustment shall accrue to or be
incurred by, as applicable, Hatteras.

       10.6   COOPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION.

              (a)    Genmar shall prepare and submit to Hatteras, after the
Distribution Date, blank income Tax return workpaper packages. Hatteras shall
prepare completely and accurately and submit to Genmar, within sixty (60) days
of the extended income Tax return date, all information as Genmar shall
reasonably request in such income Tax return workpaper packages.

              (b)    As soon as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60)
days after Genmar's request, from and after the Distribution Date, Hatteras
shall provide Genmar with such cooperation and shall deliver to Genmar such
information and data concerning the pre-Distribution operations of the Hatteras
Yachts Division and make available such knowledgeable employees of such entities
as Genmar may reasonably request, including providing the information and data
required by Genmar's tax and accounting questionnaires, in order to enable
Genmar to complete and file all Returns which it may be required to file with
respect to the operations and business of the Hatteras Yachts Division through
the Distribution Date or to respond to audits by any Taxing Authorities with
respect to such operations and to otherwise enable Genmar to satisfy its
internal accounting, tax and other legitimate requirements. Such cooperation and
information shall include without limitation provision of powers of attorney for
the purpose of signing Returns and defending audits for the periods ending on or
prior to the Distribution Date and Hatteras will promptly forward copies of
appropriate notices and forms or other communications received from or sent to
any Taxing Authority which relate to Genmar or its obligations hereunder and
provide copies of all relevant Returns, together with accompanying schedules and
related workpapers, documents relating to rulings or other determinations by any
Taxing Authority and records concerning the ownership and tax basis of property,
which Hatteras and its Affiliates, if any, may possess. Genmar shall furnish
Hatteras with its cooperation in a manner comparable to that described in this
Section 10.6(b).

              (c)    For a period of seven (7) years after the Distribution Date
or such longer period as may be required by law, or as otherwise agreed to in
writing by the parties, each of the parties shall retain and not destroy or
dispose of all Returns (including supporting materials), books and records
(including computer files) of, or with respect to its activities or Taxes, for
all taxable periods ending (or deemed, pursuant to Section 10.3, to end) on or
prior to the Distribution Date.

              (d)    The parties shall cooperate in the preparation of all
Returns relating in whole or in part to taxable periods ending on or before or
including the Distribution Date


                                       17
<PAGE>

that are required to be filed after such date. Such cooperation shall
include, but not be limited to, furnishing prior years' Returns or return
preparation packages illustrating previous reporting practices or containing
historical information relevant to the preparation of such Returns, and
furnishing such other information within such party's possession requested by
the party filing such Returns as is relevant to their preparation. In the
case of any state, local or foreign joint, consolidated, combined, unitary or
group relief system Returns, such cooperation could also relate to any other
taxable periods in which one party could reasonably require the assistance of
the other party in obtaining any necessary information.

              (e)    Genmar shall have the right (but not the obligation), at
its own expense, to control any audit or examination by any Taxing Authority
("Tax Audit"), initiate any claim for refund or contest, resolve and defend
against any assessment, notice of deficiency, or other adjustment or proposed
adjustment relating to any and all Taxes for any taxable period ending on or
before the Distribution Date with respect to the Hatteras Yachts Division.
Hatteras shall have the right, at its own expense, to control any other Tax
Audit, initiate any other claim for refund, and contest, resolve and defend
against any other assessment, notice of deficiency, or other adjustment or
proposed adjustment relating to Taxes with respect to Hatteras, PROVIDED THAT,
with respect to any state, local and foreign Taxes for any taxable period
beginning before the Distribution Date and ending after the Distribution Date,
Hatteras or Genmar, as the case may be, shall keep the other party duly informed
and shall consult with each other with respect to the resolution of any issue
that would adversely affect the other party, and not settle any such issue, or
file any amended Return relating to any such issue, without the consent of the
affected party, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, delayed or
conditioned. Where consent to a settlement is withheld pursuant to this Section
10.6(e), the party controlling the audit or examination may nevertheless settle,
continue or initiate any further proceedings at its own expense, provided that
any adjustments required shall be made and treated as set forth in Section
10.5(e).

              (f)    If Hatteras fails to provide any information requested by
Genmar in the time specified herein, or if no time is specified pursuant to this
Section 10.6, within a reasonable period, or otherwise fails to do any act
required of it under this Section 10.6, then Hatteras shall be obligated,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to indemnify Genmar and
Hatteras shall so indemnify Genmar and hold Genmar harmless from and against any
and all costs, claims, penalties and damages, including, without limitation, all
incremental Taxes and penalties related thereto, payable or charged as a result
of such failure.


                                       18
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XI

                            ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

       11.1   CONSENTS; TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND ASSUMPTION OF  LIABILITIES.
Industries agrees to obtain consents, permits and authorizations necessary to
transfer and agrees to transfer or cause to be transferred to Hatteras, as the
case may be, any asset used solely in the Hatteras Yachts Division business
which has not been transferred by the Distribution Date.  Industries and
Hatteras mutually agree to cooperate in order to obtain consents, permits and
authorizations necessary to permit Hatteras to assume, and Hatteras agrees to
assume from Genmar, as the case may be, any Liability of the Hatteras Yachts
Division which has not been assumed by Hatteras by the Distribution Date.

       11.2   COLLECTION OF ACCOUNTS.  After the Distribution Date, Genmar
agrees to promptly transfer or deliver to Hatteras any cash or other property
received directly or indirectly after the Distribution Date by Genmar or
Industries in respect of any accounts receivable arising from the operation of
the Hatteras Yachts Division.

       11.3   HATTERAS PAYMENT OF INTERCOMPANY DEBT.  Immediately following the
Distribution and upon receipt of authorization to draw down funds on the
Hatteras Loan, Hatteras shall remit to Genmar $20 million by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to an account or accounts specified in writing by
Genmar to Hatteras at least one (1) day prior to the remittance, in full and
final payment of intercompany debt associated with the Hatteras Yachts Division.
Hatteras acknowledges and agrees that such debt is due and owing to Genmar
and/or its Affiliates.

       11.4   PHYSICAL INVENTORY.  Genmar shall have the right to conduct an
audit or review (by its personnel or its authorized representatives) of all
inventories and supplies of the Hatteras Yachts Division. Such physical
inventory shall be accurately and properly priced and costed in accordance with
generally accept accounting principles consistently applied.

       11.5   GENMAR INVENTORY AND SUPPLY BUYING GROUP.  Subject to the
provisions of this Section 11.5, for a period of ten (10) years following the
Effective Date, Hatteras covenants that it will continue to be and shall
continuously, at the election of Genmar and in its discretion, participate as
(and shall be identified as a member of) a member of the "buying group"
consortium with Genmar and its Affiliates for the purpose of purchasing product
inventory and supplies, including (without limitation) wire, core mat, balsa
wood, gelcoat, PCV and other forms, woven roving, coring, catalyst, plywood,
hose, MRO items, graphics, abrasives, fiberglass, plastics, resin, acrylic
fibers and such other inventory and supplies as may be used in the manufacture
of marine industry products from time-to-time.  As a member of the Genmar buying
group, Hatteras shall share in all economic benefits of the


                                       19
<PAGE>

buying group that are realized thereby, including all rebates, on a pro-rata
basis (determined by relative economic participation of the buying group
members).

       Hatteras further covenants that Genmar and its Affiliates shall lead and
direct the buying group's purchasing activities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Hatteras shall not be obligated to participate as a member of the Genmar buying
group if, with respect to any particular product, or line of products, Hatteras
can demonstrate to the satisfaction of Genmar and its affiliates, that it can
purchase on its own (and not in concert with others) the same or substantially
equivalent inventory and supply items, individually or in the aggregate, (i) at
a purchase price amount that is five percent (5%) or more lower in price than
the buying group price achieved by Genmar and/or (ii) obtain other benefits that
have substantial economic value, such as, but not limited to, superior quality
or functionality.

       In the event that Hatteras determines that its purchase price for items
of inventory and supplies may be so reduced and/or substantial economic benefits
may be realized, and it as a result determines that it is not obligated and does
not desire to participate as a member of Genmar's buying group as to that
particular item of inventory or supplies it shall (i) document to Genmar's
satisfaction the reduced purchase price opportunity to Genmar prior to Hatteras'
commitment to any such purchases, (ii) afford Genmar and its affiliates five (5)
business days to renegotiate the purchase prices and/or the economic benefits of
the Genmar buying group and (iii) in the event: (y) Genmar is unsuccessful in
reducing the Genmar buying group price to within five percent (5%) of the
Hatteras reduced price and the substantial economic benefits are equal in all
material respects, Hatteras shall make best efforts to include Genmar and its
Affiliates in its buying group in the event Genmar and its Affiliates elect to
so participate, or (x) Genmar is successful in reducing the Genmar buying group
price within five percent (5%) of the Hatteras reduced price and the substantial
economic benefits are equal in all material respects, then Hatteras shall, at
Genmar's election, continue to (or again) participate as to such
inventory/supply item(s) in the Genmar buying group.

       The foregoing covenants shall terminate upon the closing of the
following: (i) the sale of a controlling equity ownership interest in Hatteras
pursuant to which after such transaction the shareholders of Hatteras no longer
own 51% or more of Hatteras' voting shares, or (ii) the sale of all or
substantially all of Hatteras' assets.

                                 ARTICLE XII

                                MISCELLANEOUS

       12.1   GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by the internal
laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of comity or the
conflicts of laws provisions of any jurisdiction.


                                       20
<PAGE>

       12.2   CONSTRUCTION.  Each provision of this Agreement shall be
interpreted in a manner to be effective and valid to the fullest extent
permissible under applicable law. The Recitals to this Agreement are
incorporated to this Agreement by reference.  The invalidity or unenforceability
of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other
provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.

       12.3   COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.

       12.4   COMPLETE AGREEMENT; CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreements and other agreements and documents referred to herein,
shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments
and writings with respect to such subject matter.

       12.5   TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated and the
Distribution abandoned at any time prior to the Distribution Date by and in
the sole discretion of Genmar.  In the event of such termination by Genmar,
no party shall have any liability of any kind to any other party.  In the
event that the IPO, and as a result the Distribution, has not occurred by
November 30, 1999, regardless of the reason therefor, then this Agreement
shall automatically be terminated and no party shall have any rights against,
or obligations to, any other party hereto; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no
shareholder of Genmar shall have any rights or interest in this Agreement
prior to, and in any event only upon the completion of, the Distribution.

       12.6   EXPENSES.  Genmar and Hatteras shall each be responsible for
their own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions
described herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Hatteras acknowledges and agrees
that Genmar will expend funds or accrue payables on Hatteras' behalf in order
to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements and, if such funds are spent or such payables are accrued,
Hatteras shall reimburse to Genmar a maximum amount of [$________] for such
expenditures or payables to the extent such costs and expenses are (i)
required to be recorded as liabilities on the books and records of Hatteras
pursuant to a provision of this Agreement or the Contribution Agreement, (ii)
constitute a Tax or other similar transfer fee on or relating to the transfer
of any contributed asset under the Contribution Agreement or (iii)
preauthorized by Hatteras.

       12.7   AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.  This Agreement may be amended or modified
only in writing executed on behalf of the parties hereto.  No waiver shall
operate to waive any further or future act and no failure to object of
forbearance shall operate as a waiver.

                                     21

<PAGE>

       12.8   NOTICES.  Notices hereunder shall be effective if given in writing
and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail to:

If to Genmar or Industries:        Genmar Holdings, Inc.
                                   Genmar Industries, Inc.
                                   100 South Fifth Street
                                   Suite 2400
                                   Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402
                                   Attention:  General Counsel

If to Hatteras:                    Hatteras Yachts, Inc.
                                   110 N. Glenburnie Road
                                   New Bern, North Carolina  28560
                                   Attention:  President

or at such other address as may be designated by a party in writing upon at
least fifteen (15) days prior notice which is given in accordance with this
Section 12.8.

       12.9   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns, provided that this Agreement and the rights and
obligations contained herein or in any exhibit or schedule hereto shall not
be assignable by Hatteras, in whole or in part, without the prior written
consent of Genmar and any attempt to effect any such assignment without such
consent shall be void.

       12.10  THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  Except as specifically set forth in
this Agreement there are not, and shall not be determined to be, any intended
or incidental third party beneficiaries to this Agreement.  No Genmar
shareholder shall have any rights or interest in this Agreement or any
Ancillary Agreement prior to, and in any event only on completion of, the
Distribution.

                      [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]



                                      22

<PAGE>

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.



                                 GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.

                                 By:  ____________________________

                                      Its ________________________



                                 GENMAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                 By:  ____________________________

                                      Its ________________________



                                 MINSTAR, INC.

                                 By:  ____________________________

                                      Its ________________________



                                 HATTERAS YACHTS, INC.


                                 By:  ____________________________

                                      Its ________________________



                                     23


<PAGE>

                                                         FORM OF AGREEMENT FOR
                                                      SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


                               GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.
                         100 SOUTH FIFTH STREET, SUITE 2400
                           MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA  55402


                                        September ____, 1999



           Re: GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS


Dear                :

1.   INITIAL GRANT.  As partial consideration for your agreeing to continue to
be a senior executive officer or Chairman of the Board of Directors of Genmar
Holdings, Inc. (the "Company"), the Board of Directors of the Company (the
"Board") hereby grants to you an option (the "Initial Option") to purchase _____
shares of common stock, par value $0.01, of the Company (the "Common Stock") at
an exercise price of $_____ per share  (the "Initial Exercise Price").

2.   SUBSEQUENT GRANTS.  The Board shall grant to you the following additional
options:

     (a)   a second option (the "Second Option") to purchase _______ shares of
Common Stock if the Common Stock trades at an average of 150% of the Initial
Exercise Price over a period of 30 consecutive trading days at any time within
three years of the date hereof at an exercise price equal to the Fair Market
Value (as defined below) of the Common Stock on the date of the grant of the
Second Option (the "Subsequent Exercise Price"); and

     (b)   a third option (the "Third Option," and together with the Initial
Option and the Second Option, the "Options") to purchase _______ shares of
Common Stock if the Common Stock trades at an average of 150% of the Subsequent
Exercise Price over a period of 30 consecutive trading days at any time within
three years of the date hereof at an exercise price equal to the Fair Market
Value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant of the Third Option.

     (c)   Each of the Second Option and the Third Option shall be granted
automatically hereunder without any further action on the part of the Company or
the Board effective on the first business day following the end of the 30
trading day period referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above.

     (d)   For purposes of this Section 2, "Fair Market Value" shall be the
closing price of the Company's Common Stock on the date of the calculation (or
on the last preceding date if Common Stock was not trading on such date) if the
Company's Common Stock is


<PAGE>

readily tradable on a national securities exchange or other market system,
and if the Company's Common Stock is not readily tradable, Fair Market Value
shall mean the amount determined in good faith by the Board as the fair
market value of the Common Stock of the Company.

3.   TERM AND VESTING OF OPTIONS.

     (a)   VESTING OF OPTIONS.  Your right to exercise any Option shall vest and
become exercisable as follows:

     (i)   one-half shall vest and become fully exercisable on the first
     anniversary of the date of grant of such Option; and

     (ii)  one-half shall vest and become fully exercisable on the second
     anniversary of the date of grant of such Option.

     (b)   TERM.  Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, the unexercised
portion of any Option, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, shall expire
on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant of such Option (the "Expiration
Date") and, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no
portion of any Option may be exercised after such date.

4.   TIME AND METHOD FOR EXERCISING AN OPTION.

     (a)   TIME.  You may exercise a vested Option in one or more installments
from time to time prior to its Expiration Date, subject to the provisions of
subparagraph (b), below.

     (b)   TERMINATION.  If prior to the Expiration Date, you have a Termination
of Employment (as defined below), any outstanding Options will terminate on the
applicable date as described below; provided, however, that none of the events
described below shall extend the period of exercisability beyond its Expiration
Date:

     (i)   if you have a Termination of Employment by reason of your death, the
     Options shall fully vest and become immediately exercisable, shall remain
     exercisable for six (6) months after your death and shall be exercisable by
     the executor or administrator of your estate or the person or persons to
     whom your rights under the Options shall pass by will or the laws of
     descent or distribution;

     (ii)  if you have a Termination of Employment by reason of your "permanent
     disability" (as defined below), the Options shall fully vest and become
     immediately exercisable, and shall remain exercisable for three (3) months
     after you became permanently disabled; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if you die
     within six (6) months following such disability and you have not exercised
     the Options, the Options shall remain exercisable for an additional six (6)
     months after your death and shall be exercisable by the executor or
     administrator of your estate or the person or persons to whom


                                       2
<PAGE>

     your rights under the Options shall pass by will or the laws of descent or
     distribution;

     (iii) if you have a Termination of Employment for any reason other than for
     "Cause" (as defined below), death or permanent disability, your non-vested
     Options shall immediately become null and void and your vested Options
     shall remain exercisable for three (3) months after the Termination of
     Employment; and

     (iv)  if you have a Termination of Employment for "Cause," the Options, to
     the extent not theretofore exercised, shall immediately become null and
     void.

     In the case of subparagraph (b)(i), (ii) and (iii), Options not exercised
by the revised expiration date for the Options shall become null and void.

     (c)   Upon the occurrence of a "Change in Control" (as defined below), the
Options shall fully vest.

     (d)   DEFINITIONS.  The following definitions shall be applicable for
purposes of this Agreement.

     (i)   "Cause" shall mean: (a) your violation of any non-competition and/or
     confidentiality provisions agreed to at any time between you and the
     Company or its affiliates; (b) your commission of an intentional act of
     fraud, embezzlement, theft or dishonesty against the Company or its
     affiliates; (c) your conviction of, or pleading of NOLO CONTENDERE to, any
     crime which constitutes a felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude
     or which might, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, cause
     embarrassment to the Company; or (d) the gross neglect or willful failure
     by you to perform your duties and responsibilities in all material respects
     with respect to services rendered to the Company, if such breach of duty is
     not cured within 30 days after written notice thereof to you by the Board.
     For purposes of clause (d), no act, or failure to act, on your part shall
     be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good
     faith and without reasonable belief that such act, or failure to act, was
     in the best interest of the Company.

     (ii)  A "Change of Control" shall mean:

               (1)  A change of control of the Company that would be
           required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of
           Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
           Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or

               (2)  During any period of two (2) consecutive years,
           the individuals who at the beginning of such period
           constitute the Company's Board of Directors or any


                                       3
<PAGE>

           individuals who would be "Continuing Directors" (as
           hereinafter defined) cease for any reason to constitute at
           least a majority thereof; or

               (3)  The Company's Common Stock shall cease to be
           publicly traded after initially being publicly traded; or

               (4)  The Company's Board of Directors shall approve a
           sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
           Company, and such transaction shall have been consummated;
           or

               (5)  The Company's Board of Directors shall approve
           any merger, consolidation, or like business combination or
           reorganization of the Company, the consummation of which
           would result in the occurrence of any event described in
           Section 4(d)(ii)(1) above, and such transaction shall have
           been consummated.

               For purposes of this Section 4(c)(ii), "Continuing
           Directors" shall mean (x) the directors of the Company in
           office on the date of grant of the Initial Option (the
           "Effective Date") and any successor to any such director
           and any additional director who after the Effective Date
           was nominated or selected by a majority of the Continuing
           Directors in office (or by the Nominating Committee of the
           Board of Directors of the Company) at the time of his or
           her nomination or selection.

     (iii) "Permanent Disability" shall mean any physical or mental disability
     or incapacity which, in the sole determination of the Board of Directors,
     renders you incapable of fully performing the services required of you in
     accordance with your obligations with respect to the Company or a
     subsidiary of the Company for a period of 180 consecutive days or for
     shorter periods aggregating 180 days during any period of twelve (12)
     consecutive months.

     (iv)  "Termination of Employment" shall mean the earlier of (i) your
     termination of employment with Jacobs Management Corporation, unless you
     are immediately thereafter employed by the Company, or a subsidiary, (ii)
     the termination of the management contract between the Company and Jacobs
     Management Corporation, unless you are immediately thereafter employed by
     the Company or a subsidiary, (iii) in the event (i) or (ii) would be
     applicable but for your employment with the Company or a subsidiary, your
     termination of employment with the Company or the subsidiary, as
     applicable, (iv) your permanent disability or (v) your death.


                                       4
<PAGE>

  (e)   METHOD.

     (i)   NOTICE AND PAYMENT.  An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when
     written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance
     with the terms of such Option by the person entitled to exercise such
     Option and full payment for the shares of Common Stock with respect to
     which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company.  The
     consideration to be paid for the Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of
     the Option shall be payment in cash, by check, or with shares of the
     Company's Common Stock, as provided in Section (e)(ii) below.  As soon as
     administratively practicable following the exercise of an Option in the
     manner set forth above, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agent
     to issue stock certificates representing the shares of Common Stock
     purchased (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the
     Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).

     (ii)  ALTERNATIVE METHODS FOR EXERCISE OF OPTION.  You may elect to
     exercise an Option in whole or in part by (a) delivering whole shares of
     the Company's Common Stock previously owned by you (whether or not acquired
     through the prior exercise of a stock option) having a fair market value
     equal to the aggregate Option price; or (b) by delivery to the Company of
     (x) irrevocable instructions to deliver directly to a broker the stock
     certificates representing the shares for which the Option is being
     exercised, and (y) irrevocable instructions to such broker to sell such
     shares and promptly deliver to the Company the portion of the proceeds
     equal to the Option price and any amount necessary to satisfy the Company's
     obligation for withholding taxes, or any combination thereof.  For purposes
     of making payment in shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be valued at
     their fair market value on the date of exercise of the Option and shall
     have been held by you for at least six months.

     (iii) VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS.  Until the issuance of such stock
     certificates (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the
     Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to
     vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist
     with respect to the shares underlying the Option notwithstanding the
     exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other
     rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date the stock
     certificates are issued.

5.   ANTI-DILUTION PROTECTION.  In the event of any change in the shares subject
to the Options granted hereunder or to the capitalization of the Company through
merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividends, stock
split, reverse stock split, split up, spin off, combination of shares, exchange
of shares, dividends in kind or other like change in the capital structure of
the Company or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to shareholders
of the Company, in order to prevent dilution or

                                       5
<PAGE>

enlargement of your rights under the Options, the Board of Directors shall
adjust, in its sole discretion, in an equitable manner as applicable, the
form of and number of shares which may be acquired pursuant to the exercise
of Options and the exercise price of shares of such Options.  The
determination of the Board of Directors as to these matters shall be
conclusive and binding.

6.   NON-TRANSFERABILITY.  The Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned,
hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable, during your
lifetime only by you.

7.   WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from sums due or to become due to
you from the Company an amount necessary to satisfy its obligation to withhold
taxes incurred by reason of the issuance or disposition of such shares pursuant
to the Options, or may require you to reimburse the Company in such amount.  The
Company is not required to issue any shares until you have satisfied withholding
requirements, to the extent applicable.

8.   NOTICES.  All notices to the Company under this agreement shall be in
writing and shall be delivered by personal service , facsimile or registered or
certified mail (if such service is not available, then by first class mail),
postage pre-paid, to such address as may be designated from time to time by the
Company, and which shall initially be:

           Genmar Holdings, Inc.
           100 South Fifth Street, Suite 2400
           Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402
           Attention:  General Counsel

           All notices shall be deemed given when received.

9.   NO EFFECT ON TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT.  This Agreement is not a contract of
employment and the terms of your employment shall not be affected hereby or by
any agreement referred to herein except to the extent specifically so provided.
Nothing herein shall be construed to impose any obligation on the Company to
continue your employment and it shall not impose any obligation on your part to
remain in the employ of the Company.

10.  TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.  The Company agrees that at the time of exercise of
an Option, it will use reasonable best efforts to have an effective Registration
Statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),
which includes a prospectus that is current with respect to the shares subject
to such Option.  You covenant and agree with the Company that if, at the time of
exercise of such Option, there does not exist a Registration Statement on an
appropriate form under the Act, which Registration Statement shall have become
effective and shall include a prospectus that is current with respect to the
shares subject to such Option,

     (a)   that you are purchasing the shares for your own account and not with
a view to the resale or distribution thereof;

                                       6
<PAGE>

     (b)   that any subsequent offer for sale or sale of any such shares shall
be made either:

     (i)   pursuant to a Registration Statement on an appropriate form under the
     Act, which Registration Statement shall have become effective and shall be
     current with respect to the shares being offered and sold, or

     (ii)  a specific exemption from the registration requirements of the Act,
     but in claiming such exemption, you shall, prior to any offer for sale or
     sale of such shares, obtain a favorable written opinion from counsel for or
     approved by the Company as to the applicability of such exemption and

     (c)   that you agree that the certificates evidencing such shares shall
bear a legend to the effect of the foregoing.

11.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any provision of this agreement shall be
held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not
affect any other provision hereof and this agreement shall be construed and
enforced as if it did not include such provision.

12.  AMENDMENT.  This agreement cannot be amended except by a writing executed
by the Company and you.

                                       7
<PAGE>

13.  APPLICABLE LAW; HEADINGS.  This agreement shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware,
without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.  The
headings in this agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall
not affect its meaning or interpretation.

                              Very truly yours,

                              GENMAR HOLDINGS, INC.


Accepted:


- -----------------------------------
Signature of Senior Executive


- -----------------------------------
Name of Senior Executive


Dated:



                                       8


<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 21.1


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ADDITIONAL
                                                               NAMES UNDER
                             STATE OR JURISDICTION            WHICH CONDUCTS
SUBSIDIARY                        INCORPORATED                  BUSINESS
- ----------                        ------------                  --------
<S>                          <C>                              <C>
Carver Boat Corporation, LLC        Delaware                  Carver Yachts

Crestliner, Inc.                    Minnesota

Genmar Boats Canada, Inc.           Canada

Genmar Industries, Inc.             Delaware                  Lund Boats, a division
                                                              of Genmar Industries,
                                                              Inc.

Genmar Logic, LLC                   Delaware                  Logic Boats

Genmar Manufacturing
         of Kansas, LLC             Delaware                  Nova Boats

Larson/Glastron Boats, Inc.         Delaware                  Larson Boats,
                                                              a division of Larson/
                                                              Glastron Boats, Inc.

                                                              Glastron Boats,
                                                              a division of Larson/
                                                              Glastron Boats, Inc.

Minstar, Inc.                       Delaware

Wellcraft Marine Corp.              Delaware                  Aquasport, a division
                                                              of Wellcraft Marine Corp.

Wood Manufacturing
Company, Inc.                       Arkansas                  Ranger Boats
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 23.1

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report
dated August 2, 1999 and to all references to our Firm included in Genmar
Holdings, Inc.'s registration statement, on Form S-1.

                                                      /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota,
September 28, 1999



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM FISCAL YEAR
ENDING JUNE 30, 1999 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JUL-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1999
<CASH>                                          24,856
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   42,986
<ALLOWANCES>                                   (1,647)
<INVENTORY>                                    113,931
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               191,065
<PP&E>                                         141,160
<DEPRECIATION>                                (75,623)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 320,763
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          149,521
<BONDS>                                        116,129
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           156
<OTHER-SE>                                      42,046
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   320,763
<SALES>                                        704,656
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               704,656
<CGS>                                          567,247
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  567,247
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                99,941
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              16,098
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 21,445
<INCOME-TAX>                                    19,500
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             40,945
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    40,945
<EPS-BASIC>                                       2.62
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     2.62


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission